Free Content

CommunityMX is committed to giving back to the Adobe Community by providing free tutorials, extensions, and articles which are updated often. We're confident that you'll enjoy them. Once you've perused our free resources, sign up for our 10-day free trial to check out what additional resources are available to you as a member.

Extensions | Articles | Tutorials

Tutorials

Fireworks Create a Stone Effect for Text
by: CMX
Release Date: 06/22/2012
Creating text that looks like it was carved out of stone is easy and takes only minutes with Fireworks!

Photoshop Smart Objects for Photographers: Part 1
by: CMX
Release Date: 05/22/2012
Smart Objects are a special kind of Layer in Photoshop that contains image data from either pixel-based images (Photoshop files) or vector-based images (Illustrator files). Smart Objects add another level of editing flexibility in a non-destructive manner similar to, but not totally identical to, the way Adjustment Layers and Layer Styles allow you to go back and make changes after the fact.

Fireworks Neon Text Effects
by: CMX
Release Date: 03/30/2012
Neon text effects make effective logos and are lots of fun to create!

Fireworks Inked Stone
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 02/07/2012
Sometimes it's the simplest of techniques that produce the best effects. In this tutorial I'm going to show you and quick and easy way to create an inked header like those you might see in a cartoon strip using Fireworks.

Open Source The TwentyEleven WordPress Series: Introduction
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 01/09/2012
In this new series, you will experience the complete process of developing a WordPress site from graphics creation to custom coding to transferring a the site from localhost to live server. The Safari African Adventures web site will include a gallery of wild animals, a You Tube embedded video, a contact form, and a latest news page. Customization will start out slow and easy by clicking radio buttons in the WordPress graphical user interface, and then will move to the more adventurous as you code WordPress template tags, actions and filters into the functions.php, header.php, content.php, and footer.php files.

In this introduction to the series, you'll get an overview of the project, an introduction to the Twenty Eleven theme, and a look at the benefits of using a child theme.

The TwentyEleven Wordpress Series:
The TwentyEleven Wordpress Series: Part 1 - Introduction
The TwentyEleven Wordpress Series: Part 2
The TwentyEleven Wordpress Series: Part 3
The TwentyEleven Wordpress Series: Part 4
The TwentyEleven Wordpress Series: Part 5

Fireworks Creating a Hot Metal Effect in Fireworks
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 12/15/2011
This effect is easy to recreate and results in a sophisticated looking graphic. It works best with slim, square sans serif fonts, like Ray Larabie's Neuropol, against a medium to dark background color.

Dreamweaver The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series Part 15: Creating a Spry Widget Slideshow
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 11/15/2011
There are many wonderful gallery/slideshow options at the Widget section of the Adobe Exchange. You'll want to explore them all, but in this tutorial we're going to install and configure the Spry Image Slideshow with Filmstrip widget.

Dreamweaver The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Optimizing for Phone and Tablet
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 08/18/2011
In the last installment of the HTML5 CSS Starter Page series, you learned to use the Multiscreen Preview Panel to see how a layout looks in various devices. You also used the Media Queries dialog box to generate the appropriate media queries to target style sheets for tablets and smart phones. In this tutorial you'll create the rules for tablet.css and phone.css to optimize the layout for those devices.

The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Content Models
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Constructing the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Markup Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Styling the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: More Layout Styling
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Styling the Navigation for the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Site Tasks
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: The Video Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: The Contact Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: The Contact Page Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Styling Data Tables
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: CSS3 Media Queries and the Mobile Web
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Optimizing for Phone and Tablet

Dreamweaver The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: CSS3 Media Queries and the Mobile Web
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 08/04/2011
n the last installment of the HTML5 CSS Starter Page series, we completed the Stringendo Studios site. But wait! Not so fast. We only finished the desktop Stringendo Studios site. In this tutorial, we'll begin the process of optimizing Stringendo for mobile devices by using Dreamweaver's CSS Media Queries dialog box and the Multiscreen Preview panel.

The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Content Models
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Constructing the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Markup Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Styling the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: More Layout Styling
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Styling the Navigation for the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Site Tasks
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: The Video Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: The Contact Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: The Contact Page Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Styling Data Tables
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: CSS3 Media Queries and the Mobile Web
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Optimizing for Phone and Tablet

General Business Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 7: Google +1 Button
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 07/20/2011
The social network scene grew recently with the debut of Google+. Months ago, in advance of the launch, Google also introduced the +1 button. The +1 button, akin the Facebook's Like button, allows one to express interest or appreciation for a web page, link or ad. Google not only displays the number of times the item has been "+1'd", but will also indicate which of your friends have also +1'd it. When conducting a search in Google, your results will be factored by +1s with items +1'd by your friends receiving greater weight.

In this tutorial we will look at how to add the +1 button to your web page. We'll also review some of the Google Plus policies which govern the use and display +1 results.

The Getting Social Series:
Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 1: Facebook
Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 2: Twitter
Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 3: Social Network Mashups
Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 4: Toolbar Mashups
Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 5: Toolbars Meebo, Wibiya, Apture
Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 6: Facebook Send Button
Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 7: Google +1 Button

Dreamweaver The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Styling Data Tables
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 07/18/2011
In this installment of the HTML5 CSS Starter Page series, we're going to add tables to the faculty and classes pages of the Stringendo Studios site. We're going to perform a slick little trick with these tables - we're going to use the :nth-child pseudo class to create alternating colors on the table rows while keeping the markup free of extraneous classes. Then we're going to use a script to make Internet Explorer support the pseudo class, though natively it does not do so. This will finish up all the pages of the desktop Stringendo site - all we'll have left is the

This tutorial includes exercise files.

The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Content Models
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Constructing the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Markup Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Styling the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: More Layout Styling
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Styling the Navigation for the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Site Tasks
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: The Video Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: The Contact Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: The Contact Page Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Styling Data Tables
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: CSS3 Media Queries and the Mobile Web
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Optimizing for Phone and Tablet

Dreamweaver The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: The Contact Page Continued
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 07/06/2011
In the last tutorial in the HTML5 CSS Starter Page series, we created the basic form and added some new HTML5 form attributes to the input elements on the Stringendo Studios contact page. In this continuation of work on the contact page, we're going to style the form by taking advantage of attribute selectors. We'll use the new RGBA color format for creating background colors on the textfields. We'll also use Dreamweaver CS5.5's new GUI in the Properties for panel to add border-radius and box-shadow on various elements.

The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Content Models
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Constructing the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Markup Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Styling the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: More Layout Styling
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Styling the Navigation for the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Site Tasks
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: The Video Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: The Contact Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: The Contact Page Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Styling Data Tables
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: CSS3 Media Queries and the Mobile Web
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Optimizing for Phone and Tablet

Dreamweaver The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: The Contact Page
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 06/14/2011
Now that the video page of the Stringendo Studios site is completed, it's time to turn our attention to the form page. In the process, we'll look at some of the new features that HTML5 brings to forms. This tutorial includes start and completed folders so you can follow along.

The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Content Models
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Constructing the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Markup Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Styling the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: More Layout Styling
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Styling the Navigation for the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Site Tasks
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: The Video Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: The Contact Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: The Contact Page Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Styling Data Tables
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: CSS3 Media Queries and the Mobile Web
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Optimizing for Phone and Tablet

Photography Importing your Blackberry Playbook Photos into Bridge or Lightroom
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 06/08/2011
Just because I own an iPhone and a MacBook, doesn't mean that I can't make great use of the Playbook.

Once you start using the pretty decent 5 MP camera for snapshots, wirelessly accessing those photos from your Playbook is a snap.

Wirelessly connecting your PlayBook means you don't have to worry about cables. And it frees you to transfer files - any files - back and forth between your laptop and tablet.

In a few simple steps you'll see how you can access your PB photos from within the Mac Finder, Adobe Bridge or Lightroom. So, wake up your PlayBook, and let's get started!

Dreamweaver The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: The Video Page
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 06/01/2011
Welcome back to the HTML5 CSS Starter Page series! Now that we have the site all set up, it is time to fill the pages with HTML5 pizzazz. The first page we're going to tackle is the video page. In keeping with our goal of making the site work in the real world, we'll adopt a video fallback strategy so that the "Schumann Piano Quintet" video plays in every browser.

The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Content Models
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Constructing the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Markup Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Styling the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: More Layout Styling
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Styling the Navigation for the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Site Tasks
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: The Video Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: The Contact Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: The Contact Page Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Styling Data Tables
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: CSS3 Media Queries and the Mobile Web
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Optimizing for Phone and Tablet

General Business Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 6: Facebook Send Button
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 05/23/2011
In April of 2011, Facebook introduced the Send button to its sharing widget features. The Send button acts like the email button you have seen on many other sharing widgets. When someone clicks the Send button, they can send the page link to selected friends via their Facebook inbox, Facebook Group wall or email address. This new feature allows Facebook to mimic the sharing features of so many other sharing widgets but also expands the walls to the garden in which you and your friends communicate.

The Send button can be added next to a Facebook Like button or shown by itself. In this tutorial, we will look at how to add the Send button to your existing Facebook Like button widget and how to use the standalone widget.

The Getting Social Series:
Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 1: Facebook
Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 2: Twitter
Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 3: Social Network Mashups
Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 4: Toolbar Mashups
Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 5: Toolbars Meebo, Wibiya, Apture
Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 6: Facebook Send Button
Getting Social: Adding Sharing Buttons to your Web Site - Part 7: Google +1 Button

Dreamweaver The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Site Tasks
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/18/2011
In this installment of the HTML5 CSS Starter Page series, we're going to perform site tasks such as ordering the style sheet, exporting the style sheet to an external file, running the page through BrowserLab, using the new CS5.5 HTML validator, validating the CSS using the W3C CSS3 validator, turning the layout into a template, and generating the site pages. Whew! I hope this will be enough to keep you busy for one tutorial.

The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Content Models
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Constructing the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Markup Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Styling the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: More Layout Styling
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Styling the Navigation for the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Site Tasks
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: The Video Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: The Contact Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: The Contact Page Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Styling Data Tables
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: CSS3 Media Queries and the Mobile Web
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Optimizing for Phone and Tablet

Fireworks Creating a Hanging Indent in Fireworks
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 05/10/2011
I was reading a post in the Adobe Fireworks user forum a day or so ago. Someone was concerned that Fireworks text controls were so limited that one could not create a hanging indent. Well, if you know anything about me, as soon as I hear a complaint or concern about my favorite Adobe app, I begin a fact-checking mission.

Tag along, faithful reader, to learn more about hanging indents in Adobe Fireworks.

Dreamweaver The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Styling the Navigation for the Layout
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/03/2011
In this installment of the HTML5 CSS Starter Page series, we are going to style all the links for the layout. We'll style buttons for the sidebar, and decorate each button with a different musical symbol - all without additional markup - by using attribute selectors. Then we'll style global link styles for other regions of the layout.

The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Content Models
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Constructing the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Markup Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Styling the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: More Layout Styling
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Styling the Navigation for the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Site Tasks
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: The Video Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: The Contact Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: The Contact Page Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Styling Data Tables
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: CSS3 Media Queries and the Mobile Web
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Optimizing for Phone and Tablet

Dreamweaver The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: More Layout Styling
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 04/25/2011
In the last installment of the HTML5 CSS Starter Page series, we styled the markup into a fixed-width, two-column, right sidebar with header and footer layout. This time around we'll hone in on details, while especially concentrating on headings and text. We'll use descendant selectors to give different looks to lists, headings, and body text depending on the section of the page in which they occur. We'll take care of escaping margins to close gaps between divs. Finally, we'll hide text that we added for accessibility purposes from sighted visitors.

This tutorial includes starter and completed files so that you can play along at home.

The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Content Models
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Constructing the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Markup Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Styling the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: More Layout Styling
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Styling the Navigation for the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Site Tasks
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: The Video Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: The Contact Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: The Contact Page Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Styling Data Tables
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: CSS3 Media Queries and the Mobile Web
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Optimizing for Phone and Tablet

Dreamweaver The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Styling the Layout
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 04/06/2011
In the last two installments of the HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series, you coded the markup for the Stringendo Studios layout. Now it's time to manipulate the markup into two columns in a fixed-width with right sidebar, header and footer.

The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Content Models
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Constructing the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Markup Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Styling the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: More Layout Styling
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Styling the Navigation for the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Site Tasks
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: The Video Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: The Contact Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: The Contact Page Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Styling Data Tables
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: CSS3 Media Queries and the Mobile Web
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Optimizing for Phone and Tablet

General Business Visitor Feedback Widgets: Part 2 - Kissinsights
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 03/29/2011
Of course you want to hear from your web site visitors. You want to know if there is a problem, if they can't find what they want or even hear their complements and success stories. That's why you have a contact form on your site. But is it enough? Most Internet users know to look for a link to the contact form, but there's one obstacle: they have to go look for it. Contact forms are passive elements waiting to be found and accessed. That's kind of old school.

In this series, we'll explore easy-to-implement feedback widgets which present themselves to users throughout your site via a pop-up survey widget. Users get a fast and simple form which is designed to encourage more immediate feedback. For some site owners these tools allow one to implement a feedback mechanism in a fraction of the time and effort it takes to develop a customized contact form. We'll be looking at widgets from Feedbackify, KISSinsights, Get Satisfaction and others.

The Visitor Feedback Widgets Series:
Visitor Feedback Widgets: Part 1 - Feedbackify
Visitor Feedback Widgets: Part 2 - Kissinsights
Visitor Feedback Widgets: Part 3 - Get Satisfaction
Visitor Feedback Widgets: Part 4 - UserVoice Feedback

Fireworks Update Your Twitter Home Page Using Fireworks
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 03/28/2011
A couple years ago I created my first Twitter home page background image using Fireworks as my design tool. The goal was to use the background image as a branding tool by supplying a mini-bio on the Twitter page, in what looked like a little content pod. The background of the background image was one of my photos from up north, faded into the web page background color. And it was fine at the time.

Some time ago, Twitter revamped its site, leaving less of the background image visible on the average monitor. In fact, on my 15 inch Macbook Pro, the actual Twitter content was overlapping my old mini bio. Not good visually, or for branding.

So, knowing I had to do something, I decided to create an entirely new background page using more of my photos – a collage effect – that would be more interesting, and would still be appealing on larger/higher resolution monitors.

And of course, I planned to do the majority of the work in Fireworks. :-)

Follow along in this tutorial as I show you, step by step, how I built my new Twitter background page, using not one - but three - Creative Suite applications.

HTML The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Markup Continued
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 03/24/2011
In this installment of the HTML5 CSS Starter Page series, we're going to continue marking up the page. This time around we're going to add ARIA role attributes to the various HTML5 elements. (Aria! What could be more perfect for a music studio? ;-) This will satisfy two goals for our document: it will enhance its accessibility for users of assistive technology, and it will provide a hook for styles that will work in Internet Explorer 7 and 8. Thus, we'll be able to provide better IE support for users who have JavaScript turned off. Later in this tutorial we'll also address a strategy for coping with Internet Explorer 6 (if you absolutely must do so).

The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Content Models
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Constructing the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Markup Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Styling the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: More Layout Styling
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Styling the Navigation for the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Site Tasks
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: The Video Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: The Contact Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: The Contact Page Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Styling Data Tables
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: CSS3 Media Queries and the Mobile Web
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Optimizing for Phone and Tablet

General Business Visitor Feedback Widgets: Part 1 - Feedbackify
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 03/15/2011
Of course you want to hear from your web site visitors. You want to know if there is a problem, if they can't find what they want or even hear their complements and success stories. That's why you have a contact form on your site. But is it enough? Most Internet users know to look for a link to the contact form, but there's one obstacle: they have to go look for it. Contact forms are passive elements waiting to be found and accessed. That's kind of old school.

In this series, we'll explore easy-to-implement feedback widgets which present themselves to users throughout your site via an ever-present Feedback tab. Once the easy-to-find widget is accessed, users get a fast and simple form which is designed to encourage more immediate feedback. For some site owners these tools allow one to implement a feedback mechanism in a fraction of the time and effort it takes to develop a customized contact form. We'll be looking at widgets from Feedbackify, KISSinsights, Get Satisfaction and others.

The Visitor Feedback Widgets Series:
Visitor Feedback Widgets: Part 1 - Feedbackify
Visitor Feedback Widgets: Part 2 - Kissinsights
Visitor Feedback Widgets: Part 3 - Get Satisfaction
Visitor Feedback Widgets: Part 4 - UserVoice Feedback

HTML The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Constructing the Layout
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 03/08/2011
In this third tutorial in the HTML5 CSS Starter Page series, we're going to mark up the layout for Stringendo Studios. We'll be using many of the new semantic elements of HTML5. We'll then run the page through an HTML5 outliner and modify the code as needed.

This tutorial includes start and completed exercise files.

The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Content Models
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Constructing the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Markup Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Styling the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: More Layout Styling
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Styling the Navigation for the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Site Tasks
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: The Video Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: The Contact Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: The Contact Page Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Styling Data Tables
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: CSS3 Media Queries and the Mobile Web
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Optimizing for Phone and Tablet

General Business Crazy Egg: Get Immediate Insight Into Your Visitors’ Behavior
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 02/28/2011
A lot of producing a web site can be guesswork - especially with the creation and placement of content. If your web site relies on a call to action and getting your site visitors to respond to your content then you are likely interested in web site metrics. Traditional stats packages typically give you lists of links clicked by your visitors and maybe some pie charts which can be informative.

Crazy Egg brings site metrics to a different level with visualizations. Like other visitor tracking packages, Crazy Egg uses Javascript to keep track of visitor activity. What is unique about the Crazy Egg method is that it literally shows you where on your web page that visitors are clicking. Through visualizations like Confetti and the Heatmap, you can see exactly which content elicits responses from your visitors and, maybe more importantly, which does not engage.

Crazy Egg Heatmap visualization of visitor clicks
Figure 1 Crazy Egg Heatmap visualization of visitor clicks. The brighter the color, the more clicks that area received.

HTML The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Content Models
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 02/25/2011
In this second tutorial in the HTML5 CSS Starter Page series, we're going to look at its new content models, new semantic elements, core sectioning elements, and the new explicit outlining algorithm. Once we understand these key concepts, we'll be ready to mark up the home page of Stringendo Studios in a more meaningful way.

The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Content Models
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Constructing the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Markup Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Styling the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: More Layout Styling
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Styling the Navigation for the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Site Tasks
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: The Video Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: The Contact Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: The Contact Page Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Styling Data Tables
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: CSS3 Media Queries and the Mobile Web
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Optimizing for Phone and Tablet

Fireworks Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 6: Working with Flash Catalyst
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 01/20/2011
I've released a series of excerpts from the book, which began with Button Symbols and now concludes in Part 6 with this segment on Fireworks and Flash Catalyst. This excerpt is from Chapter 13, Going Further.

The Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Series:
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 1: Button Symbols
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 2: The Compound Shape Tool
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 3: Prototyping
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 4: Fireworks and CSS Export
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 5: Working with Device Central
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 6: Working with Flash Catalyst

Fireworks Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 5: Working with Device Central
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 01/19/2011
I'm releasing a series of excerpts from the book, which began with Button Symbols and now continues in Part 5 with a segment on Fireworks and Device Central integration. This excerpt is from Chapter 13, Going Further.

This excerpt, also part of Chapter 13, is one of the lengthier ones (about 45 pages), and covers the integration between Fireworks and Device Central:

  • Launching Device Central from Fireworks
  • Browsing for a device profile
  • Generating a Fireworks document from a device profile
  • Previewing designs in Device Central

The Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Series:
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 1: Button Symbols
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 2: The Compound Shape Tool
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 3: Prototyping
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 4: Fireworks and CSS Export
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 5: Working with Device Central
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 6: Working with Flash Catalyst

Fireworks Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 4 - Fireworks and CSS Export
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 01/13/2011
I'm releasing a series of excerpts from the book, which began with Button Symbols and now continues in Part 4 with a segment on Fireworks and CSS and discusses the things to keep in mind if you are planning - or hoping - to export your completed Fireworks design as a CSS-based layout. This excerpt is from Chapter 8, Optimizing for the Web.

The Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Series:
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 1: Button Symbols
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 2: The Compound Shape Tool
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 3: Prototyping
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 4: Fireworks and CSS Export
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 5: Working with Device Central
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 6: Working with Flash Catalyst

CSS CSS3 Transforms: Rotate, Skew, Scale & Translate
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 01/07/2011
Supported in Firefox 3.5+. Opera 10.5 and Webkit since 3.1, the transform CSS property lets you modify the coordinate space of the CSS visual formatting model. Using it, elements can be translated, rotated, scaled, and skewed. In this tutorial, you'll learn to manipulate an element's appearance using transform functions.

Note: This article will not work in Internet Explorer, as we're talking about a feature that is not supported in Internet Explorer

Fireworks Creating an Interactive Jigsaw Puzzle with Fireworks and jQuery - Part 1
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 12/17/2010
Every now and again a client will come to you asking for a seemingly simple thing that turns out to be far more difficult and complex than you'd ever imagined. Today we're going to start looking at one classic example: how to make an interactive jigsaw puzzle. While there are many examples on the web of puzzles based in Flash or on "straight sided pieces" (which really isn't a jigsaw puzzle is it?) there are few examples around of how to make a more realistic and light-weight puzzle from scratch.

In today's article we're going to start building our puzzle by taking an image and cutting it up into individual jigsaw pieces using some handy Fireworks features and extensions. Every now and again a client will come to you asking for a seemingly simple thing that turns out to be far more difficult and complex than you'd ever imagined. Today we're going to start looking at one classic example: how to make an interactive jigsaw puzzle. While there are many examples on the web of puzzles based in Flash or on "straight sided pieces" (which really isn't a jigsaw puzzle is it?) there are few examples around of how to make a more realistic and lightweight puzzle from scratch.

In today's article we're going to spend a bit of time on the subtle but important details: randomizing the order of the pieces on load, and adding some sound-effects.

The Creating an Interactive Jigsaw Puzzle with Fireworks and jQuery Series:
Creating an Interactive Jigsaw Puzzle with Fireworks and jQuery - Part 1
Creating an Interactive Jigsaw Puzzle with Fireworks and jQuery - Part 2
Creating an Interactive Jigsaw Puzzle with Fireworks and jQuery - Part 3
Creating an Interactive Jigsaw Puzzle with Fireworks and jQuery - Part 4
Creating an Interactive Jigsaw Puzzle with Fireworks and jQuery - Part 5: Randomization and HTML5 Audio
Creating an Interactive Jigsaw Puzzle with Fireworks and jQuery - Part 6: Grouping Pieces I
Creating an Interactive Jigsaw Puzzle with Fireworks and jQuery - Part 7: Grouping Pieces II

Fireworks Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 2: The Compound Shape tool
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 12/09/2010
I'm very happy to say that my Adobe Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book (CiaB) has been getting very positive reviews from teachers and Fireworks users alike. I'm even happier to share some excerpts from the book with all of you, thanks to Peachpit Press.

I'm releasing a series of excerpts from the book, which began with Button Symbols and now continues with with my segment on the Compound Shape tool.

The Compound Shape tool is a very cool feature in Fireworks CS5, giving you the ability to create complex vector illustrations and designs using simple vector objects. Rather than drawing complicated vector shapes, you can use the Compound Shape tool to temporarily group multiple vector objects together. The objects retain their individual editability, but can be moved around as a single grouped object.

The Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Series:
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 1: Button Symbols
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 2: The Compound Shape Tool
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 3: Prototyping
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 4: Fireworks and CSS Export
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 5: Working with Device Central
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 6: Working with Flash Catalyst

Fireworks Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 1: Button Symbols
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 12/07/2010
I'm very happy to say that my Adobe Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book (CiaB) has been getting very positive reviews from teachers and Fireworks users alike. I'm even happier to share some exceprts from the book with all of you, thanks to Peachpit Press.

I'll be releasing a series of excerpts from the book, starting with my segment on the Button Symbols.

Future excerpts will include:

  • Button Symbols
  • Using the Compound Shape tool
  • Prototyping workflow
  • Delivering the wireframe to the client
  • Fireworks and CSS export
  • Previewing in Device Central
  • Exporting to Flash Catalyst

This excerpt covers how to create, edit and use a button symbol. You'll also learn a bit about using Styles, optimizing, and how to preview the effect.

The Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Series:
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 1: Button Symbols
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 2: The Compound Shape Tool
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 3: Prototyping
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 4: Fireworks and CSS Export
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 5: Working with Device Central
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 6: Working with Flash Catalyst

Photoshop 3D Pine Tree for Christmas!
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 12/03/2010
Ho! Ho! Holy 3D Tree, Batman! Use this simple, stylized tree in your holiday graphics. Built only using Photoshop CS5 Extended!

Fireworks Fireworks Symbols and Why They Are So @$#$!! Cool - Part 1
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 12/01/2010
Re-usable graphic elements in Fireworks are referred to as symbols. Fireworks has three types of symbols: graphic, animation, and button. When you edit the original symbol object, the copied instances automatically change to reflect the edited symbol (unless you break the link between the two).

Symbols are also helpful for creating buttons and animating objects across multiple states. They're a huge feature in Fireworks and can save you a lot of time when you designing a web site, an application interface or even just being creative.

In this tutorial, we'll look at how creating one simple symbol can ease the production of a slide show application or web gallery. We'll even make use of stock Fireworks effects and commands to get the job done.



The Fireworks Symbols Series:
Fireworks Symbols and Why They Are So @$#$!! Cool - Part 1
Fireworks Symbols and Why They Are So @$#$!! Cool - Part 2
Fireworks Symbols and Why They Are So @$#$!! Cool - Part 3

Dreamweaver The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series Part 14: Adding a Contact Form
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 11/24/2010
We have one last page to complete in the CSS Starter Page web site, and that is the contact page. We'll use the contact page as an opportunity to learn about various form objects. While we'll be using the tried and true form objects that have been a part of HTML "forever", we'll also discuss some of the HTML5 form objects that will transform the way we work with forms going forward.

This tutorial includes starter and completed files so you can work through the exercises.

The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: The Yukon
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Marking up the Page
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Structuring with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Refining Details with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Adding Navigation Systems
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: Converting to Horizontal Navigation
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding CSS3 Pods
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Adding a Custom Font
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Quality Assurance
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Making it Your Own
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Creating the Template
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Adding a Data Table
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: Adding a Gallery
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Adding a Contact Form

Dreamweaver The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series Part 13: Adding a Gallery
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 10/28/2010
There are only two more pages to develop in the Dreamweaver CS5 CSS Starter Page site. In this tutorial we're going to use Lightbox to create a gallery on one of the remaining pages. The Lightbox home page describes Lightbox as "a simple, unobtrusive script used to overlay images on the current page. It's a snap to setup and works on all modern browsers." This tutorial includes start and completed files.

The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: The Yukon
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Marking up the Page
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Structuring with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Refining Details with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Adding Navigation Systems
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: Converting to Horizontal Navigation
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding CSS3 Pods
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Adding a Custom Font
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Quality Assurance
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Making it Your Own
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Creating the Template
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Adding a Data Table
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: Adding a Gallery
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Adding a Contact Form

Dreamweaver The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series Part 12: Adding a Data Table
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 10/20/2010
We're close to finishing a complete site based on the two-column, fixed-width, left sidebar, header and footer Dreamweaver CS5 CSS Starter Page. All we have left is to add some content to the pages other than the home page. In this installment we're going to add a data table to the accommodations page of the Safari site. (Or, you can adapt the techniques to your own site.)

We're going to perform a fancy little trick with this table. We're going to use the :nth-child pseudo class to create alternating colors on the table rows while keeping our markup nice and clean. Then we're going to use a script to make Internet Explorer support the pseudo class, though natively it really would prefer not to.

This tutorial includes starter and completed files.

The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: The Yukon
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Marking up the Page
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Structuring with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Refining Details with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Adding Navigation Systems
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: Converting to Horizontal Navigation
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding CSS3 Pods
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Adding a Custom Font
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Quality Assurance
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Making it Your Own
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Creating the Template
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Adding a Data Table
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: Adding a Gallery
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Adding a Contact Form

Photoshop Content-Aware Turbo Tips - Part 1
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 10/07/2010
Think you've got a handle on Content-Aware tools in Photoshop CS5? Here are some tips to turbo-charge your work flow. Check out this two-part series and start burning up the canvas!

Dreamweaver The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Creating the Template
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 09/28/2010
In this installment of the CS5 CSS Starter Page series, we'll use templates, library items, and snippets to create a four page site from our layouts.

This tutorial includes exercise files as well as a completed site example.

The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: The Yukon
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Marking up the Page
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Structuring with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Refining Details with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Adding Navigation Systems
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: Converting to Horizontal Navigation
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding CSS3 Pods
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Adding a Custom Font
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Quality Assurance
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Making it Your Own
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Creating the Template
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Adding a Data Table
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: Adding a Gallery
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Adding a Contact Form

Open Source Introduction to .htaccess, ErrorDocument and Redirect
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 09/17/2010
Unravel some of the mystery in the .htaccess file for your Apache server - ErrorDocument and Redirect.

Dreamweaver The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Making it Your Own
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 09/15/2010
In this installment of the CS5 CSS Starter Page series, we'll use Fireworks and Dreamweaver to transform the Yukon layout into your own design.

This tutorial includes start and completed files.

Approximate download size: 7MB

The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: The Yukon
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Marking up the Page
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Structuring with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Refining Details with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Adding Navigation Systems
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: Converting to Horizontal Navigation
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding CSS3 Pods
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Adding a Custom Font
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Quality Assurance
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Making it Your Own
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Creating the Template
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Adding a Data Table
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: Adding a Gallery
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Adding a Contact Form

Photoshop Create a 3D Planet with Atmosphere in Photoshop CS5 Extended
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 09/13/2010
Hey! It's a planet. In 3D. With Photoshop CS5 Extended. Aren't you just a teensie bit curious?

Javascript Referencing Radio Button Values in jQuery
by: Ray West
Release Date: 09/10/2010
In our last installment, we looked at referencing the list of values that a user has selected from a collection of checkboxes. Unlike some simpler controls like text boxes, checkboxes are a little more complicated to grab values from. Closely related are radio buttons, which also allow selection from multiple options.

Unlike checkboxes, radio buttons only allow you to pick a single option. You might be asked to choose Yes or No or perhaps Male or Female. More involved options might provide many more selections; but you can only choose one of them.

PHP Working With Images in PHP - Part 1: Rotation
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 09/09/2010
The ability to directly alter image files from PHP scripting is one of those interesting skills that most web developers are not even aware of. While this technology has been around for a few years now, the advent of more advanced client-side coding means that a combination of server and client-side technologies can now be used to create very interesting and effective online image manipulation tools.

Imagine an online photo gallery where users can upload images, and then rotate and crop them in realtime from their browser. Why not just use Photoshop? Well just remember that because you're dealing with a browser based solution your users gain the ability to do all this from their smart phones or other mobile devices that may not have image manipulation applications like Photoshop. In other words you're giving your users the ability to completely "cut out" the need for a full-blown computer for yet another important aspect of their social online experience!

The goal of this series will be to show you, step by step, how to build that realtime web-based image editing application. In the first few parts of the series we're going to focus on the basic PHP image manipulation code that we'll need to actually modify the graphic files; then later we'll see how to tie those in with jQuery and some client-side coding to create our application. Today we're going to start by looking at how to load, rotate, and save an image in PHP.

The Working with Images in PHP Series:
Working with Images in PHP - Part 1: Rotation
Working with Images in PHP - Part 2: Cropping
Working with Images in PHP - Part 3: Scaling

Dreamweaver The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Quality Assurance
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 08/31/2010
In the last installment of the Dreamweaver CS5 CSS Starter Page series, we finally finished the base layout. Before we can move on to creating new pages from the layout, we need to perform a few maintenance and quality assurance chores:

  • Check the layout in multiple browsers at Adobe BrowserLab
  • Order the rules so that they are more organized and easier to read
  • Move the rules into an external style sheet
  • Create a separate style sheet for browser specific properties and values
  • Validate the document at the W3C CSS validator



The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: The Yukon
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Marking up the Page
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Structuring with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Refining Details with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Adding Navigation Systems
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: Converting to Horizontal Navigation
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding CSS3 Pods
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Adding a Custom Font
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Quality Assurance
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Making it Your Own
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Creating the Template
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Adding a Data Table
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: Adding a Gallery
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Adding a Contact Form

SQL Quickshot - Using Subqueries and Count to Display Membership Counts Per Region
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 08/25/2010
In this quick shot, I'll show you how to take a list of locations and provide a count of members per location.

Dreamweaver The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Adding a Custom Font
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 08/19/2010
In this installment of the Dreamweaver CS5 CSS Starter Page series, we'll add the last finishing touch to the design. We'll use @font-face to add a custom font that expresses the rugged terrain of Alaska and the Yukon.

The CSS property @font-face offers true font support. After linking to a custom font within your style sheet and uploading the font file to your site (just as you would for an image), you can then use it on your pages without users having to have the font on their own systems. There is a catch, however, and that is the variability of browser support. Fonts have to be converted to a number of different formats in order to work in Safari, Firefox, IE, Opera, Chrome, the iPhone, and the iPad. These formats then have to be written in a somewhat complex syntax in the style sheet.

Fortunately, there is a free service called Font Squirrel that offers hundreds of fonts that are licensed for use on the web, and that are already converted to the formats you'll need for them to work in all major browsers. In this tutorial we'll use this service to add the font Gesso to the Yukon layout.

The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: The Yukon
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Marking up the Page
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Structuring with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Refining Details with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Adding Navigation Systems
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: Converting to Horizontal Navigation
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding CSS3 Pods
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Adding a Custom Font
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Quality Assurance
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Making it Your Own
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Creating the Template
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Adding a Data Table
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: Adding a Gallery
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Adding a Contact Form

Dreamweaver The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding CSS3 Pods
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 08/05/2010
After all the hard work of learning how the new Dreamweaver CS5 CSS Starter Pages work, it's time to have some fun with them. The "next big thing" on the web is CSS3 properties that let you create all kinds of visual effects without using images. In this installment of the series, we're going to create three pods in the sidebar, each of which will contain a heading and paragraph with a link to a page with more information about its topic. The pods will have rounded corners, box shadows, and a gradient background.

In the old days this would have required multiple DIVs and images. CSS3 offers the promise of freedom from all of that. Web standards compliant browsers offer good, though differing, support for CSS3. While these properties do not work in Internet Explorer 6, 7, and 8 (Internet Explorer 9 is about to arrive and will support many CSS3 properties), you have some choices in handling the web's problem child browser. We'll get to that towards the end of the tutorial.

The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: The Yukon
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Marking up the Page
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Structuring with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Refining Details with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Adding Navigation Systems
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: Converting to Horizontal Navigation
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding CSS3 Pods
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Adding a Custom Font
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Quality Assurance
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Making it Your Own
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Creating the Template
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Adding a Data Table
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: Adding a Gallery
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Adding a Contact Form

Dreamweaver The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: Converting to Horizontal Navigation
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 07/22/2010
In the last tutorial of the CS5 CSS Starter Page series, we finally completed the Yukon layout. In doing so, the mysteries of the fixed-width CSS Starter Pages in Dreamweaver CS5 were de-mystified. With that behind us, it's time to go outside the box, and start to extend various aspects of the design. The first one we'll tackle is the navigation. We're going to transform the vertical buttons into a horizontal navigation bar.

This tutorial includes starter files so that you can play along with the steps, and completed files so you can compare your work.

The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: The Yukon
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Marking up the Page
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Structuring with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Refining Details with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Adding Navigation Systems
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: Converting to Horizontal Navigation
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding CSS3 Pods
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Adding a Custom Font
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Quality Assurance
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Making it Your Own
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Creating the Template
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Adding a Data Table
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: Adding a Gallery
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Adding a Contact Form

General Business Welcome to Workflow Lab
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 07/16/2010
Planning a project involves, among other things, planning work flow. This AIR app from Adobe, makes work flow planning a breeze.

PHP A PHP CodeIgniter Library for Authorize.net Customer Information Manager (CIM)
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 07/13/2010
When a client chose to use Authorize.net's Customer Information Manager (CIM) for processing credit card payments from within their CodeIgniter-based web site, I went into research mode. Years ago, I programmed a shopping site which used Authorize.net's Advanced Integration Method (AIM) to directly submit credit card transaction requests directly to their server via delimited query string. That method required the submittal of all customer billing information for every transaction - especially since we kept no billing information on file for security - so I was impressed when I learned that CIM maintained a profile for each customer with multiple billing and shipping profiles each. The CIM method, released in November 2007, added the ability for a merchant to securely store customer billing data - including credit card numbers - on Authorize.net's servers.

The CIM API allows you to validate, create, retrieve, update and delete customer billing information with several types of profiles through XML requests. Each customer has a main Profile, and up to 10 Payment Profiles and up to 100 Shipping Profiles. The extent of these profiles allow a merchant to offer the customer the convenience of stored billing data with the security of Authorize.net's servers. The convenience and security will hopefully translate into repeat sales. The CIM Merchant Web Services API XML Guide provides some overview of the process but is mostly focused on the details of each type of request and filed parameters.

What was missing for me was an example of these requests as well as the actual process of submitting requests and processing their responses. Enter John Conde, a Certified Authorize.Net Developer, who in February 2010 published a PHP class for handling the CIM requests and responses. Even better, the tutorial on John's site showed me exactly what needed to happen. I downloaded a copy of his class, signed up for an Authorize.net developer account and got to work. Then I realized several hurdles to overcome.

Dreamweaver The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series Part 5: Adding Navigation Systems
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 07/07/2010
In the last installment of this series, we completed all parts of the layout except for the navigation. In this tutorial, we'll style the unordered list of links into a set of vertical buttons. This is the default navigation styling for the Dreamweaver CS5 CSS Starter Pages. In the next tutorial, we'll change the navigation scheme into a horizontal navigation bar under the header, but for now it is important for you to understand how navigation in the CSS Starter Pages works.

The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: The Yukon
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Marking up the Page
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Structuring with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Refining Details with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Adding Navigation Systems
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: Converting to Horizontal Navigation
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding CSS3 Pods
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Adding a Custom Font
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Quality Assurance
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Making it Your Own
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Creating the Template
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Adding a Data Table
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: Adding a Gallery
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Adding a Contact Form

HTML Building Your Own Live Webcast with UStream - Part 1
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 07/01/2010
Getting video onto the web these days is a lot easier than it used to be! In fact, since Flash added video support years ago and sites like YouTube became available for general usage, video content has become almost a routine part of modern web life. In today's instant gratification world of tweets and social networking though often times just posting your recorded videos up to YouTube isn't enough; your clients demand something more real time... live webcasting!

Today we're going to look at perhaps the simplest and most cost-effective (i.e. free) way to bring live webcasting to your projects: UStream.

The Building Your Own Live Webcast Series
Building Your Own Live Webcast with UStream - Part 1
Building Your Own Live Webcast with UStream - Part 2
Building Your Own Live Webcast with UStream - Part 3

Illustrator New Features Now Available in Adobe Illustrator CS5 - Part 2
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 06/30/2010
See the new and enhanced features of Adobe Illustrator CS5.

Dreamweaver The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series Part 4: Refining Details with CSS
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 06/28/2010
In the last tutorial in the this series, The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series Part 3: Structuring with CSS, we used CSS to manipulate the page into two columns with a header and footer. We painted the broad brush strokes, so to speak. In this installment, we'll fill in the fine details by coding some styles for text and images.

This tutorial has exercise files so you can work along at home.

The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: The Yukon
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Marking up the Page
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Structuring with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Refining Details with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Adding Navigation Systems
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: Converting to Horizontal Navigation
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding CSS3 Pods
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Adding a Custom Font
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Quality Assurance
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Making it Your Own
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Creating the Template
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Adding a Data Table
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: Adding a Gallery
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Adding a Contact Form

Illustrator New Features Now Available in Adobe Illustrator CS5 - Part 1
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 06/18/2010
Adobe has done a great job of adding new features for CS5. In this article we will look at some of the features now available in Illustrator CS5. As you will see, it's an impressive list. This release of Adobe Illustrator CS5 really does have something for everyone. Long time users, I am sure will be pleased with the results.

Dreamweaver Creating a Site in Dreamweaver CS5
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 06/16/2010
Follow this step-by-step guide on how to create a site in Dreamweaver CS5.

Photoshop Bringing out Details
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 06/14/2010
Need a little extra pop in your images? Want to get an HDR look without the HDR work? Well, that's just too bad. I got nothing for ya. Nothing!

Except this tiny little technique that could very well blow your socks off.

CSS @font-face Hurdles and Tips
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 06/10/2010
Web site design has been hampered by the limited number of fonts available to most clients. Designers have been using image replacement and methods such as sIFR and Cufón to make up for limited choices in typography. Not anymore. With basically universal support of embedded fonts, we now have more options. This article discusses hurdles and tips to embedding fonts with @font-face.

Dreamweaver The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series Part 3: Structuring with CSS
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 06/08/2010
In the second installment of the new Dreamweaver CS5 CSS Starter Page series, we divided the page into sections by using the DIV element. We added links in an unordered list, added text and headings, and inserted the logo image. Now that the "hooks" are in place, it is time to code the styles that will manipulate the structure into columns.

This tutorial includes starter files so you can try the exercises, and it includes a completed layout in case you need to compare your work.

The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: The Yukon
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Marking up the Page
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Structuring with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Refining Details with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Adding Navigation Systems
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: Converting to Horizontal Navigation
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding CSS3 Pods
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Adding a Custom Font
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Quality Assurance
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Making it Your Own
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Creating the Template
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Adding a Data Table
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: Adding a Gallery
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Adding a Contact Form

Fireworks FXG 2.0 Support in Fireworks CS5 - What to expect
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 06/01/2010
Fireworks CS5 supports the FXG 2.0 format, giving us a lot more flexibility if we're planning to port our designs over to Flash Catalyst. This article details what is supported and - more importantly - what isn't. It will tell you what you can use with impunity and what Fireworks features to watch out for if you're planning to export your designs or artwork in the FXG format.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Brasilia
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/31/2010
CMX JumpStart Brasilia is fluid, both in its outer and inner DIVs. The outer DIVs are completely fluid and conform to the width of the viewport. The inner DIVs are fluid, but with max width to keep reading lines comfortable, and min width to keep the layout from collapsing in narrow windows. There are styles for two or three column options that can be controlled from a single CSS file. The first tier tabbed navigation uses the popular Sliding Door technique, and the second tier navigation uses an unordered list for greater accessibility. Both navigation schemes provide for a current page marker. There is a "fat" header that allows your company to showcase important content and/or branding. The PNG allows for the editing of the images in the monitor screens if you wish to stick to the computer theme. In lieu of images, you could also put text in either the right or left floated areas of the header for a real "above the fold" showcasing of your message. The JumpStart includes a main style sheet, a version six and below Internet Explorer style sheet, a version seven and above Internet Explorer style sheet, and a Design Time Style Sheet (in case your version of Dreamweaver makes the layout difficult to edit in Design View). Of course Brasilia meets the W3C standards for CSS and XHTML, as well as the WAI accessibility requirements, too.

Dreamweaver The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Marking up the Page
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/21/2010
If you read the introductory article to the new Dreamweaver CS5 CSS Starter Page series, you already know that we're going to create our own JumpStart Yukon as a means to understanding the new and improved CSS Starter Pages. We're also going to add CSS3 enhancements, a Lightbox gallery, and styled forms and data tables before this series runs its course. But let's not get ahead of ourselves. First things first: let's add the markup and basic content to the layout that we'll come to know as Yukon.

The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: The Yukon
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Marking up the Page
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Structuring with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Refining Details with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Adding Navigation Systems
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: Converting to Horizontal Navigation
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding CSS3 Pods
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Adding a Custom Font
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Quality Assurance
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Making it Your Own
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Creating the Template
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Adding a Data Table
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: Adding a Gallery
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Adding a Contact Form

Dreamweaver The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series Part 1: The Yukon
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/12/2010
There is no other way to say it: the new CSS Starter Pages in Dreamweaver CS5 are wicked awesome. They are everything I would have hoped for in a version two upgrade. There are such significant changes from the first set that it is time to begin a new CS5 CSS Starter Page Series. The center of the series will be an ongoing project, CSS Starter Page Yukon. Not only will we take advantage of all the great new features in the new, improved CSS Starter Pages, but we'll get trendy with some CSS3 properties, as well as some custom typography.

The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: The Yukon
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Marking up the Page
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Structuring with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Refining Details with CSS
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Adding Navigation Systems
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: Converting to Horizontal Navigation
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding CSS3 Pods
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Adding a Custom Font
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Quality Assurance
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Making it Your Own
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Creating the Template
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Adding a Data Table
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: Adding a Gallery
The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Adding a Contact Form

Flash XFL and Flash CS5
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 05/11/2010
XFL made a rather quiet debut in in Flash CS4. In Flash CS5 it's party time along with a new way of saving Flash documents.

Photoshop 3D Graphic Cube in Photoshop CS5 Extended - Part 1
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 05/10/2010
Take a look at this video, which shows you a new 3D Primitive in Photoshop CS5 Extended. We'll use the Cube Wrap object to quickly create a compelling graphic with transparency and shadows. The first part will cover building the object, while the second part will show you how to use the new shadow-catching Ground Plane.

The 3D Graphic Cube in Photoshop CS5 Extended Series:
3D Graphic Cube in Photoshop CS5 Extended - Part 1
3D Graphic Cube in Photoshop CS5 Extended - Part 2 Coming Soon

Photoshop Changing the Colour of a Car
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 05/07/2010
In this tutorial we will look at how we can change the colour of car from its basic colour to an alternate colour. This process won't damage your image in any way at all.

Flash Templates and Flash CS5
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 05/06/2010
Learn Flash CS5. Use templates. Really. No kidding. There are now over 60 that are primo learning tools.

Flash Flash CS5: Text Layout Framework
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 05/05/2010
Text handling in Flash no longer looks like Flash Text. It actually "feels" like typography thanks to the new Text Layout Framework.

Flash Flash CS5 Video Overview
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 04/30/2010
You are probably wondering "What's new with video in Flash CS5?" Glad you asked. Read on....

Approximate download size: 12MB

Flash Put Some Spring in Your Bones with Flash CS5
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 04/27/2010
Physics come to Flash CS5 with the new Springs feature.

Fireworks Fireworks CS5 New Features - Part 2
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 04/27/2010
Yes indeed, Adobe Creative Suite CS5 is coming. In this second of several videos, I'll take you through some of the new enhancements to type handling. We'll also take a quick (heh heh, get it? Quick?) look at speed and reliability. I know I'm impressed and I hope after watching these videos, you will be too.

Approximate download size: 35MB

The Fireworks CS5 New Features Series:
Fireworks CS5 New Features: Overview
Fireworks CS5 New Features: Part 2

Dreamweaver Dreamweaver CS5 New Features Part 2: CSS Troubleshooting
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 04/26/2010
In this second article about the new features in Dreamweaver CS5, we'll look at some of the new ways Dreamweaver will help you troubleshoot your layouts. You'll wonder how you ever lived without CSS Inspect, or without the ability to enable and disable properties with the click of a button in the CSS Styles panel. You'll marvel at the new capabilities in the Style Rendering Toolbar, and become addicted to the new online service, BrowserLab.

Join me in a guided tour.

The Dreamweaver CS5 New Features Series:
Dreamweaver CS5 New Features Part 1: The All New CSS Starter Pages
Dreamweaver CS5 New Features Part 2: CSS Troubleshooting

Flash Code Snippets in Flash CS5
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 04/23/2010
Actionscript not your thing or do you use the same ActionScript code in multiple projects? Then Flash CS5 has a feature for you: Code snippets!

Flash Flash CS5 Overview
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 04/22/2010
So what's new in Flash CS5? Quite a bit. From a new way of managing text to video improvements, there's a lot under the hood. Check it out...

General Business Are you on Facebook
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 04/16/2010
Are you on Facebook

Dreamweaver Dreamweaver CS5 New Features Part 1: The All New CSS Starter Pages
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 04/15/2010
The big launch has finally come, and now it's time to make a decision. Upgrade or skip this time around? Arm yourself with knowledge of the new features before you decide. Does CMS and Wordpress integration appeal to you? New CSS troubleshooting tools? How about new CSS Starter Pages? These features and many more are yours when you get a Suite or Dreamweaver CS5 by itself.

Let's start with the new CSS Starter Pages....

The Dreamweaver CS5 New Features Series:
Dreamweaver CS5 New Features Part 1: The All New CSS Starter Pages
Dreamweaver CS5 New Features Part 2: CSS Troubleshooting

Fireworks Fireworks CS5 New Features - Overview
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 04/14/2010
Adobe CS5 is coming. In this first of several videos,I'll give you an overview of many of the new features in Fireworks CS5. This software is better than ever. The engineers searched high and low to find ways to make Fireworks faster, more stable and easier to use. I know I'm impressed and I hope after watching these videos, you will be too.

Education Homework and Exams: Creating a Fireworks Prototype - Part 1
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 04/01/2010
Many of the CMX partners are teachers at colleges and K-12 schools, and thus feel a great commitment to technology education. In that spirit, we're starting a new group series here at CMX called CMX Homework and Exams. We will provide ready-to-use course material that teachers can assign to students to improve their skills. The projects can be used for in-class assignments, homework, exams, midterms, finals, or even extra credit. Each project will include a list of the skills required to complete it - some of the steps will assume basic knowledge. In case the students get lost during a step, there will be a finished example file for comparing work.

In the first Homework and Exams project you are going use a single Fireworks document to store everything you need as you develop a web site. There will be a four page web site prototype that the client can click through. The same document will also include one page that will provide the foundation for the slices you'll need for the actual production of the CSS based web site.

The project has three parts, and in this first part you'll create all the common elements for each page in the prototype.

This tutorial includes support files.

The Homework and Exams Series:
Homework and Exams: Creating a Fireworks Prototype - Part 1
Homework and Exams: Creating a Fireworks Prototype - Part 2
Homework and Exams: Creating a Fireworks Prototype - Part 3

Photoshop Grungy Shamrock
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 03/16/2010
It's one of my favorite and least remembered holidays - St. Patrick's Day! Let's celebrate with a gritty, grungy shamrock made popular on faded T-shirts everywhere =)

HTML Making HTML5 work in IE6, IE7 & IE8
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 02/24/2010
No version of Internet Explorer understands any new element introduced by HTML5. That doens't mean we can't start using HTML5. In this quick tutorial, we'll show you a quick trick to make the IEs understand the HTML5 elements as CSS selectors.

SQL Audit a SQL Server Data Table - Part 1
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 02/19/2010
When you have a database table that gets updated or changed, it makes sense to keep track of those updates. A relational database table is like a snapshot in time. It contains your data in its most recent form. When you update it, the previous data is lost. For example, a product might have a price. When you change that price, the previous price is lost. Many times it can be retrieved from a log, but another way to make sure you have an audit trail of your data is to create dedicated audit tables for each table that you want to keep track of.

This article will show one simple way to create an audit table and related functionality in SQL Server without needing to modify your web application much at all. This first part of the series will set up a sample table and give a little background preparation for the functionality. For the article, I'll assume you know how to set up ColdFusion sites, work with basic database operations in ColdFusion (listing, inserting, updating data), and working with session variables. The series will focus on the auditing of the table.

The Auditing a SQL Server Data Table Series:
Audit a SQL Server Data Table - Part 1
Audit a SQL Server Data Table - Part 2
Audit a SQL Server Data Table - Part 3

Fireworks Put Your Heart Into It - A Fireworks Tutorial for Valentine's Day
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 02/12/2010
Valentine's day is close at hand. And if you're scrabbling about, trying to come up with the perfect gift, look no further!

Boot up Adobe Fireworks and in less time than it takes to pick out overpriced flowers, you will hve a custom made Valentine card for your sweetie. This video tutorial is about 20 minutes long and walks you all the steps to design a card using only stock features of Fireworks.

Photoshop Smudge Brush Valentine
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 02/10/2010
Need something new for those Valentine's Day hearts? Check out this simple effect for a unique look!

SQL Get the Time of Day as a MySQL Developer - Part 1: Data Types
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 02/03/2010
You won't have to wait long, as a web developer, before needing to store and retrieve dates and times in MySQL. A mastery of the date and time data types as well as familiarity with the many date and time functions is essential for any MySQL developer in order to maintain integrity in the temporal values that you manage.

This article will cover MySQL date and time data types and their usage. Firstly, we'll look at the options for storing temporal data and later we'll look at important functions for retrieving and using this data. This series is designed to provide the fundamental working knowledge necessary for managing temporal data in MySQL and is designed for beginners as well as experienced users who did not receive formal training in MySQL.

The Get the Time of Day using MySQL Series:
Get the Time of Day as a MySQL Developer - Part 1: Data Types
Get the Time of Day as a MySQL Developer - Part 2: Automatically Updated Timestamp
Get the Time of Day as a MySQL Developer - Part 3: Query Functions for Dates and Times
Get the Time of Day as a MySQL Developer - Part 4: Formatting Functions for Dates and Times

Photoshop Ribbons Using the Warp Tool
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 01/28/2010
Need some little decorations for your designs? How about some easy-peasy ribbons?!? You'll need Photoshop CS2 or higher to use the Warp tool in this quick tutorial.

Photoshop Star Burst Lines (Polar Coordinates)
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 01/25/2010
Photoshop CS4, two layers, several same size rectangular shapes. what can be achieved? A Star Burst, cool groovy background.

Design Digital Imaging Tools Quick Tips - Part 3
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 01/08/2010
Need some help getting basic tasks done more quickly? Read here to see how Bridge can help you make quick work of converting your PSD and raw files to JPEGs, or have Lightroom mail out your shots easily.

The Digital Imaging Tools Quick Tips Series:
Digital Imaging Tools Quick Tips - Part 1
Digital Imaging Tools Quick Tips - Part 2
Digital Imagine Tools Quick Tips - Part 3

PHP PHP 411: The phpinfo() Report
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 01/04/2010
PHP provides a convenient function, phpinfo(), which displays information regarding the PHP installation, configuration and operating environment of your server. Details include PHP version number, installed modules, predefined variables and server environment information. The provided information is very useful for the purposes of maintaining your PHP installation, verifying installed functionality, verifying server information and for troubleshooting your scripts.

If you are new PHP developer, this is definitely one function you'll need to integrate into your workflow to become an informed and proficient programmer.

This tutorial will give you a brief orientation to the phpinfo() function and give you some ideas of how you can use it to your advantage.

Dreamweaver CMX JumpStart: Lapland
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 12/18/2009
Welcome to the Lapland JumpStart!

The Lapland JumpStart is a free offering to you from Community MX. We hope you enjoy and are able to make good use of the layout!

The main construction of Lapland consists of liquid horizontal outer divs while maintaining a fixed inner content width to ensure that the design fills out the user's browser width, while still maintaining a good line reading length. The content, as always, is created with valid code and accessibility in mind.

Javascript CKEditor 3 - WYSIWYG Text and HTML Editor for the Web
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 12/07/2009
CKEditor is a WYSIWYG textarea editor for websites. Installation and configuration is simple, but its uses are powerful. CKEditor is useful in any web situation where you want a user to submit pre-formatted text. It is created via JavaScript and replaces any textarea field within any modern browser. The text field then adopts a set of toolbars which work and function like those you see any word processor like Microsoft Word or OpenOffice. You can customize the textarea in terms of the toolbars, the available functions and even the style.

WYSIWYG editors are commonly used in web applications such as blogs, content management systems, forums and e-mail generators. Specific projects in which I have implemented a WYSIWYG editor include a company jobs posting database and a company intranet group e-mail interface.

CKEditor 3 was released on October 17, 2009 and features new performance, browser compatibility, accessibility and customization enhancements. Implementing CKEditor within your webpages simple and fast. Customization is relatively easy and the documentation does a decent job of explaining the API. CKEditor is available under several licenses including free open source licenses and commercial development licenses.

This tutorial will demonstrate the installation of CKEditor as well as the configuration of common elements.

Flash Create a Bobble Head in Flash CS4
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 12/03/2009
Have you ever had one of those days where you just want to turn the guy who put you in a Turkey Suit into a "Bobble head"? You have? All it takes is a single bone in Flash CS4.

Photoshop Using 3D Models for Wireframe Effects
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 12/02/2009
Have you ever tried to draw a wireframe or blueprint by hand? How'd that work for you? Unless you are a professional draftsperson (or are insanely talented), you probably didn't have much luck. Here's a quick way to get a reasonable blueprint effect using real 3D models.

Yeah, that's what I thought, too... but try it anyway :)

Javascript Finger-Friendly Mobile Web - Part 1: Introduction
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 11/30/2009
The web is moving beyond the confines of computers, thanks to the advent of smart phones and high-speed cellular networks. This is changing not only the way we think about connectivity and the net, but also the ways in which we access and interact with information. The rise of the touch screen and smart phone are bringing a myriad of new challenges, and opportunities, our way.

In this series we're going to explore how we, as web developers, need to adapt in order to take full advantage of these changes and continue to provide new and exciting user experiences. We're going to learn to conquer the "finger-friendly mobile web"!

In the first part of this series we'll begin our journey by examining some of the major changes that this "finger friendly mobile world" brings, the challenges that we'll face, and the technologies and techniques that we'll be relying on as we move forward.

The Finger Friendly Mobile Web Series
Finger-Friendly Mobile Web - Part 1: An Introduction
Finger-Friendly Mobile Web - Part 2: Screen Sizes vs Density
FInger-Friendly Mobile Web - Part 3: Physical Sizes

General Business Email 3b: Email Options Accessed On Your Web Site's Server
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 11/24/2009
Learn about features of the online email control panel, including user forwarding options, setting up auto responders, setting up spam blocking, whitelisting and blacklisting.

The Email Series:
Email 1: Creating New Email Addresses on Your Server
Email 2: Creating Email Forwarders
Email 3a: Accessing Email On Your Web Server
Email 3b: Email Options Accessed On Your Web Site's Server
Email 3c: Accessing Webmail on Your Web Site's Server
Email 4a: Using Gmail as Your Email Client
Email 4b: Using Gmail as Your Email Client

Photoshop 3D Spray Can in Photoshop CS4 Extended - Part 1
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 11/23/2009
So, you've probably checked out some 3D tutorials for Photoshop, including 'fake' 3D that just uses gradients and bevels... right? And maybe you've tried to use some of the new 3D features in Photoshop CS4 Extended. If so, you may have been underwhelmed with the offerings - cylinders, spheres, boxes... I mean who needs just those things, right? And that hat. Don't get me started on the hat.

Well, this tutorial is for you. Provided you want to learn how to take those primitive shapes and make something useful :)

The 3D Spray Can in Photoshop CS4 Extended Series:
3D Spray Can in Photoshop CS4 Extended - Part 1
3D Spray Can in Photoshop CS4 Extended - Part 2

Flash Loading SWFs Randomly - Part 1: JavaScript
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 11/12/2009
With Flash, interactivity isn't always about the content itself. Sometimes it's understated. Sometimes, for example, it's merely about picking a SWF at random when the user decides to reload the HTML page — regardless if the Flash content is programmed or not. You might use an approach like this to randomly display a set of Flash banner ads or cartoons, just to keep the page "fresh."

Whatever your intent, if you've ever wanted to try something like this but didn't know where to begin, this article is for you. The free SWFObject embedding solution, and a few lines of custom JavaScript, are all you need.

The Loading SWFs Randomly Series:
Loading SWFs Randomly - Part 1: JavaScript
Loading SWFs Randomly - Part 2: ActionScript
Loading SWFs Randomly - Part 3: Improvements
Loading SWFs Randomly - Part 4: Improvements (Cont)
Loading SWFs Randomly - Part 5: Improvements (Concluded)

Photoshop How to Apply Smart Filters to an Image in Adobe Photoshop CS4 - Part 1
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 11/02/2009
Applying a Smart Filter to a photo in Adobe Photoshop CS4 is as easy as 1.2.3. Join me in these tutorials to find out how.

The Applying Smart Filters to Images in Adobe Photoshop CS4 Series:
How to Apply Smart Filters to an Image in Adobe Photoshop CS4 - Part 1
How to Apply Smart Filters to an Image in Adobe Photoshop CS4 - Part 2
How to Apply Smart Filters to an Image in Adobe Photoshop CS4 - Part 3

PHP PHPMailer-ML - Mailing List Manager and eMessage Manager
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 10/28/2009
PHPMailer-ML is a mailing list and newsletter management tool. It leverages the easy-to-use and powerful PHPMailer package from an online administrative center that you run on your own web server. You can use PHPMailer-ML to receive subscription requests from your website and to manage your mailing list. From PHPMailer-ML you can send emails to your mailing lists in HTML or plain text format. The administrative center allows you to create mailing campaigns, select mailing lists and create e-mails. Like PHPMailer, PHPMailer-ML is distributed for free under the General Public License (GPL). This tutorial will show you how to install and use the basic features of PHPMailer-ML.

PHPMailer-ML was originally developed to showcase the function of PHPMailer in 2008. During 2009 the project has received significant development in terms of interface, CSV import function and newsletter editing. PHPMailer is a popular, top-rated PHP class for simplifying the sending of plain text e-mail, HTML e-mail and attachments.

PHP PHP Is Losing Its Magic-Get Used to It Now
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 10/14/2009
The use of Magic Quotes in your PHP scripts has long been shown to be an insecure method of security. While this function is currently in the process of being deprecated, it will finally be removed as a PHP 6. Make your transition process easier by taking the time now to assess your reliance on the Magic Quotes directive and revise your scripts if needed.

Photoshop Studies in Noise - Part 1
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 10/09/2009
Noise!! You can't seem to avoid it in your digital images. Well, guess what? We are going to embrace the enemy! In this two-part tutorial, we'll look at the basics of using noise in creative ways. The first part talks about ways to use Photoshop's filters to generate and manipulate pure noise. The second part will take that information and start building textures.

If you do any photoretouching or need some creative sparks, read this article ;)

The Studies in Noise Series:
Studies in Noise - Part 1
Studies in Noise - Part 2

Bridge Adobe Bridge CS4: View Modes for Evaluating and Comparing Your Images
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 09/30/2009
Today we are talking about Adobe Bridge CS4 and how to evaluate your images using the various review modes. These options display your images full-screen or in side-by-side comparison. Together with other Bridge tools such as labels, ratings and the loop, you can better evaluate your images to decide which ones are best for keeping.

Photoshop Outstanding!
by: Knut Kubenz
Release Date: 09/28/2009
There are times in our photography when we’d like to make parts of the image stand out more. While there are many different ways of doing this, using a blur filter of some kind along with a Layer Mask in Photoshop is the easiest and most consistent. Let’s begin.

Design Digital Imaging Tools Quick Tips - Part 2
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 09/25/2009
Want to grab some pixels from your 3D objects and sort your images by what lens you shot them with. Really? Of course! Check out these Digital Imaging Quick Tips.

The Digital Imaging Tools Quick Tips Series:
Digital Imaging Tools Quick Tips - Part 1
Digital Imaging Tools Quick Tips - Part 2
Digital Imagine Tools Quick Tips - Part 3

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Berlin
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 09/23/2009
CMX JumpStart Berlin is a centered, two-column or three-column, liquid/fixed layout. The two tier navigation uses the popular Sliding Door technique for its main navigation. The left column navigation is constructed from an unordered list, and it is easy to add as many links as you need. The header features a third menu, a PhatFusion Image Menu, that lets you add your own categories and images. This feature is especially handy for photographers who would like to feature their work.

The JumpStart filters styles for various versions of Internet Explorer, and includes separate style sheets to address issues found in IE 6 and below versus IE 7. There is also a Design Time Style Sheet in case your version of Dreamweaver makes the layout difficult to edit in Design View. Of course Berlin meets the W3C standards for CSS and XHTML, as well as the WAI accessibility requirements, too.

Javascript HTML5 Canvas - Part 1: Introduction
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 09/21/2009
The upcoming HTML 5 specification promises to add support for a wide range of new and exciting web technologies. In this series we're going to focus on one of the major new players, the Canvas element, which allows for direct rendering and manipulation of vectors and images from within JavaScript.

In this first article, we'll explore what Canvas is, why it's important to us, and get a first quick look at how it can be used.

The HTML5 Canvas Series
HTML5 Canvas - Part 1: Introduction
HTML5 Canvas - Part 2: Basic
HTML5 Canvas - Part 3: Advanced Drawing Techniques
HTML5 Canvas - Part 4: Images
HTML5 Canvas - Part 5: Image Scaling and Croping Coming Soon

Javascript Creating Rounded Borders in Browsers with CSS3 with an IE twist
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 09/18/2009
In the past we've generally had to add a bunch of useless HTML as hooks to add corners when making rounded corners. Now, most modern browsers understand their own versions of the CSS border-radius property, which creates rounded corners on elements. In this tutorial we learn a new method of creating rounded corners in all browsers. We'll also target Internet Explorer using a little JavaScript and CSS magic.

General Business Making Your JumpStart Search Engine Friendly - Part 1: Setup & Structure
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 09/16/2009
This two part article series discusses some of the basics of structuring a web site to help with Search Optimization, and then applies these optimization tactics to two different CommunityMX JumpStarts, Siberia and Stelvio Pass.

This is Part 1 of 2, and discusses the theory of search optimization, keyword research, buying a domain, and structuring a web site. Part 2 brings this theory and prep work into practice using some of Community MX's excellent JumpStart templates. We'll be including and editing little snippets of these JumpStarts in this article, but you'll be best served if you download both of the JumpStarts now.

ColdFusion ColdFusion Worst Practices - Part 1: Misusing CFOUTPUT
by: Ray West
Release Date: 09/11/2009
In this series, we will try to highlight some worst practices in the use of ColdFusion syntax, features and options. These are not necessarily the kinds of things that will stop your site from working, but they are things that create bottlenecks, expose security weaknesses, or make your code difficult to read and maintain. In today's installment, we will look at the misuse of the CFOUTPUT tag.

The ColdFusion Worst Practices Series:
ColdFusion Worst Practices - Part 1: Misuing CFOUTPUT
ColdFusion Worst Practices - Part 2: Abusing Pound Signs (#)

Photoshop Digital Imaging Tools Quick Tips - Part 1
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 08/24/2009
Let's kick off a set of articles covering some hidden gems in Adobe's digital photography tools: Photoshop, Lightroom, Bridge, Camera Raw. Not all of these will be exclusively for photographers... just mostly. These tasty little tidbits will be coming to you at random, so keep an eye out! After all, a good photographer is always prepared :)

The first of these little morsels looks at workflow tricks, so get your pictures in line and start working these into your routine. You'll be amazed at how much time little bits like this can save!

The Digital Imaging Tools Quick Tips Series:
Digital Imaging Tools Quick Tips - Part 1
Digital Imaging Tools Quick Tips - Part 2
Digital Imagine Tools Quick Tips - Part 3

Flex Professional Adobe Flex 3: Creating an ActionScript Application
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 07/27/2009
In May 2009, Wrox released a ground-breaking book: Professional Adobe Flex 3, written by  Joseph Balderson, Peter Ent, Jun Heider, Todd Prekaski, Tom Sugden, Andrew Trice, David Hassoun and Joe Berkovitz, (ISBN 0470223642). This a landmark publication consists over 1400+ pages of Flex reference material, covering a multitude of topics ranging from beginner to advanced, from the fundamentals of the Flash Platform technology ecosystem to the intricacies of the most advanced Flex-related frameworks and server products, in a breadth and depth found nowhere else.

In a Community MX exclusive, the following is an excerpt from Chapter 6: Using Flex Builder 3. In this tutorial you will build a simple ActionScript application, and learn all about the undocumented [SWF] metadata tag to configure the Flash Player publishing properties.

Professional Adobe Flex 3

Flex Flex Power Tools: Using Flex Builder and FDT in The Same Workflow
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 07/02/2009
In my everyday programming as a Flex and Flash Platform developer, it's up to me to keep tabs on the best tools to enable me to do my work with the greatest ease and with the most efficiency. In other words, call it lazy or efficient, I just want to be able to code with the greatest of ease so I can focus more on building and less on typing.

In this tutorial, we're going to solve the challenging task of getting two of the most impressively featured Flex IDEs, Flex Builder and FDT, to work seamlessly in the same workflow, in the same eclipse installation, and even in the same project. The Flex coding workflow holy grail, one might say. So that when you're coding a Flex project, you have a choice of using the incredible code intelligence features of FDT, or the native features of Flex Builder, in the same project.

Note: this is an advanced tutorial, so you need to be familiar with using Eclipse-based tools.

FDT compilation with Design View

Look Ma, FDT compilation with Flex Builder design view!

SQL Quickshot: Enforcing Case Sensitivity in SQL Server
by: Ray West
Release Date: 07/01/2009
If you are paying attention to security in your online applications, then you are likely encouraging your users to select strong passwords that contain numbers, special characters and letters that are both upper and lower case. Without special attention to your database settings, however, SQL Server will treat upper and lower case characters as equivalent to one another, causing you to loose a significant part of the strength of your passwords.

In this article, we will show a quick and simple way to have SQL Server enforce case sensitivity.

Fireworks Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 2: Text and Image Optimization
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 06/23/2009
Adobe Fireworks CS4 has quite a few cool features, but if you're completely new to the program - or new to web design, you might be wondering where to start in Fireworks. In the Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book , my goal was to introduce the complete novice to Fireworks and by the end of the book, leave them with a wide range of skills and a solid grasp of what Fireworks could - and could not - do.

cover shot of Fireworks Classroom in a Book

In this four part series, you will find PDF excerpts from the book, complete with some of the working files to help you along.

This is the second installment and the series and covers the following topics:

  • Text Basics
  • Optimization and working with previews
  • Creating a simple rollover

Approximate download size: 6.5MB

Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts Series
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 1: Bitmap and Vector Tools
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 2: Text and Image Optimization
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 3: Workflow
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 4: Advanced Prototyping

Photoshop Fiery Photoshop Soap Bubble - Part 1
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 06/22/2009
I've seen fire, and I've seen rain... er... soap. But not at the same time. Until now! Break out those latent 3D skills and come with me as we bend Photoshop to our will and place a little lick of fire into a soap bubble!

This tutorial is aimed at intermediate to advanced users, and goes really quick. But don't let that scare you - the steps are all there, and we have forums to help you with the details and concepts. Photoshop CS4 Extended has brought 3D well into the realm of every user. So let's go burn some soap!

The Fiery Photoshop Soap Bubble Series
Fiery Photoshop Soap Bubble - Part 1
Fiery Photoshop Soap Bubble - Part 2 Coming Soon

Dreamweaver Extending Dreamweaver CS4 - Part 1: The TNC Lightbox
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 06/18/2009
Dreamweaver has a little gateway hidden within it that leads to the land of magic! Have you ever used this gateway? Do you know where it is? If the answer to those two questions is no then you should read on and be prepared to meet the first of our free items of treasure.

When you buy Dreamweaver you buy so much more than what comes on the disk. You can become involved in some great communities like CMX, and you can access widgets and extensions that will make your work flow faster and therefore make you more productive and cost effective in what you do.

Not all widgets and extensions come with a price tag, as we shall see as we set off on a series that will introduce to some of the fantastic functionality that can be added to Dreamweaver in no more than a couple of clicks of your mouse! Read on...

The Extending Dreamweaver CS4 Series
Extending Dreamweaver CS4 - Part 1: The TNC Lightbox
Extending Dreamweaver CS4 - Part 2: jQuery UI Calendar
Extending Dreamweaver CS4 - Part 3: Phatfusion SortableTable
Extending Dreamweaver CS4 - Part 4: Digg This!
Extending Dreamweaver CS4 - Part 5: Phatfusion Image Menu
Extending Dreamweaver CS4 - Part 6: Rounded Corners

Fireworks Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 1: Bitmap and Vector Tools
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 06/15/2009
Adobe Fireworks CS4 has quite a few cool features, but if you're completely new to the program - or new to web design, you might be wondering where to start in Fireworks. In the Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book, my goal was to introduce the complete novice to Fireworks and by the end of the book, leave them with a wide range of skills and a solid grasp of what Fireworks could - and could not - do.

In this four part series, you will find PDF excerpts from the book, complete with some of the working files to help you along.

Approximate download size: 3.9MB

Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts Series
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 1: Bitmap and Vector Tools
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 2: Text and Image Optimization
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 3: Workflow
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 4: Advanced Prototyping

Fireworks From Jumpstart to Composition Demo in Fireworks CS4
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 06/12/2009
One of the great new tools that comes with Fireworks CS4 is one that is easy to overlook—the ability you now have to take a composition and publish all of the visible elements to a Flash-based demonstration of your design. Using this new feature along with the Master Pages that are part of Fireworks you can quickly create a design composition and publish it to your server for client review.

In this tutorial you’ll be provided with the source Fireworks PNG file that was developed using Sheri German's original design for the Baltimore Jumpstart series as its base.

This source file has been broken up into multiple pages to demonstrate how a comp might be prepared that shows multiple layouts, color schemes, and page elements. From there you’ll learn how to use the incredibly easy Demo Current Document command to publish all of the pages into one tidy package that you can upload and provide to a client by way of a link.

PHP JpGraph: PHP Graphs & Charts On-The-Fly
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 06/09/2009
JpGraph is an object-oriented PHP library for creating graphs on the fly with your selected data for display on web pages. The library features a wide range of graph types with which you can draw with your own data. You can supply data from a database, a text file, a form or even with a GET query string.

Generating web-based graphs for display on web pages can be useful for business intelligence or marketing collateral. The advantage of creating a graph dynamically from data is that the visitor always sees an up-to-date chart which reflects current data.

This tutorial will briefly give you an overview of the installation procedure and how to create several graphs, including the source code. The JpGraph library is easy to use, features a wide range of customization options as well as many graph types.

Dreamweaver Dreamweaver Built-In CSS Help Features - Part 1: CSS Layout Outlines
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 06/05/2009
Dreamweaver, over the last version or two, has included some very nice CSS help features. The features I'm referring to are termed Visual Aids and can be found within the Visual Aids drop-down menu that can be accessed from the document toolbar. There are several different CSS features within this area and we will look at them one by one to gain a good understanding of each and see how they can benefit our workflow.

The Dreamweaver Built-In CSS Help Features Series:
Dreamweaver Built-In CSS Help Features - Part 1: CSS Layout Outlines
Dreamweaver Built-In CSS Help Features - Part 2: CSS Layout Box Model
Dreamweaver Built-In CSS Help Features - Part 3: CSS Layout Backgrounds

PHP Cartweaver Admin Hints and Mods Part 1: Creating a Low Stock Warning for PHP
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 06/03/2009
Cartweaver is an online shopping cart system available from www.cartweaver.com for PHP, ColdFusion, and ASP. It is intended as an easy-to-use solution for building an online store. It doesn't have all the bells and whistles of some of the more pricey carts available, but with a little coding, many new features can be added.

In Part 1 of this series, we will show how to add a low-stock warning to the Cartweaver admin.

The Cartweaver Admin Hints and Mods Series:
Cartweaver Admin Hints and Mods - Part 1: Creating a Low Stock Warning for PHP
Cartweaver Admin Hints and Mods - Part 2: Creating a Low Stock Warning for ColdFusion
Cartweaver Admin Hints and Mods - Part 3: Creating an Order Report Graph for ColdFusion
Cartweaver Admin Hints and Mods - Part 4: Creating an Order Report Graph for PHP
Cartweaver Admin Hints and Mods - Part 5: Adding Customer Search Parameters for ColdFusion
Cartweaver Admin Hints and Mods - Part 6 Adding Customer Search Parameters for PHP
Cartweaver Admin Hints and Mods - Part 7: Creating and Order Report for Products Using PHP
Cartweaver Admin Hints and Mods - Part 8: Creating an Order Report for Products Using ColdFusion
Cartweaver Admin Hints and Mods - Part 9: Creating a Taxes Collected Report Using PHP
Cartweaver Admin Hints and Mods - Part 10: Creating a Taxes Collected Report Using ColdFusion

Fireworks Textual Musings – Fireworks Text Techniques: Part 2
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 05/22/2009
There is so much you can do when is comes to dealing with text in Fireworks. You can bend, twist, expand, fade, colour, add gradients, and turn in to bitmaps or vectors, to name but a few. You may think you have seen everything possible (and probably have), but there's always more to discover, test and try out.

In the first tutorial we created rounded and spooky text from our standard font type using masking and the levels filter. Now we can use that as a basis to create some devilish text and also use many more techniques utilizing both vector and bitmap tools.

Note: This tutorial requires Fireworks 8 or newer

Alex Dunn is a freelance web enthusiast from Bristol, England. He has a BSc(Hons) Degree in Information Technology and a Diploma in Computing and Multimedia Studies. He loves being creative and being involved with all aspects of web design since he became 'hooked' back in the late nineties.

The Textual Musings Series:
Textual Musings – Fireworks Text Techniques: Part 1
Textual Musings – Fireworks Text Techniques: Part 2

Photoshop Photo-graphic Novel?
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 05/20/2009
Capture the true essence of your hero self (or friends) with this quick and easy graphic novel look. Amaze your friends! Change your enemies! Confuse small domestic animals!

Fireworks Textual Musings – Fireworks Text Techniques: Part 1
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 05/13/2009
There is so much you can do when is comes to dealing with text in Fireworks. You can bend, twist, expand, fade, colour, add gradients, and turn in to bitmaps or vectors, to name but a few. You may think you have seen everything possible (and probably have), but there's always more to discover, test and try out.

In this Part 1 we experiment with transforming a plain font, such as Verdana, into our own unique font in just a few steps. We will then see how we can make this font re-usable using masks and live filters.

Then in Part 2, we will expand on our work to produce a unique logo using both the vector and bitmap toolset.

The most important thing is experimenting with the tools available, trying out new ideas and of course- having some fun!

Alex Dunn is a freelance web enthusiast from Bristol, England. He has a BSc(Hons) Degree in Information Technology and a Diploma in Computing and Multimedia Studies. He loves being creative and being involved with all aspects of web design since he became 'hooked' back in the late nineties.

The Textual Musings Series:
Textual Musings – Fireworks Text Techniques: Part 1
Textual Musings – Fireworks Text Techniques: Part 2

Programming Preventing Infinite Redirect Loops with Apache mod_rewrite
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 05/12/2009
When writing rewrite rules for URLs without a trailing slash, an infinite redirection loop will be your likely result. To prevent this problem, create a preceding rewrite condition which adds the trailing slash to the requested URL. This tutorial will show you how.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart: Nairobi Flexible
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/07/2009
It wasn't that long ago - November 26, 2008 to be exact - that we released CMX JumpStart Nairobi. At the time, I introduced the JumpStart based on the capital of Kenya with this sentence:

We think that the latest CMX JumpStart, CMX JumpStart Nairobi, will become one of your most important JumpStarts. Why? Because Nairobi is all about features and flexibility.

Read that last word again, because that is exactly what we're offering in this reworking of Nairobi - CMX JumpStart Nairobi Flexible. My original meaning in the word "flexibility" was meant to underline all the ways you could use the JumpStart. In response to subscriber interest in using Nairobi as a flexible layout, however, Adrian Senior has not only provided a modification of his own Nairobi design, but has provided a comprehensive tutorial on how he accomplished thet transformation.

Dreamweaver A Beginner's Guide to Spry - Part 1: The Spry Tooltip Widget
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 04/22/2009
Spry widgets are a collection of JavaScript driven behaviours that are native to Dreamweaver. The functionality they provide is varied and customisable. From form checking to sliding panels and data sets, Spry widgets provide a quick and customisable solution to everyday requirements in the web site designer's world.

We'll begin this series by investigating the Spry Tooltip widget, the Spry Tooltip widget is — for want of a better description — a fancy tooltip generator that allows you to customise how your tooltip will appear with good use of CSS. The Spry Tooltip is similar in functionality to the title attribute, but provides greater flexibility and styling options. With a little care you can make Spry Tooltips a desirable feature within your website.

The Beginner's Guide to Spry Series:
A Beginner's Guide to Spry - Part 1: The Spry Tooltip Widget
A Beginner's Guide to Spry - Part 2: The Spry Collapsible Panel
A Beginner's Guide to Spry - Part 3: The Spry Accordion
A Beginner's Guide to Spry - Part 4: Spry Tabbed Panels
A Beginner's Guide to Spry - Part 5: Spry Menu Bar

HTML Semantic XHTML - Table of XHTML Elements
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 04/21/2009
We've now covered all the elements defined in the XHTML DTD in this series on writing semantic, valid XHTML. This final section is a REFERENCE for all the elements discussed, including element name, type, element specific attributes, allowed parents and children. Each element links to the section that further describes the element and its attributes as a reference.

The Semantic XHTML Series:
Semantic XHTML - Part 1: The Required Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 2: Elements Within the Element
Semantic XHTML - Part 3: Common Block Level Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 4: List Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 5: Table Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 6: Inline Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 7: The Phrase Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 8: Empty Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 9: The Image Element
Semantic XHTML - Part 10: Image Maps
Semantic XHTML - Part 11: The Object Element
Semantic XHTML - Part 12: The FORM Element
Semantic XHTML - Part 13: The INPUT Element
Semantic XHTML - Part 14: TEXTAREA and BUTTON Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 15: Drop Down Menus
Semantic XHTML - Part 16: Organizing Forms
Semantic XHTML - Part 17: Non-Semantic Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 18: INS, DEL & NOSCRIPT
Semantic XHTML - Table of XHTML Elements

Photoshop Sketching with Paths
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 04/20/2009
Do you like the look of free-hand sketches? Do you want to turn a photo into a sketch, but don't like using filters? Did you answer these rhetorical questions aloud?

I'll be honest... I love the idea of being able to sketch, but I really and truly am horrible at it. Or maybe you really are good at sketching, but you don't have a digital tablet.

Good news!! Follow this simple guide to give your sketches a natural look without using a tablet or having any innate talent! Ok, you may have talent, but this is still a cool thing to have in your toolkit :)

Fireworks Using the Kuler Panel in Fireworks CS4
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 04/09/2009
Fireworks CS4 comes with a built-in Kuler panel to help you select, edit and create color schemes for a web site or application UI. In this video, we take a look at how to access color themes from the Kuler web site, create a custom swatch palette and then use those colors in the creation of a web page design.

Screen grab of finished design

You can view the video offline by downloading the support files at the bottom of the page.

PHP Creating an Alphabetical Directory Listing with PHP and MySQL
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 03/31/2009
You want to create an alphabetic listing of database records by grouping them by their first letter. As a convenience, you want to provide a menu of alphabet letters with hyperlinks to take you directly to the records for that letter. How do you create an alphabetic listing of database records without performing 26 queries - one for each letter?

I've reduced the process to just one query which first selects the first letter represented by the records and then grabs the data itself. I created arrays for each letter to store data until it is displayed. The script uses a few advanced PHP bits to keep the code concise including:

  • MySQL substring() function
  • range() function
  • array_key_exists() function
  • ternary operator
  • variable variables

Fireworks Masking in Fireworks CS4
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 03/27/2009
Masking is a very powerful design tool in Fireworks. In this video, we will look at three different ways to mask bitmap images to complete a banner ad for a fictitious movie called Double Identity.

Double Identity banner ad

This is a video demonstration but you can follow along by downloading the original images from the download button at the bottom of the page.

Even though this video uses Fireworks CS4, the masking techniques described can also be achieved in earlier versions of Fireworks.

This video is approximately 25 minutes long.

Approximate download size: 90MB

Photography Using Photo Downloader to Import Your Images
by: John Warren
Release Date: 03/26/2009
Learn to download your digital camera files to your computer the right way. You will not only learn how to use Photo Downloader but why you should use Photo Downloader. Using this method will help you stay organized right from the beginning.

Flash Using the Bandwidth Profiler - Part 1
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 03/16/2009
As Tom Green mentioned in his end-of-2008 video "A Quick Tour of the Flash CS4 Interface," the latest version of Flash introduces a handful of eye-popping new tools. These are covered in detail in our latest collaborative effort, Foundation Flash CS4 for Designers (ISBN: 1430210931, by Tom Green and David Stiller, published by friends of ED). We've taken an introductory look at some of these new features already in this series — and there's more to come — but no matter what version of Flash you're using, if your content is distributed via the Internet, the time it takes to download and display is totally dependent on two things: a) the assets included in that content, which are under your control, and b) the flow of network traffic, which is not necessarily under your control.

This means you need to not only concentrate on what is in your movie, but also on who wants to access it. This is your chance to fall in love with the user and not the technology. Sure, the "bells and whistles" are usually exciting, but you need to regard the data transmission of your Flash content in much the same manner you regard your local highway. It may have six lanes for traffic and a posted speed limit of 60 mph or 100 kph, but all of that becomes irrelevant during rush hour. Traffic moves at the pace of the slowest car. It is no different with the Internet. Servers can become overloaded. In this excerpt, you'll learn how to take a few precautions.

Approximate download size: 1MB

The Using The Bandwidth Profiler Series:
Using the Bandwidth Profiler - Part 1
Using the Bandwidth Profiler - Part 2

HTML Semantic XHTML - Part 13: The INPUT Element
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 03/11/2009
By writing semantic, valid XHTML, the code that you create for your web site will work not only cross browser, but cross device. Today we learn about the most common form element - the <input> element. The <input> element comes in many types: text, password, checkbox, radio, submit, reset, file, hidden, image, and button. Different input types have different functions.

In this section we learn all about the <input> element, the various types, and type specific attributes.

The Semantic XHTML Series:
Semantic XHTML - Part 1: The Required Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 2: Elements Within the Element
Semantic XHTML - Part 3: Common Block Level Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 4: List Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 5: Table Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 6: Inline Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 7: The Phrase Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 8: Empty Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 9: The Image Element
Semantic XHTML - Part 10: Image Maps
Semantic XHTML - Part 11: The Object Element
Semantic XHTML - Part 12: The FORM Element
Semantic XHTML - Part 13: The INPUT Element
Semantic XHTML - Part 14: TEXTAREA and BUTTON Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 15: Drop Down Menus
Semantic XHTML - Part 16: Organizing Forms
Semantic XHTML - Part 17: Non-Semantic Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 18: INS, DEL & NOSCRIPT
Semantic XHTML - Table of XHTML Elements

Dreamweaver Dreamweaver's Swap Image Behaviour
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 03/04/2009
Dreamweaver's Swap Image behaviour is a simple, yet effective, way to provide interaction on your web page. In this tutorial we will be exploring this behaviour. We'll see how to correctly slice and export the images from Fireworks before implementing the Swap Image behavior in Dreamweaver. You will understand how the interaction between your images is triggered and see how to set alternative interaction events. Finally we'll implement a little CSS to remove the default borders that are applied to this type image swap.

Dreamweaver Making Your Own FAQ - Part 1
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 02/26/2009
Need to create a quick FAQ (frequently asked question) for a web site? With Dreamweaver, a little JavaScript and SQL, we can have a nice display in place in less than an hour!

The Make Your Own FAQ Series:
Making Your Own FAQ - Part 1
Making Your Own FAQ - Part 2: Adding Categories and Search
Making Your Own FAQ - Part 3 Coming Soon
Making Your Own FAQ - Part 4 Coming Soon

Photoshop Photoshop CS4 - Mastering the Brushes Panel: Part 1
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 02/25/2009
Get a hands-on overview of the Brush Panel and how to bend it to your will. Learn about every setting in the panel in this series and take control. The heady power of mastery is yours!!

The Mastering the Brushes Panel in Photoshop CS4 Series:
Photoshop CS4 - Mastering the Brushes Panel: Part 1
Photoshop CS4 - Mastering the Brushes Panel: Part 2
Photoshop CS4 - Mastering the Brushes Panel: Part 3

Photoshop Captivating Eyes
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 02/10/2009
Can you take good portraits, but need a little extra spice? How about making those eyes pop? Use this nifty trick to liven up your portrait work in under five minutes.

Flash Using Audio in Flash CS4
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 02/06/2009
As Tom Green mentioned in his end-of-2008 video "A Quick Tour of the Flash CS4 Interface," the latest version of Flash introduces a handful of eye-popping new tools. These are covered in detail in our latest collaborative effort, Foundation Flash CS4 for Designers (ISBN: 1430210931, by Tom Green and David Stiller, published by friends of ED). We've taken an introductory look at some of these new features already in this series — and there's more to come — but it may encourage you in the meanwhile to hear that certain workflows haven't really changed much in Flash CS4, even though the user interface was overhauled completely.

One of these workflows pertains to timeline-based audio. In this excerpt, we'll take a look at the two basic types of sound in Flash: event and streaming. In a sense, it doesn't matter what version of Flash you're working with, these principles apply across the board — and amazingly, they haven't been covered before in a Community MX article, so let's jump in!

The Excerpts from Foundation Flash CS4 for Designers Series
Flash CS4: The 3D Rotation Tool
Flash CS4: The 3D Translation Tool
Flash CS4: The Motion Editor Panel - Part 1
Flash CS4: The Motion Editor Panel - Part 2
Using Audio in Flash CS4

Javascript JavaScript Variable Scope: Local and Global Variables
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 02/05/2009
In writing JavaScript functions, variable functions can trip you up. A common error is overwriting a global variable because the variable in a function didn't have local scope.

If that last sentence didn't make any sense, then this article is for you.

This article covers tips and tricks for understanding variable scope in JavaScript.

Photoshop Vignette—Everything Old is New Again
by: Knut Kubenz
Release Date: 01/19/2009
The lenses used in the early days of photography, had many optical problems associated with them. One of the most apparent of these problems was something known as vignetting, which produced darkening around the edges of the photo. Although almost unavoidable in the early days, current optics rarely have this problem. I use the word problem only from a technical perspective. Aesthetically, however, it is a great technique for isolating your subject matter and generating a higher interest level, sort of like peeping through a keyhole so to speak.

Since modern lenses are pretty well free of vignetting, if we still want the effect we'll have to create it. Today's tutorial will demonstrate how you can quickly create a vignette in Photoshop and then save the effect for future use on other images. Let's begin.

Flash Motion Tweening in Flash CS4 - Think Again!
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 01/14/2009
The changes in Flash's motion tweening are the effect of two changes in Adobe Flash CS4. The first change is in the new interface. There is a new location for the panels and a different arrangement for the properties related to motion tweening.

The second change is the new concept of animation in Flash CS4. This concept is imported from other Adobe video products, such as Adobe After Effects. The new animation concept is built on two facts:

  • The symbol follows an animation path. This path starts with the first keyframe in the animation (the start of the animation) and ends with the last keyframe in the animation (the end of the animation). This path can be manipulated as if it were a stroke or a symbol.
  • The keyframe concept has changed slightly from the previous version of Flash. The old keyframe concept requires you to add keyframes manually when indicating a change in the symbol. Old-style motion tweening is now called classic tweening. The keyframe used in the new motion tweening concept is created automatically when you create a change in the symbol. This happens after you apply motion tweening to the symbol.

In this article, we will show examples of how to create and work with the new tweening concept in Flash CS4.

Rafiq Elmansy has been a multimedia graphic designer since 2001 and a graphic and web designer since 1999. His background is in fine art and sculpture. He uses Flash to create graphics and animations for desktop applications, cartoons, games, web sites, e-learning courses, and mobile and Pocket PC applications. He is the founder of Bee Design Studio. He is Adobe Flash CS3 Certified, Adobe Photoshop CS3 Certified, and the founder of the first Adobe User Group in Egypt. Rafiq also creates computer artwork and writes articles and reviews about graphic, animation, and Flash topics at his articles site Graphic Mania. Rafiq is an Adobe Community Expert and Contributing writer at Adobe Design and Developer center.

CSS From Screen to Print: Creating a Print CSS in Dreamweaver
by: Stephanie Sullivan
Release Date: 01/12/2009
Questions often arise about how to print web pages. Should you create a separate, simple page for printing? Should you just leave users to their own devices knowing they control whether backgrounds or images print anyway? Cascading style sheets (CSS) make it simple to maintain a single page while presenting the content in two different manners using media types.

In this article, you'll learn about media types and how to take advantage of them to create compact pages for print. At the end of the fixed width chapter of the book Greg Rewis and I wrote called, Mastering CSS with Dreamweaver CS4 (there's also a Dreamweaver CS3 version of the book if you have not yet upgraded), we discuss the rules of creating a print style sheet. In this article, you will see those principles in action as you build an example CSS page. Let's get started!

Flex Flex Builder 3 Tip: Migrating a Workspace
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 12/22/2008
Every once and a while there comes a situation where you need to migrate a whole workspace full of Flex projects over to another drive, or another directory. Flex Builder only supports importing projects, not workspaces, so this is not as easy as it sounds. This brief tutorial shows you how to do it simply and headache-free. We'll also cover some gotchas and best practices for managing Flex Builder projects.

Dreamweaver Dreamweaver's Form Validation Behavior
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 12/18/2008
This quick video shows how to use the form validation behavior in Dreamweaver.

Approximate download size: 14MB

Fireworks Creating Screenshots in Fireworks CS4
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 12/09/2008
There have been some pretty cool features added to Fireworks CS4, but here's one for the Windows version of Fireworks you may not know about: the Take Screenshot command. Follow along in this quick tutorial on how to use the Screenshot command.

Photoshop Photoshop CS4 - 3D Billiard Ball: Part 1
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 12/04/2008
Have you ever tried making a good-looking ball in Photoshop? Remember the pain you went through to get the curved highlights and shadows just right? Of course you do! We all did it, and we all had varying amounts of success coaxing 3D effects out of a 2D application.

Well, we're going to do it up right in Photoshop CS4 Extended. Except we will be using actual 3D tools. Mostly. There will be some 2D lovin', 'cause we're old-school like that.

The Photoshop CS4 - 3D Billiard Ball Series:
Photoshop CS4 - 3D Billiard Ball: Part 1
Photoshop CS4 - 3D Billiard Ball: Part 2
Photoshop CS4 - 3D Billiard Ball: Part 3

Fireworks Working With Fireworks CS4 Symbols
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 11/14/2008
In my book Adobe Fireworks CS4 How-To's, my goal was to explain the software in easy to digest techniques. This PDF excerpt from my book - Chapter 9 - covers 8 techniques on working with Symbols, one of Fireworks very powerful features.

Flex Developing a Flex-free AS3 Project for Flash Player 10 in Flex Builder 3
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 11/12/2008
So you're developing an ActionScript 3.0 project, without using Flash components or the Flex framework, aimed at Flash Player 10. You could do it in Flash authoring, or you could do it in a third party code editor. But did you know you can also do this in Flex Builder?

This tutorial aims to show you that Flex Builder is not just for Flex projects: it can be used for pure ActionScript 3.0 projects, without accidentally using any classes or features of the Flex framework, compiled and deployed for Flash Player 10.

Flash Flash Troubleshooter Chronicles - Part 1
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 11/11/2008
Most of us have at least one mentor, even if it's someone we haven't met in person. In fact, if you're anything like me, you have a different mentor for each field that interests you: someone who inspires you to keep practicing the piano, to get creatively crazy in the kitchen, to learn yet another unicycle trick, and to keep strengthening your grasp on Flash (or Photoshop, or Dreamweaver ... you get the idea).

When it comes to Flash, one of my mentors has helped me significantly with troubleshooting — with making things work when, against all expectation, they simply don't work. In this series, I'd like to explore a single theme — troubleshooting — from a variety of angles, sharing with you what my mentor has shared with me. Along the way, we'll turn up a few quirks involved in working with Flash, but more importantly, we'll review how to approach arriving at useful workarounds, regardless what the issue is.

Here in Part 1, we'll start with a lowly movie clip symbol.

The Flash Troubleshooter Chronicles Series:
Flash Troubleshooter Chronicles - Part 1
Flash Troubleshooter Chronicles - Part 2
Flash Troubleshooter Chronicles - Part 3
Flash Troubleshooter Chronicles - Part 4

Dreamweaver Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part Nine
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 11/11/2008
In this last installment of the Dreamweaver for GoLive Users series, you will learn about templates and library items, two essential productivity/automation features. You will then get an introduction to Dreamweaver's ultimate layout productivity feature, the CSS Starter Pages.

If you have been using GoLive's template and component features, learning to use the Dreamweaver equivalents - templates and library items - will not be too much of a stretch.

The Dreamweaver for GoLive Users Series:
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 1
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 2
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 3
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 4
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 5
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 6
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 7
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 8
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 9

HTML Firebug - Part 1: The What and Why
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 11/05/2008
In this multi-part series, we are going to learn all about Firebug, the premier (and free) web development tool for Firefox. Part 1 is an overview of the the Firefox browser, and Firebug, the Firefox plugin. Learn how to install Firefox and Firebug, and learn how to run the application and change preferences. In future sessions will show you how to work with and troubleshoot CSS, HTML and Javascript.

The Firebug Series:
Firebug - Part 1: The What and Why
Firebug - Part 2: Overview of Firebug Functionality
Firebug - Part 3: Editing with Firebug
Firebug - Part 4A: Inspecting and Troubleshooting CSS
Firebug - Part 4B: Inspecting and Troubleshooting CSS
Firebug - Part 5: Inspecting the Box Model
Firebug - Part 6: HTTP Requests and Download Speeds
Firebug - Part 7a: The Script Tab (Basics)
Firebug - Part 7b: Debuggger, Breakpoint & Expression Watching
Firebug - Part 7c: Debugging JavaScript with the Firebug Console

Flex Developing for Flash Player 10 in Flex Builder 3
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 11/05/2008
As a Flex developer, keeping up with new advances in Flash Player 10 is essential. Thus, it's nice to be able to build to the latest Flash Player, without waiting for the next major release of Flex Builder. This article will show you how to get Flex Builder 3's code assist to recognize Flash Player 10 classes, and to compile for and check for the presence of the Flash 10 Player, without a lot of mucking about with configuration files.

Illustrator Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 1: Overview
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 11/03/2008
Welcome to Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners Overview Series. This is not a tutorial, but a guided tour of the workings and descriptions of Illustrator CS3. I hope you will enjoy this brilliant software as much as I do. Learning about this software will not be an overnight event, it takes time and patience to master this wonderful creative software. It will bring frustration and headache, but also joy and elation. Stick with it, the end product will be well worth it.

I will take you on a guided tour of Illustrator CS3; a direction manual that will get you started on a creative journey using tools and techniques in Illustrator CS3.

The Adobe Illustrator CS3 For Absolute Beginners Series:
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 1: Overview
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 2: The Tools Panel
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 3: Overview of the Work Area
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 4: Using Panels
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 5A: Panels Overview
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 5B: Panels Overview
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 5C: Panels Overview
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 5D: Panels Overview
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 5E: Panels Overview
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 5F: Panels Overview
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 6: Creating New Documents
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 7: Basic Color

Open Source Using Dreamweaver to Work With Drupal Modules
by: Ray West
Release Date: 10/31/2008
To start with, this is not a part of the Creating Web Sites with Drupal series. This article is for developers who are writing and/editing Drupal modules. It is not an advanced article per se, but it is typically only needed by people doing advanced things with Drupal.

This article is for those of us who still love Dreamweaver for its interface, its design view, and its built-in site management and FTP, but need to work with Drupal module files with the .module, .install, .info and other file extensions. To Dreamweaver, these are not recognizable files and it will not want to open them. Even when you get them opened, Dreamweaver will not use its normal PHP color coding and you will just get black text. This can make it tough to find things in your files and tell when things are comments, among other issues.

This article will show you how to get Dreamweaver to open these files from the site manager and how to use Dreamweaver's built in PHP color coding for all these weird file extensions.

Dreamweaver The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: Faux-Column Images
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 10/30/2008
Most of you have probably opened a CSS Starter Page by now, intending to use it as a launching pad for a site design. Sure, they save a lot of headaches in that they give you the basic structure for columns, header, and footer. They include generic classes for floating images left and right. They even take the worry out of figuring out how to code a liquid versus fixed, or elastic versus hybrid, layout. And what a blessing that they include some basic Internet Explorer fixes!

Still, you may have looked at them with some dismay as soon as you noticed what they don't include. Like how about that pesky little detail called the navigation scheme? Or what about the fact that the second (or third column, if there is one) has a background color that stops as soon as the content within stops? Or what to do about the Internet Explorer problems that you introduce as you modify the CSS Starter Page?

Relax. This series will tackle the missing puzzle pieces of the CSS Starter Pages in a codified and modular fashion by taking on one issue at a time. The first topic of this series will be devoted to background images and faux column technique in all of their permutations, starting with background images for columns in liquid, elastic, and fixed-width layouts. So settle back, download the support files at the bottom of the page, and begin your journey towards becoming a background image guru.

The CSS Starter Page Series:
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1: Faux-Column Images
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: More Background Images
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Three-Column Fluid Background Images
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Rounded Corner Background Images
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Shadows and Rounded Corner Background Images
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6A: Adding Navigation Schemes
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6B: Adding Navigation Schemes Part Two
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6C: Adding Navigation Schemes Part Three
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Adding a Spry Menu Bar
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Managing Content with Spry
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: Working with the Conditional Comment
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: Adding a Print Style Sheet
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: Adding a Handheld Style Sheet
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Adding a jQuery Slideshow
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: Designing with a Grid
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Designing with a CSS Table Grid
The CSS Starter Page Series - Part 15: Adding a Drop Cap with :first-letter

ColdFusion Integrating PayPal Payments Into Your Site with ColdFusion: Part 1
by: Arman Danesh
Release Date: 10/21/2008
PayPal Website Payments are fairly easy to use once you understand them. This series covers integrating PayPal payments into your ColdFusion web site. The first article in the series provides an overview of PayPal's offerings and then walks you through some basic tasks needed to get ready to implement your own PayPal solution with ColdFusion.

The Integrating PayPal Payments Into Your Site with ColdFusion Series:
Integrating PayPal Payments Into Your Site with ColdFusion: Part 1
Integrating PayPal Payments Into Your Site with ColdFusion: Part 2
Integrating PayPal Payments Into Your Site with ColdFusion: Part 3
Integrating PayPal Payments Into Your Site with ColdFusion: Part 4

Flash Creating a Smart Skip Intro Button in Flash - Part 1
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 10/15/2008
Generally speaking, Flash designers have become more considerate. In the late 1990s, it was common to encounter dozens of Flash web sites a day with bloated, pointless intro animations. Ultimately, sure, content was king: users would eventually get to the meat of a web site, but all too often, were subjected to unnecessary bells and whistles, simply because Flash was the shiny new kid on the block. Nowadays, bloated intros are largely a thing of the past, but back then, designers were proud of these intros and assumed users were thrilled to see them. Frankly, it just wasn't so.

Fortunately, designers began to change their ways. Best practices took hold, and the "Skip Intro" button became a fashionable device (in fact, it appeared so often it became an industry joke). If users were really lucky, they'd even see a "Skip Intro Always" button, which remembered their preference for the next visit.

In this two-part series, you'll learn how to create such a button, and we'll examine other uses for the same mechanism. It's easier than you might think!

The Creating a Smart Skip Intro Button in Flash Series:
Creating a Smart Skip Intro Button in Flash - Part 1
Creating a Smart Skip Intro Button in Flash - Part 2

PHP Build Your Own Contact Forms - Part 1: Workflow
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 10/14/2008
This tutorial will describe the functions of web site contact forms and how to create its processing script. We'll cover the creation of the HTML form and use PHP to create the processing script which handles the submitted data and sends the email. Along the way, we'll review best practices in data validation, storage, spam prevention and security.

At the end of this series, you should understand all the aspects of the contact form workflow and be able to create your own PHP processing script. By knowing the process, you will be able to build your own PHP contact form customized to your specific needs. Should you decide to implement a commercial or open-source contact form, you will be able to readily manage the process.

The Build Your Own Contact Form Series:
Build Your Own Contact Forms - Part 1: Workflow
Build Your Own Contact Forms - Part 2: The HTML Form
Build Your Own Contact Forms - Part 3: The PHP Processing Script
Build Your Own Contact Forms - Part 4: Spam Prevention

Dreamweaver Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part Eight
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 09/29/2008
In Part Seven of this series, we completed the Music History design in Dreamweaver. This time around we'll perform some quality assurance on the page by using the Check Browser Compatibility feature. We'll learn about using Internet Explorer Conditional Comments (IECC) to take care of problems in that browser. Finally, we'll create a snippet to fix future encounters with the Three-Pixel Text Jog bug.

The Dreamweaver for GoLive Users Series:
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 1
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 2
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 3
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 4
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 5
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 6
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 7
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 8
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 9

Javascript Quickshot: PayPal Product with Three Options!
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 09/26/2008
PayPal only allows two options for products and you need three. This quickshot will make quick work of getting this done for you.

ColdFusion ColdFusion Contact Forms in One Easy File - Part 1
by: CMX
Release Date: 09/17/2008
One of the most common and obvious needs of any professional web developer is the ability to collect information from an HTML form and submit it via email. There are many reasons why this is superior to a simple 'mailto' link, the most important being the ability to hide your actual email address from the ever-more-voracious spambots that plague our online universe (they love to find links like <a href="mailto:me@lotsofspamplease.com"> ... your address becomes a free lunch for the harvester spiders).

In this easy-to-follow tutorial you will learn how to :

  • Submit a simple html form with any fields you like via email from any ColdFusion page
  • Double-validate submitted info with <cfform> and server-side checking
  • Create an automatic custom-formatted mail message
  • Send the user a custom-formatted auto-responder 'thanks' message
  • Hide your email address from spambots
  • Send email so that replying goes to the sender, not back to the web site

...all in one simple <cfinclude> file that you can insert into any page!

This tutorial assumes you have some experience with html form elements, and very basic ColdFusion tags such as <:cfif>, <cfinclude>, <cfparam> and <cfoutput>. A general concept of <cfform> and the 'required' attribute for <cfinput> might also be helpful, but is not required.

Michael Evangelista is a freelance web developer, ColdFusion programmer, and owner of a successful web and print design company based in southern Utah. Michael's company, Evangelista Design, has grown from a locally-oriented small business web design company to an international team of designers and ColdFusion developers offering a wide range of online business solutions, including full-service web hosting, custom content management applications, corporate data systems, and more.

The ColdFusion Contact Forms in One Easy File Series:
ColdFusion Contact Forms in One Easy File - Part 1
ColdFusion Contact Forms in One Easy File - Part 2
ColdFusion Contact Forms in One Easy File - Part 3

GoLive Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part Seven
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 09/16/2008
In Part Six of this series, we used Dreamweaver to manipulate the various divisions of the page and position them into a header with two columns underneath. This time around we'll complete the design in Dreamweaver by formatting the maincontent div text and turning the sidebar links into clickable buttons. In the process, I hope to introduce you to additional features that will improve your productivity.

This tutorial includes starter exercise files as well as a completed layout that you can use as a basis of comparison while you work through the steps.

The Dreamweaver for GoLive Users Series:
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 1
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 2
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 3
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 4
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 5
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 6
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 7
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 8
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 9

HTML Semantic XHTML - Part 1: The Required Elements
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 09/16/2008
By writing semantic, valid XHTML, the code that you create for your website will work not only cross browser, but cross device. The web page that works in your Firefox Browser on your Windows XP computer can work in a cell phone's browser, on TV via a PlayStation, and even in a braille reader. To write semantic code, you need to understand what every element means. In this series, we will cover all the HTML

This series will include:

  • Part 1: The required elements to create a document:
  • Part 2: Elements that go inside the document head
  • Part 3: block level elements
  • Part 4: Lists
  • Part 5: Tables: Block level elements that aren't display: block
  • Part 6: Common inline elements
  • Part 7: The Phrase elements
  • Part 8: Empty Elements
  • And more....

There are several elements that we can use to create a valid XHTML document that is sematically correct. To code correctly, it is important to know all the elements, and especially to know when and how to use them. In part one of the Semantic XHTML series, we discuss the five elements that are required.

The Semantic XHTML Series:
Semantic XHTML - Part 1: The Required Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 2: Elements Within the Element
Semantic XHTML - Part 3: Common Block Level Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 4: List Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 5: Table Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 6: Inline Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 7: The Phrase Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 8: Empty Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 9: The Image Element
Semantic XHTML - Part 10: Image Maps
Semantic XHTML - Part 11: The Object Element
Semantic XHTML - Part 12: The FORM Element
Semantic XHTML - Part 13: The INPUT Element
Semantic XHTML - Part 14: TEXTAREA and BUTTON Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 15: Drop Down Menus
Semantic XHTML - Part 16: Organizing Forms
Semantic XHTML - Part 17: Non-Semantic Elements
Semantic XHTML - Part 18: INS, DEL & NOSCRIPT
Semantic XHTML - Table of XHTML Elements

Dreamweaver Integrating Cartweaver with a Page Design
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 09/09/2008
My last article about integrating Cartweaver with your web site focused on our JumpStarts. The article described how to integrate Cartweaver with the Minneapolis JumpStart, which was an e-commerce JumpsStart, but the techniques could apply to any of our JumpStarts.

This article will focus on integrating Cartweaver with any design, including the simple layouts included with the latest versions of Dreamweaver (CS3 and CS4).

Fireworks Animation Fun with Twist and Fade
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 09/08/2008
The Fireworks public beta has had many updates, but one very fun update is the revised Twist and Fade command.

This command will take any selected object and - based on your input - create multiple faded, rotated iterations which seem to follow a path. And while that is kinda cool. What I love about the command is its ability to create an animation quickly and easily.

ColdFusion ColdFusion and Spry: Part 1
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 08/28/2008
Spry is a JavaScript-based framework that provides AJAX-powered dynamic web content. There are other JavaScript libraries available to accomplish similar results. such a JSON, jQuery, etc. (On this CMX site, Rob Williams has a couple of series on jQuery and jQuery UI Components.)The Spry library is produced by Adobe Labs, and, as of this writing, is in 1.6.1 release. (SPRY at Adobe Labs.) Although SPRY can be used with other server technologies, such as PHP, ASP.net, etc., Spry seems to employ techniques that are especially intuitive to the ColdFusion developer.

Keith Dodd got into web development as a second career following 30 years in public education, with 19 as a middle school principal. With help from friends and a lot of reading, he got into ColdFusion (version 3) and in 2003 was certificated as an Advanced ColdFusion MX Developer. In recent years, he has worked with Flash and the integration of Flash with ColdFusion (with a lot of help from CMX resources). He is just starting to delve into Flex.

The ColdFusion and Spry Series:
ColdFusion and Spry: Part 1
ColdFusion and Spry: Part 2
ColdFusion and Spry: Part 3
ColdFusion and Spry: Part 4

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Phoenix
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 08/21/2008
It's another JumpStart, and this one is named after a city I visited and loved, Phoenix, Arizona.

CMX JumpStart Phoenix is a centered, two-column, 760 pixel fixed-width layout that has many appealing design features. There is a strikingly contrasted color scheme, vertical navigation in the right column, and "swap image" rollovers that use a caching technique that corrects flaws in Internet Explorer.

The JumpStart filters styles for various versions of Internet Explorer, and includes separate style sheets to address issues found in IE 6 and below versus IE 7.

Of course Phoenix meets the W3C standards for CSS and XHTML, as well as the WAI accessibility requirements, too.

Flash Working with Library and Linkage Changes in ActionScript 3.0
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 08/15/2008
Like its forerunner, ActionScript 3.0 supports the attachment of Library assets at runtime, but the mechanics have changed. While ActionScript 2.0 had the familiar MovieClip.attachMovie() and Sound.attachSound() methods, the only class methods that now contain the word "attach" relate to connecting the SWF file to an external device, such as NetStream.attachCamera(), which lets the user transmit webcam input. Not the same thing at all! So, how can you access the Library at runtime in an AS3 document? The answer is gratifyingly elegant, and even in its simple approach, ActionScript 3.0 gives you more elaborate options than before.

This article, adapted from an excerpt of The ActionScript 3.0 Quick Reference Guide (ISBN: 0596517351), discusses how Library linkage has changed in ActionScript 3.0. This quick answer guide is slated for October, 2008, published by O'Reilly, and is written by Community MX partner David Stiller, as well as Rich Shupe, Jen deHaan, and Darren Richardson.

Dreamweaver Showing Results and Details on One Page Using AJAX For Cartweaver
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 08/13/2008
Dreamweaver's Master/Detail page set is a handy set of behaviors to use for a drill-down functionality -- display a list of records, and click on a link in the list to view the full record. Cartweaver does not use the Dreamweaver behaviors for the Master/Detail page set, but does include the same concept with its results and details page. The article Creating a Master/Detail Pageset on One Page Using AJAX showed how to put both pages together using AJAX using the built-in Dreamweaver server behaviors. In that tutorial, I showed how to create one master/detail page that uses some very simple JavaScript to load the details section of the page dynamically using AJAX. This creates a much faster page, in that it only loads the dynamic details portion when needed, rather than the entire page.

This article will use the same JavaScript functionality to create the functionality for a Cartweaver site. The article will apply equally to the ColdFusion, PHP, and ASP versions of Cartweaver and assumes that you own one of those products. To use this functionality you have to set your details display setting in the admin to either "Simple" or "Tables". The "Advanced" option uses JavaScript to set menus, which would require more modifications.

Photoshop Newsprint with Photoshop CS3
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 08/12/2008
Recreate imaging effects of old, forgotten days with this nifty little halftone effect. Come back with me nearly two whole decades to see how newspapers looked "way back when". This is that "weird dot thingie" look.

Programming Processing Submitted HTML Form Data - Part 1
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 08/06/2008
This tutorial will walk through the essentials of processing submitted HTML form data. Whether you are processing information submitted through a contact form, a blog or a content management system, you must understand the essential components of submitted form data in order to process the submitted information. You might process the submitted data with ASP, ColdFusion, PHP or Perl but regardless of the scripting language you choose, the data submitted through the Common Gateway Interface (CGI) remains the same.

In Part 1 of this tutorial, we will review the CGI process and the two methods of submitting form data via HTML. Additionally, we will look at the range of form controls at your disposal and the nature of the data returned by each control. In Part 2 of this tutorial, I will use PHP to demonstrate the structure and values of typical form data with sample processing routines.

The Processing Submitted HTML Form Data Series:
Processing Submitted HTML Form Data - Part 1
Processing Submitted HTML Form Data - Part 2: PHP

ColdFusion Quickshot - Missing Images in CFDocument
by: Ray West
Release Date: 07/30/2008
ColdFusion's tag makes creating dynamic PDF images on the fly a breeze. There have been problems, though, including images in those documents. Many times, for various reasons, you can end up with a perfectly valid image reference in the HTML portion of your document that becomes a red X when the HTML is PDF'd.

Dreamweaver Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part Six
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 07/25/2008
In Part Five of the Dreamweaver to GoLive series, we completed the Music site design in GoLive. Now it is time to translate your GoLive CSS skills into Dreamweaver CSS skills. The basic concepts do not change, but rather just the location of a few tools.

This tutorial includes both a starter and completed folder in its support files.

The Dreamweaver for GoLive Users Series:
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 1
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 2
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 3
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 4
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 5
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 6
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 7
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 8
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 9

CSS Making a Three Column Layout Using CSS: Part 1
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 07/24/2008
Tableless layouts are all the rage, but how are they created? Focusing on learning how to float divs, the first tutorial in this series will introduce you to the basic skills required to create your own 3-column layout.

The Making a Three-Column Layout Using CSS Series:
Making a Three-Column Layout Using CSS - Part 1
Making a Three-Column Layout Using CSS - Part 2
Making a Three-Column Layout Using CSS - Part 3: Changing Column Order With CSS
Making a Three-Column Layout Using CSS - Part 4: Fixed, Fluid and Elastic Layouts

Fireworks Fireworks Hidden Gem - Paste Attributes
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 07/23/2008
There are a lot of features in Fireworks to improve your workflow, but one you might not know about has actually been around for a long time. It's called Paste Attributes and it's a very versatile command, as you will see in this quick tutorial.

CSS CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 1: Syntax and Type Selectors
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 07/23/2008
Welcome to the first in a series of CSS Absolute Beginners articles and tutorials. My aim throughout this series will be to introduce the complete CSS novice to the exciting world of CSS.

This will be achieved by starting with the very basics of the language and building from there. The aim will be to bring you to a good level of ability and provide the under-pinning knowledge to make well informed decisions as you begin to write your own style sheets.

The CSS For Absolute Beginners Series:
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 1: Syntax and Type Selectors
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 2: Linking Style Sheets
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 3: Making CC & DT Style Sheets Work for You
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 4: Type, Class & ID Selectors
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 5: Pseudo-Classes and Elements
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 6: Grouping Selectors
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 7: Contextual Selectors
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 8: Specificity
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 9: Properties and Values - Working with Borders
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 10: Properties and Values - Working with Margins & Paddings
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 11: Properties and Values - The Display Property
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 12: Properties and Values - The font Property
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 13: Inheritance
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 14: Moving Elements In & Out of the Document Flow
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 15: Absolute Positioning
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 16: Position Relative
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 17: Position Fixed
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 18: Position Static
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 19: Floats & The Overflow Property
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 20: Floating and Clearing Elements
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 21: Floated Navigation Lists
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 22: Styling with Multi-Classes
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 23: Understanding Hex Value Colours
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 24: Understanding RGB Colors
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 25: Understanding Color Names
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 26: background-color Property
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 27: background-image Property
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 28: background-repeat Property
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 29a: background-position Property
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 29b: background-position Property
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 29c: background-position Property
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 30: The background-attachment Property
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 31: The background Shorthand Property
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 32: Generating Content with CSS
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 33a: The CSS content Property
CSS For Absolute Beginners - Part 33b: attr(), counter, increment & reset

GoLive Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part Five
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 07/21/2008
In Part Four of this series, we used GoLive to manipulate the various divisions of the page, and positioned them into a header with two columns underneath. This time around we'll complete the design in GoLive by formatting the maincontent div text and turning the sidebar links into clickable buttons.

This tutorial includes starter files as well as the completed layout.

The Dreamweaver for GoLive Users Series:
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 1
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 2
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 3
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 4
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 5
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 6
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 7
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 8
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 9

Database Tracking the Popularity of Your Database Content
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 07/21/2008
If you have database content which you share, you may wish to track the number of times each record is requested or viewed. Be it an article, an image, a link or a video, counting the number of times that record has been accessed or requested will provide a measure of its popularity relative to the rest of the records in your database. You have likely seen this tracking in action in the form of the "Most Viewed" search option, such as those found on news sites or You Tube. You might choose to keep the tracking count to yourself for private statistical analysis or allow visitors to view the record counts.

CSS CSS: All Browsers Can Be Created Equally
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 07/11/2008
Different browsers have slightly different default rendering. Removing the inconsistent default styling for elements in various browsers creates an equal starting point and allows you to explicitly set your own default settings that are equal in (almost) all browsers. This article will show you tricks on how to start a CSS file that not only works in all browsers, but also reduces CSS file size and headaches.

ColdFusion Quick Shot - Validating Imported Dates in ColdFusion
by: Ray West
Release Date: 07/10/2008
In previous articles, we have discussed the way that Microsoft stores dates in SQL Server and Excel and how that can be an advantage and a hindrance as you deal with your data. There is a method to the way that MS products store dates. It allows you to deal with time against an absolute reference rather than being concerned with its formatting (whether US, Euro, or other). But the way ColdFusion's validation functions treat dates can be tricky if you are trying to get some concrete assurance that you are processing valid information.

GoLive Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part Four
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 07/07/2008
It's been a while since the third installment in the Dreamweaver for GoLive users series, but I didn't forget you while I was writing about the Dreamweaver public beta or the latest CMX JumpStart! In parts four and five of this tutorial, we'll get to the really exciting stuff. We'll use Adobe GoLive to add the styles that will transform the pure markup from a series of divs that stack vertically down the page into a neatly contained fixed-width layout with side-by-side columns.

Then, in part six, you'll learn how to perform the same tasks in Dreamweaver.

This tutorial includes both starter and completed files folders.

The Dreamweaver for GoLive Users Series:
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 1
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 2
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 3
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 4
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 5
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 6
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 7
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 8
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 9

Javascript The jQuery UI Components - Part 1: Introduction
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 07/01/2008
The jQuery library goes a long way to help make AJAX-oriented applications easier to develop and deploy. One of the things that makes jQuery stand out from the other libraries available though is it's expandibility. The jQuery UI plugins, built on top of the original jQuery library, take that original ease of development and expand it to apply to interactive interface components, rather than just the underlying code that drives them.

In this series we're going to look at the various modules and components that make up the jQuery UI system to see how they can help to make building rich interfaces on top of our existing jQuery systems a piece of cake. Today, in the first part of the series we'll do a quick review of jQuery's organizational structure, talk about what plugins and UI modules are, and explore just how easy they are to implement.

The jQuery UI Components Series:
The jQuery UI Components - Part 1: Introduction
The jQuery UI Components - Part 2: Draggables
The jQuery UI Components - Part 3: Droppables
The jQuery UI Components - Part 4: Sortables
The jQuery UI Components - Part 5: Resizables
The jQuery UI Components - Part 6: Accordion Widget
The jQuery UI Components - Part 7: Datepicker Widget
The jQuery UI Components - Part 8: Colorpicker Widget
The jQuery UI Components - Part 9: Magnifier Widget
The jQuery UI Components - Part 10: Progress Bar Widget
The jQuery UI Components - Part 11: Slider Widget
The jQuery UI Components - Part 12: Tabs Widget
The jQuery UI Components - Part 13: UI Themes
The jQuery UI Components - Part 14: UI Core Effects
The jQuery UI Components - Part 15: UI Effects II

ColdFusion Using CF Tags from CFScript
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 06/26/2008
When working in ColdFusion, you have two basic ways of coding: ColdFusion tags and CFScript. Both are legitimate and both provide certain advantages. With ColdFusion tags, you have a full arsenal of functionality available. With CFScript, you have more basic script operations available, such as looping, setting variables, conditions, and other more mundane tasks. Frequently when writing scripts, however, you need some functionality that is only available to a ColdFusion tag. The more obvious solution is to close the tag, execute your tag, then re-open the tag to resume your coding. We'll talk about another way to approach this situation -- create functions that mimic CF tags.

Flex Flash-Flex Integration - Part 6: Editing Flash Code in Flex Builder
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 06/25/2008
Sometimes, when you're coding a Flex application, don't you just wish you could use a Flash animation, right there? And in Flash, don't you sometimes wish you could use that one class in Flex, or that one component, which would make your life so much easier? It is at such times that a developer encounters the limitations of their tools, be it in Flex or in Flash. This series aims to explore the possibilities inherent in an integrated Flash-Flex workflow, bridging the gap between the two technologies, enabling a greater range of development options.

In this article, we will delve into Flash-Flex integration on a more intimate level, using both Flash and Flex in a completely integrated development workflow. Using David Stiller's Click-and-Paint tutorial as a basis for our enhanced application, we will convert a timeline-based Flash project into a class-based project, but using Flex Builder as the code editor. Essentially using the Flash IDE as the assets editor and SWF compiler, and Flex Builder as the ActionScript 3 editor (without using the Flex compiler).

In this article, you will learn how to set up a Flex project workspace to enable the editing of Flash IDE-compiled ActionScript 3 class files. In doing so, you will no doubt discover why Flex Builder is a much more powerful tool for ActionScript class editing than the Flash Actions panel. As one of my Flash colleagues is fond of saying, "Once you go Flex, you never go back." :) But this isn't about making converts to either Flash or Flex development. Whatever your specialty, this series is here to show you that with a little ingenuity, you can have your cake and eat it too.


Flash Actions panel or Flex Builder: for code editing, there is no contest.

The Flash-Flex Integration Series:
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 1: Workflows
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 2: Flex 2 Component Skinning
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 3: Flex Component Skinning with Scale-9
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 4: Skinning the Scale-9 Flex Component
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 5: Building the DragPanel Component
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 6: Editing Flash Code in Flex Builder
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 7: Coding With Flash Components in Flex Builder
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 8: Creating Custom Flex Components with Flash CS3
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 9: Using The FLVPlayback Component in Flex

PHP PHPMailer: Full Featured Email Transfer Class for PHP - Part 1
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 06/25/2008
PHP contains a mail function which sends script-generated email with very little configuration and ease. This built-in function, while easily accessible, provides only basic options for creating emails and requires a more manual effort to create advanced email features such html formatting and attachment encoding.

For many years, I have used PHPMailer which is an object-oriented PHP class that easily allows you to implement advanced email formatting. Features which can be readily tapped include: SMTP authentication, use of redundant SMTP servers, attachments, HTML formatting, multipart/alternative formatting for non-html email and various encoding methods. Due to its ease of use and broad feature base, I incorporate the PHPMailer class into all my scripts which send email.

My primary reason for using this class comes from the ability to send script-generated email through authenticated SMTP servers which dramatically reduce the risk of the email being trapped in spam filters. In my testing, mail sent directly from the server by the mail() is significantly more likely to be caught by ISP spam filters due to the fact that it resembles robotically generated spam. I also enjoy the relative ease of adding attachments, html formatting and using multipart/alternative text for email client preview.

In this tutorial, I will demonstrate how to install the PHPMailer class and use it to create simple email, while sending through an authenticated SMTP server. Use of this class requires some knowledge of working with server files and directories and some experience with PHP classes.

In Part 2, we will take it further and go over adding attachments and creating HTML emails.

The PHPMailer - Full Featured Email Transfer Class for PHP Series:
PHPMailer: Full Featured Email Transfer Class for PHP - Part 1
PHPMailer: Full Featured Email Transfer Class for PHP - Part 2

Flash Building Click-and-Rotate Content in Flash - Part 1
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 06/24/2008
In one implementation of the QuickTime VR format, known as QTVR Object Movies, the user can click-and-drag an image to seemingly rotate it, as if spinning the real-life object on a lazy Susan. This simulated 3D interactivity can improve multimedia curb appeal, and makes for a nifty way to showcase merchandise. But it doesn't stop there: the same basic principle can also bring click-and-drag responsiveness to short video sequences and even user input widgets, such as the click-and-scrub input fields of numerous Adobe dialog boxes


Adobe often uses click-and-drag input to update text fields

If you're a Flash developer and interested in click-and-drag functionality, you've come to the right tutorial series! Here in Part 1, we'll start by exploring the Flash version of a QTVR Object Movie that rotates an F-15A aircraft. In future articles, we'll work through a common "gotcha" in regard to direction reversal. We'll also load images from external files and explore alternate uses for the same programmatic concept.

The Building Click-and-Rotate Content in Flash Series:
Building Click-and-Rotate Content in Flash - Part 1
Building Click-and-Rotate Content in Flash - Part 2
Building Click-and-Rotate Content in Flash - Part 3
Building Click-and-Rotate Content in Flash - Part 4
Building Click-and-Rotate Content in Flash - Part 5
Building Click-and-Rotate Content in Flash - Part 6
Building Click-and-Rotate Content in Flash - Part 7

Photoshop Cross Processed Film Effect
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 06/16/2008
There's a great way to get some gritty, glowing effects to your images. If you shot them on film, then you have the added bonus of getting toxic chemical exposure. Sadly, us digital folks will have to achieve this film look without the interesting health effects and wonderful smells of a wet darkroom.

Photoshop A Matching Color Set in Three Steps
by: Knut Kubenz
Release Date: 06/11/2008
Have you ever wondered if it were possible to give a group of photos, perhaps a series of images, the same sort of color tone? You might want to do this when you are exhibiting a show of your work to set a particular mood for the exhibit, whether warm or cool in appearance.

Well Photoshop has just such a tool, which often is overlooked or at first glance looks a bit complicated, and yet the Match Color tool and its dialog window does a quick and easy job of setting the color mood for any and all of your future images in three easy steps. Let's begin.

ColdFusion Comparing Timestamps in ColdFusion
by: Ray West
Release Date: 06/05/2008
In a couple of previous articles, we looked at comparing timestamps in SQL Server and MYSQL, with an eye for capturing data that matches a supplied date even if the times are different. Lest we think there is only one way to do things, we got some comments regarding the ability to do this in the server side language (such as ColdFusion) as well.

Fireworks Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 3: Wrapping Text Inside a Path
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 05/29/2008
OK, how long have we been waiting for this? The ability to flow text within a vector shape is now part of Fireworks CS4! Woo Hoo!

And we can do more than just wrap the text inside the shape. When you're mocking up a web page design, you can also emulate how text will flow around a floated image.

Follow along in this article to see the creative options available for you with just one of the new features in Fireworks CS4.

The Fireworks CS4 Public Beta Series:
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 1: Fireworks Gets a Facelift!
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 2: Productivity Features
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 3: Wrapping Text Inside a Path
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 4: Panels

GoLive Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part Three
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/23/2008
In this third part of the Dreamweaver for GoLive users series, you will code the markup for the layout in Dreamweaver, and in the process began learning about its interface.

The Dreamweaver for GoLive Users Series:
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 1
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 2
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 3
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 4
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 5
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 6
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 7
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 8
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 9

SQL Comparing Timestamps in MySQL
by: Ray West
Release Date: 05/23/2008
In a recent article, we looked at comparing timestamp columns in SQL Server in order to pull records that occurred on a date or series of dates without regard to the time, and the question came up about how to do the same thing in MYSql.

Flash Playing Videos Sequentially
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 05/19/2008
In this, the last of six excerpts from Foundation Flash CS3 Video published by friendsofED, CMX partner Tom Green and his coauthor, Adam Thomas, answer that age-old question: How do I play a sequence of videos?

The Foundation Flash CS3 Video Excerpts:
Going Small - Playing Video On a Cell Phone
Going Big - Enter H.264
Reflections On an Alpha Video Theme
Using ActionScript to Dynamically Add a Masking Object
Letting Video Show Its Age
Playing videos sequentially

GoLive Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part Two
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/15/2008
In Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part One, you set up the sites and files you are going to use as you create a web standards layout side-by-side in both GoLive and Dreamweaver. In this second tutorial in the series, you will code the markup for the layout in Adobe GoLive; in the third part, coming very soon, you will code the markup for the layout in Dreamweaver. During the course of these two interrelated tutorials, you will learn more about how to translate your knowledge of GoLive's interface into knowledge of Dreamweaver's.

The Dreamweaver for GoLive Users Series:
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 1
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 2
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 3
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 4
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 5
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 6
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 7
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 8
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 9

Flash Letting Video Show Its Age
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 05/13/2008
In this, the fifth of six excerpts from Foundation Flash CS3 Video published by friendsofED, CMX partner Tom Green and his coauthor, Adam Thomas, explore how to age a video playing through the Flash Player.

The Foundation Flash CS3 Video Excerpts:
Going Small - Playing Video On a Cell Phone
Going Big - Enter H.264
Reflections On an Alpha Video Theme
Using ActionScript to Dynamically Add a Masking Object
Letting Video Show Its Age
Playing videos sequentially Coming Soon

Flash Wiggle that Text! - Part 1: AS2 Timeline Code Prep
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 05/13/2008
As the well-known adage dictates, "a picture's worth a thousand words." Often enough, that sentiment is true — but even so, words are powerful in their own right.

The Wiggle that Text! Series:
Wiggle that Text! - Part 1: AS2 Timeline Code Prep
Wiggle that Text! - Part 2: AS2 Timeline Code Animation
Wiggle that Text! - Part 3: AS2 Custom Class
Wiggle that Text! - Part 4: AS3 Custom Class

Flash Using ActionScript to Dynamically Add a Masking Object
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 05/05/2008
In this, the fourth of six excerpts from Foundation Flash CS3 Video published by friendsofED, CMX partner Tom Green and his coauthor, Adam Thomas, show you how to load an Illustrator CS3 file that can be used as a video mask ... at runtime.

The Foundation Flash CS3 Video Excerpts:
Going Small - Playing Video On a Cell Phone
Going Big - Enter H.264
Reflections On an Alpha Video Theme
Using ActionScript to Dynamically Add a Masking Object
Letting Video Show Its Age Coming Soon
Playing videos sequentially Coming Soon

Illustrator Classic Aqua Pill Button in Illustrator CS3: Part 1
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 05/02/2008
An "Aqua Pill" button, is easy and fun to make, can be used on web sites as a button, or used in design work to display text, any size any shape.

Follow my instructions and then play around to find your own style.



The Classic Aqua Pill Button Series:
Classic Aqua Pill Button in Illustrator CS3: Part 1
Classic Aqua Pill Button in Illustrator CS3: Part 2 Coming Soon

ColdFusion Setting and Deleting Cookies in ColdFusion
by: Ray West
Release Date: 05/02/2008
Cookies are little bits of text information that you can store on your visitor’s computer to keep track of all kinds of things related to your site. Common uses are to track the last time a person was at the site or to store login information, at the user’s request, to allow them to be automatically logged in the next time the visit. In this article we will look at setting and deleting cookies in ColdFusion. In the next article we will use those cookies to automatically login a user when they ask the site to remember them.

Fireworks A Fireworks Quickie - Vacuuming Pixels
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 05/01/2008
If there is one constant in working with clients in the web and graphics design world it is this: Your clients rarely provide you with artwork that you can use right away.

Need a logo from your client? "Oh sure, our company has a logo. One of the secretaries made one a few years back that we love. But we only have it in .BMP format and I'd like to remove some of the extra stuff that's in there and sharpen it up. You can do that right?"

Photos? "Oh yeah, my nephew took some pictures of our office a few years ago. I'll send those to you. And can you remove Craig on the far right from the picture? He doesn't work for us since that unfortunate incident with the weed whacker and the vending machine."

Well, you get the picture, which is just the point. Sometimes you get pictures that need major work, including the removal of large parts of the original. Luckily Fireworks provides some great tools for vacuuming pixels away. Needing to do that myself recently I came across a great tip to make things even easier.

In this article you'll see how you can use the seemingly humble Marquee tool in Fireworks to perform corrective surgery on a bitmap image and quickly remove large parts of the picture.

Flash Going Big — Enter H.264
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 04/30/2008
In this second excerpt from Foundation Flash CS3 Video, CommunityMX partner and his coauthor, Adam Thomas, show you how to add HD video to your web sites.

Approximate download size: 223MB

The Foundation Flash CS3 Video Excerpts:
Going Small - Playing Video On a Cell Phone
Going Big - Enter H.264
Reflections On an Alpha Video Theme
Using ActionScript to Dynamically Add a Masking Object
Letting Video Show Its Age Coming Soon
Playing videos sequentially Coming Soon

Flash Reflections on an Alpha Video Theme
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 04/30/2008
In this third excerpt from Foundation Flash CS3 Video by friendsofED, Cmax partner Tom Green and his coauthor, Adam Thomas, show you how to reflect alpha channel video using ActionScript 3.0.

The Foundation Flash CS3 Video Excerpts:
Going Small - Playing Video On a Cell Phone
Going Big - Enter H.264
Reflections On an Alpha Video Theme
Using ActionScript to Dynamically Add a Masking Object
Letting Video Show Its Age Coming Soon
Playing videos sequentially Coming Soon

GoLive Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part One
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 04/28/2008
Current reality suggests that we all make the switch to Dreamweaver now that GoLive is no longer part of the Adobe Suites and is likely at the end of the line. Sure, we can keep using GoLive as long as our operating systems support the software. Still, it would be a wise decision for many GoLive users - especially those who are making web sites for a living - to learn to use Dreamweaver in addition to GoLive.

I have frequented GoLive forums and lists over the years, and often read posts by frustrated GoLive users who claim Dreamweaver doesn't do this or that task. Occasionally, the charge is true. Still, often the problem is that the path to finding the task is radically different in Dreamweaver and is not immediately discoverable.This series aspires to ease the pain of translating equivalent tasks from one "language" to the other. You will "learn by doing", that is, by creating the same layout in both GoLive and Dreamweaver.

In this first installment in the series, you will set up the site definition and file structure for the "music history" site in both programs.

The Dreamweaver for GoLive Users Series:
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 1
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 2
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 3
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 4
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 5
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 6
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 7
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 8
Dreamweaver for GoLive Users: Part 9

Flash Going Small - Playing Video On a Cell Phone
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 04/25/2008
In this, the first of six excerpts from Foundation Flash CS3 Video published by friendsofED, CMX partner Tom Green and his coauthor, Adam Thomas, explore how to play an FLV file through a cell phone.

Approximate download size: 11MB

The Foundation Flash CS3 Video Excerpts:
Going Small - Playing Video On a Cell Phone
Going Big - Enter H.264
Reflections On an Alpha Video Theme
Using ActionScript to Dynamically Add a Masking Object
Letting Video Show Its Age Coming Soon
Playing videos sequentially Coming Soon

ColdFusion Client-Side Interactivity... Without AJAX!
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 04/24/2008
Keeping response times down and interactivity high has, and always will be, two important priorities with web interfaces of any kind. For standard HTML interfaces, AJAX is all the buzz and is great when it's necessary to maintain interaction with live data. But when a static version of the data will do just fine, there's at least one other alternative that you may want to consider….

Having spent four years disarming bombs for the Air Force, Doug Boude is now a Senior Web Application Architect for Fiserv Health in San Antonio, TX. He has been developing with ColdFusion since version 4.0. Doug has written several ColdFusion articles for Fusion Authority.

Photoshop Quick Color Cast Removal
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 04/23/2008
Color cast. It's a dreadful thing that can mar or ruin an otherwise great photo. Maybe you forgot to set your white balance properly, or you were shooting quickly to grab the moment and didn't account for the lighting conditions. Or perhaps your camera just doesn't account for more than one or two types of light.

Well, hope is here! With this nifty little trick, even your neon blue aquarium pictures can be rescued. Mostly :)

Education The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 5
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 04/17/2008
We all tell stories. Every night my wife and I sit down and, over dinner, tell stories about our frantic lives that day. What my wife and I do is no different from what web developers do every day. The only difference is web developers tell stories to a global audience. In fact did I tell you the one about being mugged by a werewolf on a site I was surfing.....

The Interactive Storyteller Series:
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 1
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 2
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 3
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 4
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 5

Flash Using Sound in ActionScript 3: Part I
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 04/16/2008
One of the most common reasons for incorporating Flash into a web site is to provide sound. It might be something as simple as a "sound effect" on a button or as complicated as a full blown MP3 jukebox. You might decide to build your entire web site with Flash, or you may only need to use some Flash elements on your (X)HTML page. Either way, to use sound effectively in Flash you'll need to have at least a basic understanding of ActionScript, Flash's programming language and the Sound Classes provided by Flash.

Much of the ActionScript related to Sound has changed in ActionScript 3. Whether you are completely new to ActionScript or migrating from ActionScript 2 to ActionScript 3, this series of articles will show you how to use ActionScript 3 to work dynamically with external sounds. You'll need to make sure you have Flash CS3 to work through these tutorials.

Steve Wilkison has been working in the graphic design field for over fifteen years. He has been involved with over forty CD releases as art director and/or graphic designer, including packages for such artists as Emmylou Harris, Lucinda Williams, Wayne Hancock and Kate Campbell. He made the move from print design to web design in 2001 and never looked back. Since then he has designed and created numerous e-cards and web sites utilizing many of today's cutting edge technologies. Today he concentrates almost exclusively on web site design and development utilizing XHTML, CSS, Flash, PHP, JavaScript and Ajax through his company Digital Vision Media. He currently teaches web design at Watkins College of Art & Design in Nashville, TN.

ColdFusion Quickshot - Detecting a Mobile Device in ColdFusion
by: Ray West
Release Date: 04/09/2008
With the increase of smart phones, PDAs and other handheld devices that can display web content, more and more sites are looking to include Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) and Wireless Markup Language (WML) content on their websites. Even if you do not try to replicate your content, often important pieces of your site can be delivered in a format that is easily readable and usable by the smaller screen of a mobile phone or other device.

Flash Interactive Flash Maps - Part 1
by: Derrick Ypenburg
Release Date: 04/08/2008
When a client approached me to develop an application that maps out the waterways of Ontario for boating, services, towns, attractions, accomodations, etc, I was "on board" for the task. As we got deeper into the project and ran into limitations of the custom mapping application I was drawing and programming vs. the costs to overcome them with the custom mapping utility we were creating, it was time to look for other possible solutions. That's when I found UMap, a universal mapping component developed by the folks at Advanced Flash Components (AFC).

The Interactive Flash Maps Series:
Interactive Flash Maps - Part 1
Interactive Flash Maps - Part 2: Creating, Storing and Displaying Map Data

Fireworks Recreate the PBS NOW Logo - Part 1: Working with Complex Fireworks Compositions
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 03/26/2008
You never really can tell when the design-inspiration bug might bite you. My eye catches all sorts of things as I go through the daily routine, and I'm frequently motivated by something I see on television. Perhaps it's an eye-catching effect that is found in a movie trailer, a regular commercial with some snappy graphics, or a logo for a television show.

A quick cruise around the dial a few weeks ago led me to admire the logo that is produced for the Public Broadcasting System here in the United States for their investigative series known simply as NOW. A quick visit to the NOW web site will reveal a site design with rich colors and some outstanding uses of CSS techniques for displaying the section headers on the page. It's a beautifully designed site with an eye-catching logo that clearly brands the site as well as the show itself.

In these two tutorials you'll learn how to create your own version of the NOW logo using some basic (and a few more advanced) techniques in Fireworks, with the methods demonstrated applicable to all version of Fireworks from MX 2004 to CS3. Specifically, you'll learn how to do the following in Part 1 of this two-part series:

  • Examine a sample image and break it into its different components
  • Prepare a Fireworks document using sound work-flow techniques and layer organization
  • Use standard Fireworks tools for creating the primary elements of the design
  • Create custom gradient fills

In Part 2 you'll learn how to use some of the more creative possibilities in Fireworks. Specifically, that tutorial will cover how to:

  • Transform an object to create a mirrored version of an original graphic
  • Use opacity settings to control the appearance of objects
  • Use blurs and blends to create a reflective surface
  • Employ lighting techniques to highlight different portions of a composition

In addition to the techniques shown here you'll also find sample Fireworks files in the download for both tutorials.

The Recreating the PBS NOW Logo Series:
Recreate the PBS NOW Logo - Part 1: Working with Complex Fireworks Compositions
Recreate the PBS NOW Logo: Part 2--Creating Reflective and Lighting Effects

Illustrator A Shamrock for St. Paddy's Day
by: Kim Dudley
Release Date: 03/17/2008
A National holiday in Ireland, St. Patrick's Day is celebrated around the world by wearing green and eating and drinking Irish food which may often be green. But every Irish celebration needs a shamrock or two, we can quickly take care of that with Illustrator.

We will use the following tools to create a shamrock:

  • Rectangle and Ellipse tools
  • Pathfinder panel
  • Gradient panel
  • Inner Glow Effect
  • Feather Effect
  • Pen tool
  • Scissors tool

Shamrock

Flash A Streaming Video
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 03/12/2008
"Flash Media Server" and "No Brainer" are two terms you would never see in the same sentence. Not any more. Really!!!

ColdFusion Saving Structures to Client Variables with ColdFusion
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 03/07/2008
I've always liked using Client variables in ColdFusion. In fact, I probably use them more then I should. The fact that I can set a client variable and not have to worry about passing it around my application in order to use its value is, well, lazily handy for me. However, serious programming involves Queries, Arrays and Structures. Client variables are not typically used to store these types of objects. This article talks about, and shows you how to, set Queries, Arrays and Structures to a Client variable.

Bill Betournay has been specializing in web development and database design since 1999. He is currently employed at Algoma Steel (A Subsidiary of Essar Global) in Northern Ontario as a programmer analyst and at Jordan Media Ltd., a Marketing and Application Development firm in the UK. For the past several years Bill has maintained a high profile within the Cartweaver (Coldfusion) community as a developer providing additional custom functionality via his web site DataPacks.com. Bill is often spotted lurking in the Cartweaver CF newsgroup.

ColdFusion Quickshot - Make Sure They Belong on Your Site
by: Ray West
Release Date: 03/04/2008
URL Tampering is one of the most common ways that people will try to mess with your site. They may try to change a URL String parameter to try and see or change or delete a record that they should not be able to access (which is something you should be trapping for anyway) or they may try to post a form into your site from an external server, allowing them to set whatever they want for hidden form fields.

In this Quickshot tutorial I will show you a quick and simple way to prevent people from accessing content on your site that they shouldn't see.

PHP Moving A Web Site: Preserving Search Engine Rankings and the Customer Experience
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 03/03/2008
Have you discontinued a product or renamed your service? Do you need to redirect visitors from an old web site domain to a new web site domain? This tutorial will show you how to use Apache server redirection to automatically transfer incoming traffic from the old site to the new. Additionally, we will use a code to tell the search engines about the permanent change so it will update its index.

What the automatic server redirection will not do, however, is inform the visitor of why they suddenly find themselves at a different website. Using PHP, I will show you a second step which will allow you to display a contextual note to visitors about the change. I devised this extra step to enhance customer service and educate longtime visitors about the changeover. Because this information is displayed only to redirected users, it will not distract new or potential customers.

Flash ActionScript Basics - Part 1: Arrays
by: Derrick Ypenburg
Release Date: 02/28/2008
If you are are creating any kind of logic or data storage/retrieval with ActionScript, you most likely will achieve that in part using arrays. Arrays are the most common and basic data structure, besides variables, in any programming language. Arrays allow storage of a series of one or more values in a single data structure.

In Part 1, we will cover the basics of creating arrays, adding, removing and returning values, and using methods of the array class. In Part 2, we will get more advanced with arrays and put arrays to use in a real world scenario.

The ActionScript Basics Series:
ActionScript Basics - Part 1: Arrays
ActionScript Basics - Part 2: Associative Arrays
ActionScript Basics - Part 3: Building Dynamic Menus and Associative Arrays
ActionScript Basics - Part 4: Building a Custom Button Class For the Dynamic Menu

ColdFusion Quick Shot - Using ColdFusion List Functions to Manipulate Text
by: Ray West
Release Date: 02/07/2008
ColdFusion's List functions are some of the most useful things in the language. They allow you to do all kinds of neat things with strings of text that can be divided by some character, like a comma delimited string or flat file layout.

ColdFusion Quickshot: Logging Out an Inactive User
by: Ray West
Release Date: 02/06/2008
As worried as people seem to be about their online information being compromised, they don't usually seem to take even the simplest precautions to keep wandering eyes off of their monitors and the information they display. If your application contains sensitive information, you may need to help your users protect it.

Photoshop Masking in Photoshop - Part I: The Basics
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 02/06/2008
After the undo function and layers, masks are probably the most essential and flexible way to manipulate images in Photoshop. They can be used to isolate parts of an image, blend multiple images together, or selectively adjust images in very complex ways. If you have not yet taken advantage of this tool, read on and be amazed! Or at least bemused.

Scott Valentine is a web and graphic designer, award-winning digital photographer and Photoshop finger-painter. His day job has nothing to do with any of this because then it would be like work. Scott founded and currently runs an Adobe user group in northern New Mexico, and volunteers his expertise in various online discussion forums.

Approximate download size: 1.7MB

The Masking In Photoshop Series:
Masking in Photoshop - Part I: The Basics
Masking in Photoshop - Part II: Advanced Techniques
Masking in Photoshop - Part III: Complex Selections

Flash Progressive Enhancement with Flash - Part 1
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 02/04/2008
One of the main tenets of good Web design involves the principle of progressive enhancement. In general, the idea goes like this: make sure the user can access a web site's essential content regardless of browser. It shouldn't matter whether the user visits your site with Internet Explorer, Firefox, Safari, Netscape, or pick your favorite flavor. In fact, the site's content should be accessible even without JavaScript or peripheral plugins like Flash Player. Once the basics are covered, use CSS to enhance the visual design. Then, and only then, introduce the whizz-bang stuff — nifty rollovers, AJAX interactivity, Flash — and do it in a way that doesn't penalize users who don't have (or choose to disable) the needed machinery.

For many developers, progressive enhancement is a good idea that often gets set aside. After all, doesn't it require duplicated effort? Not necessarily. In this series, you're going to build a simple Flash slideshow that takes its cues entirely from the HTML document that contains it. Update the HTML and the Flash updates too — automatically. If Flash Player is not installed, the user sees the images anyway, only without the Flash pizzazz.

Here in Part 1, you'll learn how to get the HTML data into Flash. In future articles, you'll learn how to pull out the relevant image references and captions and display them with ActionScript 2.0 and 3.0.

The Progressive Enhancement with Flash Series:
Progressive Enhancement with Flash - Part 1
Progressive Enhancement with Flash - Part 2: AS2
Progressive Enhancement with Flash - Part 3: AS3

Bridge Drag and Drop from Bridge to Dreamweaver
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 01/31/2008
In the past we've looked at both Fireworks' and Photoshop's improved integration with Dreamweaver. Well, Adobe Bridge has the same functionality! You can easily move image files from Bridge right into a web page in Dreamweaver. This short tutorial shows you how.

Flash Google Analytics - Tracking Flash/Flex Online
by: Derrick Ypenburg
Release Date: 01/30/2008
Tracking user statistics in a SWF file is a problem as old as Flash itself. Being that a SWF is a self-enclosed file, traffic tracking utilities and services cannot 'peek' inside of an embedded SWF and see what's going on. Even if they could, the events and happening's of the SWF would make no sense to a tracker and it could not really effectively track what's going on. Sure you can track server stats of requested files such as loaded SWF's, images and videos but its hard to match them up with specific user sessions.

Not being able to track statistics effectively from a Flash website is a deal breaker when it comes to selling your Flash services. You need worry no longer though. This is where the Google Analytics comes in!

Dreamweaver Handy Form Snippets
by: Ray West
Release Date: 01/25/2008
Drop down lists. They are a necessary part of many applications, and yet are time-consuming to create. You will not know how valuable these are until you need them. Included are:

  • US States
  • US States and Canadian Provinces
  • Time in hour segments
  • Time in half-hour segments
  • Time in quarter-hour segments
  • Time in hour segments with military time values
  • Time in half-hour segments with military time values
  • Time in half-hour segments with military time values
  • Time in hour segments with military time values and display
  • Time in half-hour segments with military time values and display
  • Time in half-hour segments with military time values and display
  • Business Hours (8-5) in hour segments
  • Business Hours (8-5) in half-hour segments
  • Business Hours (8-5) in quarter-hour segments

Dreamweaver Case Study: How to Customize a JumpStart
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 01/22/2008
The primary benefits to the JumpStarts are that they have been tested with the popular browsers and can get you up and running quickly. Having a limited timeframe to get the site redesigned, I decided to give the JumpStarts a good look. What I quickly realized is that despite my disdain for templates, the JumpStarts are highly customizable, which can result in uniques designs.

In this tutorial, I will describe the process I used for assessing my web site needs and selecting a specific JumpStart. We will then walk through the steps of creating a unique design from the example. Finally, I will share an extra step I took in which I used PHP to 'templatize' my page design to speed content creation, ease revisions and provide customized content to the visitor.

ASP Generic Form Processor Using CDONTS
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 01/18/2008
Many people spend a lot of time hand-coding forms so that the results of the form submission are emailed. Most of this time is spent on collecting all the form items, and building the email body. For simple forms (i.e., just a few fields), this task is quite easy. However, if you have larger forms, this process can become quite tedious and time consuming. The best solution, is a neat little trick that not many people know of using the request.form properties and methods

Martin Oliveira, known as "Oli" to those in the Cartweaver support newsgroups, is an extremely knowledgeable ASP programmer. If you own Cartweaver, one of the best Dreamweaver-targeted shopping carts on the market, then you probably know he's always there in the CW forums to answer your questions.

Flash Using XML and the ComboBox to Choose Multiple Videos in Flash CS3
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 01/15/2008
You are about to discover that Flash and XML are an unbeatable combination when it comes to playing a list of videos.

General Business Version Clue with Version Cue
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 01/07/2008
Essentially, Version Cue is a server-client database which tracks copies of your project files through their numerous iterations. Supported by most of the Creative Suite applications, Version Cue conveniently helps you track the version history of your design files and easily backtrack to old revisions.

Designed to run as a server for small or large groups, you can readily run it solo on your personal computer with the default settings. Those of you with Shrinking Hard Drive Syndrome (SHDS) will be relieved to know that Version Cue doesn't just stack copies of your project files into a folder, it saves just the data which has changed between each version. With this tutorial and 5 minutes time, you too will be ready to manage your projects through Version Cue.

Fireworks Creating a Web 2.0 Button In Fireworks
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 12/18/2007
Web 2.0 is a term coined by O'Reilly describing the new trends in design and development appearing across a flood of innovative websites. This tutorial will show you how to create some of the most popular "Web 2.0" design effects using Adobe Fireworks.

Thierry Lorey has been a Fireworks enthusiast since version 3 and is now Fireworks Zone’s webmaster, Fireworks beta tester and author for Community MX. He is the first European Fireworks enthusiast to write an article for Fireworks Developer Center. After some translation and training jobs, he is now the full-time Fireworks Zone's webmaster. His job includes writing news, tutorials, creating graphics, and maintaining and developing the website to keep the content new and fresh.

Accessibility Web Writing Exercises - Part One
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 12/12/2007
In this series, we'll explore that topic of writing for the web in depth. Each article's download folder will include copy that you can use to experiment with the featured concepts. It will also include my interpretation of how to effectively present the copy.

According to statistics, 79% of readers scan text on web pages rather than read every word. Therefore, in this first article, we'll look at how we can help readers more easily scan text by using effective headings, hyperlinks, bolded phrases, and lists.

The Web Writing Exercises Series:
Web Writing Exercises - Part One
Web Writing Exercises - Part Two Coming Soon

SQL Quick Shot - Reset the Root mySQL Password
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 12/11/2007
You have lost the root password, or the password is corrupt, to your mySQL server and you need to get it back as quickly as possible. Read this tutorial to get the instructions on how!

Javascript Using JQuery - Part 1: Introduction
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 12/04/2007
Developing AJAX applications can often be more complicated than you initially expect. Although working through tutorials and learning about the code involved to do various tasks is beneficial in helping you develop new possibilites, the stark reality these days is that as you begin to develop more and more AJAX-based sites you'll end up becoming less and less enthusiastic about having to hand-write all of the basic AJAX functionality over and over again. This is where JavaScript Libraries come into play. In this series we're going to take a look at one of the more interesting and widely used JavaScript AJAX library: jQuery.

In the first part of this series we're going to take a look at what libraries are, how they can help, and how to implement them. From there we'll also take a first glance at jQuery and examine some of the reasons that you may choose to use it as your library of choice.

The Using JQuery Series:
Using JQuery - Part 1: Introduction
Using JQuery - Part 2: The Basics
Using JQuery - Part 3: Selectors
Using JQuery - Part 4: DOM Manipulation
Using JQuery - Part 5: Advanced DOM Manipulation
Using JQuery - Part 6: Finishing up DOM Manipulation
Using JQuery - Part 7: Effects
Using JQuery - Part 8: Animation
Using JQuery - Part 9: Animation Queues
Using JQuery - Part 10: AJAX
Using JQuery - Part 11: AJAX (Cont.)

After Effects Smoking Out After Effects: Part 1
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 11/30/2007
You learned how to create smoke in Photoshop CS3. Now you learn how to create it in After Effects CS3.

The Smoking Out After Effects Series
Smoking Out After Effects: Part 1
Smoking Out After Effects: Part 2
Smoking Out After Effects: Part 3

Javascript Quick Shot - Form Styling
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 11/28/2007
Need to create a visual clue on all of your form elements when the form element has focus? Don't want to apply two behaviors per form element? Check out this solution, apply once, works everywhere!

CSS Quick Shot - Using CSS to Create a Scrolling Content Area - The Text Version
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 11/26/2007
Adding a scrolling region to your pages is pretty easy using CSS and DIV's, as we saw in my recent video tutorial. Having received a couple subscriber requests, though, I decided to make a simple written version of this process for our CMX Quick Shot series.

Flash Importing Native AI Files into Flash CS3
by: Derrick Ypenburg
Release Date: 11/16/2007
Importing Illustrator files is easier than ever with Flash CS3. Flash's new ability to import an AI file by its layers, sub layers and un-used objects and be able to import them on their own layers, in their own MovieClips and as flattened bitmaps, is extremely convenient for anyone who develops their interfaces in Illustrator. I always start my Flash interface development in Illustrator. Even with the new and improved drawing tools in Flash CS3, nothing beats the drawing capabilities of Illustrator.

Flash Creating Smoke in Flash CS3: Part 1
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 11/08/2007
Ever wanted to add steam hissing out of a vent or smoke rising from a smoldering log in Flash? Read on...

Approximate download size: 1.2MB

CSS Quick Shot - Fixed Background Image
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 11/07/2007
Quick shot for the CSS on fixed background images.

Javascript Quick Shot - Adding Accessibility To A Form With Validation
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 10/23/2007
So you've got a fancy JavaScript validated form, but it won't work when someone has JavaScript turned off. Want to get the form working? Read on...

Javascript Quick Shot - Stop a Form Submission
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 10/18/2007
Need to know how to stop a form from submitting so you can run your own validation on the form and then have the JavaScript submit the form when the validation is done? Seek no more...

CSS Taking Madrid to Print
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 10/16/2007
Perhaps the most common down-fall when designing for print is to overdo things. You need to remember that you are creating a style sheet that will present your information to your users in a printed format.

There is no need whatsoever to redesign or recreate your web site, it is simply the information that we want to provide and it is the information that your users are interested in.

Fireworks Copy and Paste Between Fireworks and Dreamweaver CS3
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 10/11/2007
Fireworks is also reaping the benefits of the new integration between Photoshop and Dreamweaver CS3. We can now copy and paste objects and layers (vector or bitmap or both) between Fireworks and Dreamweaver. As obvious as it sounds, this feature was not available prior to CS3.

This short video will walk you through the process of copying and pasting between Fireworks and Dreamweaver, which, you will find, is remarkably similar to the Photoshop to Dreamweaver work flow.

Fireworks From Fireworks to a Flash Animation in a Flash
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 10/03/2007
So you have a layer in Fireworks that would make for a cool Flash animation. This issue is: How? Read on..

Flash Using Video Maru - Part 1: The Basics
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 09/27/2007
Finding ways to make it easy for Flash designers to create a simple FLV video player has been a much sought-after goal for many who work with the Adobe suite of technologies. Nowadays, designers and developers have an array of options available to them, from the new and improved v3 (or 'CS3') FLVPlayback component, to a flurry of third-party video player components, all designed to make a Flash designer's job easier and more productive.

One such third-party player is the video.Maru component. In all my years developing with Flash, I have yet to encounter a component which makes it simpler and easier to create a custom FLV video player. We'll show that it's so easy to create a custom player with video.Maru, you'll be looking for the guide wires!

In this first tutorial, we'll take a basic look at the Video Maru component, getting a video to play without any controls. And without using a single line of code.


A simple player built with the video.Maru component.

The Using Video Maru Series:
Using Video Maru - Part 1: The Basics
Using Video Maru - Part 2: Adding Playback Controls
Using Video Maru - Part 3: Timeline & Sound Controls
Using Video Maru - Part 4: Effects
Using Video Maru - Part 5: Building a YouTube Player
Using Video Maru - Part 6: Creating an XML Playlist
Using Video Maru - Part 7: Exploring the Code API Coming Soon

Flash Extending the AS3 FLVPlayback Component in Flash CS3: Part 1 - Adding a Background Color
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 09/24/2007
In this FLVPlayback component series, you'll learn how to enhance the capabilities of the AS3 FLVPlayback component that ships with Adobe Flash CS3 Professional. Over the next several tutorials, you'll learn how to create an arbitrary class called FLVPlaybackPro and add custom methods and properties to accomplish common Flash Video tasks. The FLVPlaybackPro class extends the FLVPlayback class. In this tutorial, you learn how to create the FLVPlaybackPro class and build a background and backgroundColor property.

NOTE: This series augments the material discussed in my book, Adobe Flash CS3 Professional Video Studio Techniques (Adobe Press). Some of the ActionScript 3.0 (AS3) custom classes I built and included on the book's DVD-ROM are discussed and expanded in this series.

Flash Using HD Video in Flash CS3
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 09/11/2007
So Adobe gets the Flash community cranked up last week by allowing you to add H.264 encoded video to your Flash movies. Here's a quick "How To"...

Dreamweaver Defining a Site in Dreamweaver CS3, Advanced Tab
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 08/30/2007
A step by step guide to setting up a site in Dreamweaver CS3 using the advanced tab

Dreamweaver Defining a Site in Dreamweaver CS3, Basic Tab
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 08/24/2007
A step by step guide to setting up a site in Dreamweaver CS3 using the Basic tab.

ColdFusion ColdFusion and WMI
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 08/17/2007
Microsoft calls their implementation of the Web-Based Enterprise Management (WBEM) industry initiative Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI). We call it the richest source of information containing everything you'd want to know about your Windows systems.

This article introduces the idea of connecting to WMI using ColdFusion, providing the developer endless opportunity to produce administrative and reporting applications guaranteed to take you out of the world of maintenance and in to the world of innovation.

Brice Mason is a husband and father from Albany, New York. He is also an independent software developer and freelance writer who regularly lets his curiousity get the best of him. As a developer working for diverse industry sectors such as healthcare, technology, and non-profit, Brice has consistently turned to ColdFusion to quickly solve his greatest challenges. He values the incredible flexibility it offers to produce highly creative and innovative solutions. Brice maintains a personal web site at http://www.skipslate.com.

Flash Using XML in Flash CS3 to Build a Slideshow
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 08/14/2007
In this, the final excerpt from their new book, Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers (friendsofED), Tom Green and David Stiller walk you through the creation of a slideshow that makes exetensive use of many of the new XML-handling features of Flash CS3.

Approximate download size: 3MB

The Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers Excerpts
Motion Tween Effects in Flash CS3
Optimizing Flash Content for Use in Video
Adding Audio to Flash CS3
XML Captions for Video
Notes from the Photoshop File Importer
Create a Soft Mask in Flash CS3
Going Mobile in Flash CS3
Using XML in Flash CS3 to Build a Slideshow

ColdFusion Installing ColdFusion 8 Report Builder
by: Chaz Chumley
Release Date: 08/09/2007
With the release of ColdFusion 8 comes a new version of the ColdFusion Report Builder which was introduced back with version 7. There have been some great enhancements to the free reporting tool by Adobe. In future articles we will look at some examples, but for now lets take a look at how easy it is to install on Microsoft Windows Vista.

Flash Going Mobile in Flash CS3
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 08/07/2007
New to Flash CS3 is Device Central. In this, the seventh of eight excerpts from their new book Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers (friendsofED), Community MX authors Tom Green and David Stiller take you through the mobile pace from content to upload.

The Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers Excerpts
Motion Tween Effects in Flash CS3
Optimizing Flash Content for Use in Video
Adding Audio to Flash CS3
XML Captions for Video
Notes from the Photoshop File Importer
Create a Soft Mask in Flash CS3
Going Mobile in Flash CS3
Using XML in Flash CS3 to Build a Slideshow

ColdFusion Installing ColdFusion 8 on Vista with Apache
by: Chaz Chumley
Release Date: 07/30/2007
ColdFusion 8 is the latest and greatest version of ColdFusion and as soon as it hit the Adobe Labs I hurried out to download it and install it. I noticed that there are a few new items that get installed with ColdFusion 8, like .NET integration and LiveCycle Data Services Express edition. So those familiar with installing ColdFusion 7, there are some new settings.

If you have had the pleasure, or pain, of running Windows Vista then you may know that simply installing applications is not really that simple. I will be taking you through installing ColdFusion 8 on Vista with Apache 2 as my web server.

Flex Creating Custom UIComponents in Flex 2: Lesson 1 - Overview
by: Steve Schelter
Release Date: 07/23/2007
When working in the Flex 2 environment, there are many times where you might find yourself in need of a component that does not exist. The Flex SDK offers plenty of extensibility for building custom UI components that can plug seamlessly into the existing framework. In the first lesson of this series, we will cover a brief overview of the life-cycle of a custom UI component.

The Creating Custom UIComponents in Flex 2 Series:
Creating Custom UIComponents in Flex 2: Lesson 1 - Overview
Creating Custom UIComponents in Flex 2: Lesson 2 - Basic Setup
Creating Custom UIComponents in Flex 2: Lesson 3 - Dispatching Events
Creating Custom UIComponents in Flex 2: Lesson 4 - Property Exposure
Creating Custom UIComponents in Flex 2: Lesson 5 - Styles
Creating Custom UIComponents in Flex 2: Lesson 6 - Effect Triggers

Flash XML Captions for Video
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 07/20/2007
Embed an XML document into an FLV and you too can add closed captions to your FLV files. Find out how in this, the fourth of our excerpts, from Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers by friendsofED written by Community MX partners David Stiller and Tom Green.

The Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers Excerpts
Motion Tween Effects in Flash CS3
Optimizing Flash Content for Use in Video
Adding Audio to Flash CS3
XML Captions for Video
Notes from the Photoshop File Importer
Create a Soft Mask in Flash CS3
Going Mobile in Flash CS3
Using XML in Flash CS3 to Build a Slideshow

Flash Adding Audio to Flash CS3
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 07/19/2007
In this, the third of eight excerpts from the soon-to-be released Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers (friendsofED) book, Community MX partners Tom Green and David Stiller walk you through the basics of audio in Flash.

The Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers Excerpts
Motion Tween Effects in Flash CS3
Optimizing Flash Content for Use in Video
Adding Audio to Flash CS3
XML Captions for Video
Notes from the Photoshop File Importer
Create a Soft Mask in Flash CS3
Going Mobile in Flash CS3
Using XML in Flash CS3 to Build a Slideshow

Flash Sharing Fonts in ActionScript 3.0 - Part 1: Creating a Font SWF
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 07/17/2007
In this tutorial series, you learn how to use the new Font class in ActionScript 3.0 and Flash Player 9. The Font class enables you to embed one or more fonts in a Flash movie (SWF file), and reuse the font with other SWF files. In this tutorial, you learn how to create a font SWF file and load it into another Flash movie.

The Sharing Fonts in ActionScript 3.0 Series:
Sharing Fonts in ActionScript 3.0 - Part 1: Creating a Font SWF
Sharing Fonts in ActionScript 3.0 - Part 2: Displaying a Loaded Font in a TextField Instance

Flash Preparing Source Video for Flash Video: Part 1 - Converting MPEG Files
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 07/13/2007
In this Flash Video series, you learn how to process source video files before you encode the content to the Flash Video (FLV) format. Source video can be saved in a wide range of formats across Windows and Macintosh platforms, and each format can use specific audio and video codecs. In this tutorial, you learn how to prepare an MPEG-1 or MPEG-2 file for Flash Video encoding.

NOTE: All of the tutorials in this series require Apple QuickTime Player. I recommended purchasing Apple QuickTime Player Pro directly from Apple. The Pro version enables you to export audio and video files. This series augments the material discussed in my book, Adobe Flash CS3 Professional Video Studio Techniques (Adobe Press).

The Preparing Source Video for Flash Video Series:
Preparing Source Video for Flash Video: Part 1 - Converting MPEG Files
Preparing Source Video for Flash Video: Part 2 - Preventing Quality Loss

Flash Sound Visualization in Flash CS3
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 07/13/2007
Sometimes a little foreknowledge is a good thing. Let's all take a deep breath and explore a sound visualization exercise in Flash Professional CS3.

Flash Optimizing Flash Content for Use in Video
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 07/10/2007
In this, the second of eight excerpts from Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers by friendsofEd, Community MX partners, Tom Green and David Stiller, show you how to convert a Flash movie into a Quicktime movie. This exercise doesn't just think "outside of the box", it moves to the room where the box is located.

Approximate download size: 31MB

The Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers Excerpts
Motion Tween Effects in Flash CS3
Optimizing Flash Content for Use in Video
Adding Audio to Flash CS3
XML Captions for Video
Notes from the Photoshop File Importer
Create a Soft Mask in Flash CS3
Going Mobile in Flash CS3
Using XML in Flash CS3 to Build a Slideshow

Flash Motion Tween Effects in Flash CS3
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 07/05/2007
In a series of excerpts from their new book, Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers, Community MX partners Tom Green and David Stiller show you how to apply the Glow effect to Jay Maynard, better known as Tron Guy.

The Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers Excerpts
Motion Tween Effects in Flash CS3
Optimizing Flash Content for Use in Video
Adding Audio to Flash CS3
XML Captions for Video
Notes from the Photoshop File Importer
Create a Soft Mask in Flash CS3
Going Mobile in Flash CS3
Using XML in Flash CS3 to Build a Slideshow

Flash TodCon 2007 Session: Introduction to Design Patterns for Flash and Flex
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 06/26/2007
Whether you consider yourself to be a Flash developer or a Flex programmer, eventually you will discover that projects have become too complex, too feature-rich, to rely exclusively on the Flash timeline, or on Flex MXML markup. Taking your project that extra step may require using ActionScript class files and structured Object-Oriented Programming.

However, using OOP principles without a plan, without a way of structuring your classes, can very quickly lead to convoluted and unmanageable code. The solution is to use a tool called Design Patterns.

This session will dispel the myth that design patterns are only for geeks with PHDs, and explain how and why to use them in both Flash and Flex projects. Participants will come away with powerful tools to simplify and organize their coding projects to be better suited for efficiency and team development.

This is a presentation made at TodCon 2007 in Las Vegas, June 12, 2007.

Open Source Yahoo! Pipes: An Introduction
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 06/25/2007
Yahoo Pipes has been on my personal radar since it was announced in February of this year. At the time of its roll-out there was a great deal of interest around the web design world as Yahoo provided what appeared to be an easy way for anyone (even non-developers like myself) to mash-up RSS feeds into new web services. If you’re developing web sites for customers the ability to provide them with live data that can be displayed on their site will be a valuable service that just may set you apart from your competition. You don’t even have to tell anyone how easy Yahoo makes this.

In this first article in a four-part series you'll be introduced to the Yahoo! Pipes design environment and see some examples of the kinds of things that clever people all over the world are doing with Pipes. You'll learn the basic principles behind Pipes and see just how easy the design environment is to work in.

The Yahoo! Pipes Series:
Yahoo! Pipes: An Introduction
Yahoo! Pipes: Mash-up a Customized News Feed (Coming soon)
Yahoo! Pipes: Create a Persistent News Search with Web Services (Coming soon)
Yahoo! Pipes: Options for Publishing a Customized RSS Feed (Coming soon)

CSS The IE Fieldset Background Color Bleed Bug
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 06/19/2007
When it comes to changing text styles in forms, there's little you can't do. As soon as you attempt extending your custom styles into the realm of background colors, borders, and layout, however, things can get difficult. Styling fieldsets and legends are among the more difficult form elements to style because they come laden with a good deal of default browser styling, as well as a few bugs.

In this tutorial, we'll focus on one of the most common fieldset and legend styling frustrations: the fieldset background color bleed bug in Internet Explorer, where the background color of the fieldset extends outside the top border of the fieldset. This bug occurs any and every time you try to give a fieldset a background color, and it affects even the latest version of IE, 7. This tutorial will show you how to fix the bug using a couple additional CSS rules and no changes to markup or hacks.

This tutorial assumes you're already familiar with the building blocks of forms and how to use them correctly to build accessible forms. If you do not have a good understanding of what fieldsets and legends are and how to use them, please see Tricia Littlefield's video tutorial Accessible Forms with Dreamweaver, which covers not only those elements but all the standard form components. You'll also need to have a good understanding of document flow and positioning for this tutorial. For a great introduction to these concepts, see Flowing and Positioning: Two Page Models -Revised for IE7 by Holly Bergevin and John Gallant.

SQL SQL Joins: The INNER JOIN
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 06/11/2007
In this article we will begin to look at what is meant by a JOIN in SQL. I'm sure you have all heard of joins but what exactly are they and why do we need them? This article will be the first in a series of articles that look at the mystical world of SQL joins. I'll begin with the INNER JOIN, which is likely the most common of all the joins.

The SQL Joins Series:
SQL Joins: The INNER JOIN
SQL Joins: The LEFT JOIN
SQL Joins: The RIGHT JOIN

Dreamweaver Feed Tools in Dreamweaver 8 and CS3: RSS and XSL
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 05/22/2007
Adding an RSS feed to a web page is a piece of cake with the XSL features of Dreamweaver 8 and CS3. This article will show the new features of XSL transformation using the freely available Community MX RSS feed, or any other of your choice. The tutorial will require PHP, ColdFusion, or another of the available server models in Dreamweaver, as the XSL functionality uses a server-side file to parse and transform the XML news feed.

Flex Data Binding in Flex 2 - Part 1: Overview
by: Steve Schelter
Release Date: 05/15/2007
Data binding is a central part of the Flex 2 framework, and there are many techniques for implementing it into your application. This lesson will cover the basics behind what data-binding is and what makes it essential to component-driven architectures.

The Data Binding in Flex 2 Series:
Data Binding in Flex 2 - Part 1: Overview
Data Binding in Flex 2 - Part 2: Binding in AS3

Fireworks Best Practices Work Flow in Fireworks CS3 - Part 1
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 05/14/2007
Many of the new features in the CS3 Suite relate to workflow. The buzz-phrase in Fireworks CS3 seems to be Rapid Prototyping (ok, even I'm getting tired of that term), which in my opinion means:

  • Multiple pages
  • Multiple web layers
  • Master page
  • Rich Symbols for use in Rich Internet Applications such as Flex
  • Better Integration with Photoshop, Illustrator and Flash
  • New Common Library

In this series of videos, we are going to look at a workflow paradigm which takes advantage of some of the new tools in Fireworks CS3. Primarily focussing on Pages, Master Pages, Hierarchical layers and shared layers, we'll see how a design can go from concept to w

The first video tutorial in our series (20 minutes) deals with pages, shared layers and hierarchical layers and my logic for using this method. This is a method I might use in the early comping stages; a point where we've gotten past rough sketches on paper and want/need to engage the client further.

The Best Practices Work Flow in Fireworks CS3 Series:
Best Practices Work Flow in Fireworks CS3 - Part 1
Best Practices Work Flow in Fireworks CS3 - Part 2

CSS Using the Spry Accordion Widget
by: Stephanie Sullivan
Release Date: 05/11/2007
One of the new features in Dreamweaver CS3 is the integration of the Spry javascript library. In this series, we'll look at using Dreamweaver CS3 to insert, integrate and modify the Spry Accordion widget. Give your pages the pizzazz they deserve!

Fireworks Animation: The Fireworks CS3 to Flash CS3 Connection
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 05/08/2007
Who says you can't create Flash CS3 animations using Fireworks CS3?

CSS Create a Teaser Thumbnail List Using CSS: Part 1 - **Updated**
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 04/16/2007
"Teaser thumbnail lists" are those lists of items made up of a title, short description, and thumbnail. They're often used to provide short teasers that link to more information about the products, articles, or sections of the site being listed. This tutorial will go over one way to structure the XHTML and CSS to create such a list that maximizes flexibility for the site owner and accessibility for the end user. The resulting list will feature a fixed-width, grid-like design, with the thumbnails aligned to the left and the title and description for each item sitting to the right. All with only 23 lines of CSS!

This updated version of the original tutorial, published in March 2006, includes slightly modified CSS to allow the list to accept text that is very short or images that are very tall without overlaps occuring. Fortunately, the CSS required for this enhancement is not significantly more than the CSS required for the first version, so even if you don't anticipate having short text or tall images, it's best to use this new version from now on.

The Updated Create a Teaser Thumbnail List Using CSS Series:
Create a Teaser Thumbnail List Using CSS: Part 1 - **Updated**
Create a Teaser Thumbnail List Using CSS: Part 2 - **Updated**
Create a Teaser Thumbnail List Using CSS: Part 3 - **Updated**
Create a Teaser Thumbnail List Using CSS: Part 4 - **Updated**

Fireworks All You Should Know About Textures
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 03/15/2007
Thierry Lorey has been a Fireworks enthusiast since version 3 and is now Fireworks Zone’s webmaster, Fireworks beta tester and author for Community MX. He is the first European Fireworks enthusiast to write an article for Fireworks Developer Center. After some translation and training jobs, he is now the full-time Fireworks Zone's webmaster. His job includes writing news, tutorials, creating graphics, and maintaining and developing the website to keep the content new and fresh.

In Fireworks, a texture, also called a seamless texture, is designed to be repeated and applied to an a vector object on a percentage basis from 0 to 100%. Fireworks includes a collection of about 50 standard textures you will find on your hard disk at: Program Files > Macromedia (or Adobe) > Configuration > Textures . They usually come in bitmap formats: PNG, GIF TIFF, BMP, or JPEG and are therefore not editable.

In this article we will see how Fireworks' built-in textures can be used and customized, be it bitmap or vector textures by:

  1. Modifying the intensity of texture applied
  2. Enabling the transparency property
  3. Combining textures and patterns
  4. Selecting colors
  5. The application to strokes
  6. The inversion of textures
  7. The textures being turned into patterns
  8. Creation of a style from a texture

Flash Flash PowerTools: Exploring Gradients
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 03/14/2007
Out there in the Flash design and development world, there are many tools available to assist in creating projects. These are "power tools" that supercharge the task of designing, coding, compiling, testing and documenting, allowing you to save time and present ideas much more effectively. Some have been around for a few years, and some are pretty new. This series highlights some of the open source tools and techniques which have made my life as a Flash developer much more effective.

Implementing code-generated graphics or animations can be greatly facilitated with the aid of an "explorer," showing a live example of certain effects, and the code required to create the effect at runtime. This can greatly expedite code generation, and provide an essential learning tool. In this article we'll look at two very handy utilities for exploring code-generated gradients: Kinglong's "Flash Gradient Fills Explorer" and Andreas Weber's Gradient Tween Editor.


Kinglong's "Flash Gradient Fills Explorer" and Andreas Weber's Gradient Tween Editor

The Flash PowerTools Series:
Flash PowerTools: Code Automation with SEPY
Flash PowerTools: FlashTracer for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Standalone FLV Players
Flash PowerTools: Transition and Tween Explorer
Flash PowerTools: Flash Switcher for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Exploring Gradients
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 1
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 2 Coming Soon

Flash The AS3 Event System - Part 1: The Basics
by: Steve Schelter
Release Date: 03/09/2007
AS 3 brings a new level of sophistication in scripting for flash with a unified event model system. In the first installment of this series, we'll be covering the basic principles of registerring listeners and handling event objects.

The AS3 Events System Series:
The AS3 Event System - Part 1: The Basics
The AS3 Event System - Part 2: Timer Class
The AS3 Event System - Part 3: Custom Dispatchers
The AS3 Event System - Part 4: Event Flow Basics
The AS3 Event System - Part 5: Managing Event Flow

ColdFusion Getting ColdFusion MX 7.0.2 Running on Vista and IIS7
by: Heidi Bautista
Release Date: 03/05/2007
This article takes you step-by-step through the process of installing ColdFusion MX 7.0.2 on a PC running the new Vista operating system and using Internet Information Services (IIS) 7.

There are points during the installation process that can and will give you trouble if you follow directions published prior to Vista's release. Therefore, special emphasis has been given to the information you'll need to get working with ColdFusion on Vista.

Who will benefit by reading this article?

ColdFusion programmers who develop and/or run CFM pages locally (including developing CFCs) on a Vista box and who use IIS7.

ColdFusion FusionDebug 2.0 - Configurations
by: Chaz Chumley
Release Date: 03/02/2007
Since our last look at installing and configuring FusionDebug, Fusion-Reactor has come out with version 2.0. So your asking "what's new in this version and why should I upgrade?" Well, how about a new standalone installer that gives you Eclipse 3.2, CFEclipse 1.3 and FusionDebug 2.0, all in one fail swoop. They have also included a Server Configuration Wizard that easily modifies the JVM.config (Java Virtual Machine) settings that we looked at in the previous article. Besides a performance improvement of about 10 times faster than before, the most noticable improvement is it's own debug perspective.

So before we go off learning how to set breakpoints and view and modify variables in our code let's take a look at how to quickly set up the new FusionDebug perspective. This is similar to setting up the Eclipse Debug environment that we looked at in our previous article with a lot less choices.

The FusionDebug Series
FusionDebug 2.0 - Configurations
FusionDebug 2.0 - Setting Breakpoints
FusionDebug 2.0 - Stepping Through a CFC
FusionDebug 2.0 - Variables

Flash Building a Custom Flash Video Player Part 1: The Basic Application
by: Derrick Ypenburg
Release Date: 02/27/2007
For online video, delivering it with Flash is your best bet. Flash gives you the ability to create a fully customized and branded streaming experience for the end user. Other streaming formats and platforms stream through players that cannot be customized, or that are extremely difficult to embed and integrate into a customized environment and require expensive development and testing to do so. Further, ad insertion, closed captioning and selective player controls are also quite easy to integrate in Flash video applications. The ubiquity of the Flash player and fast download time of the plug-in allows you to reach a much larger audience.

This series will guide you from creating the basic building blocks for a simple customized Flash video application to developing a full-on television station type of environment complete with error handling and status messaging, playlists, ad insertion and many other bells and whistles.

This tutorial will start with creating the basic building blocks to plan a strong, well-designed custom video application. After completing this tutorial, you will have a functional, custom Flash video player that you can build upon.

Flash A Bright Idea from Community MX
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 02/15/2007
Instead of looking at After Effects and Flash as being two big applications... ask yourself how they can work together. The results my just be the brightest idea you ever had.

ColdFusion FusionDebug 1.0 - Configurations
by: Chaz Chumley
Release Date: 02/12/2007
If you have been doing ColdFusion development for awhile you have no doubt wished you had an easier way to debug your code instead of using the usual to spit out variables, structs, queries, etc. to a web page. Wouldn't it be nice to set a breakpoint on a line of code and then step thru the web page as it was being rendered? Well now you have just that option. FusionDebug is an interactive ColdFusion MX debugger that plugs into the Eclipse IDE which lets you do just that.

In this series of tutorials we will be looking at how you install the product and create a FusionDebug configuration, set breakpoints in your code that allow for stepping over and into templates, tags and components, change variable values, and watch expressions in the debugger, all in real time.

Education The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series - Part One
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 02/01/2007
There is a concern among educators that web design is often being taught poorly - even at the college level - and without regard for standards. In some cases it is because the instructor has not updated her skills since the turn of the century. In other cases it is because there is a perception that it is too hard to teach and learn CSS. Yes, it is true that one must go slowly, start simple, and build skills in a systematic way. Still, after some experimentation and a few of my own lessons learned the hard way, I came up with some beginning exercises that seem to instill the essential concepts without overwhelming the students. In this series I would like to share some of these lesson plans with my fellow educators who, like me, would like to start their students out with "best practices". Each lesson plan includes step-by-step exercises along with the starter and completed example files for each.

In this first tutorial in the series, the students will construct a simple page, learn to wrap text around an image, and learn how to divide the page into a series of divs that will later provide the hooks for positioning page areas with CSS.

The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series:
The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series - Part 1
The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series - Part 2
The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series - Part 3
The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series - Part 4
The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series - Part 5
The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series - Part 6
The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series - Part 7
The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series - Part 8
The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series - Part 9
The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series - Part 10
The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series - Part 11
The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series - Part 12
The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series - Part 13
The Dreamweaver Web Standards Lesson Plan Series - Part 14 <

Flash The Displacement Map Filter Demystified: Part 1 - How It Ticks
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 01/26/2007
Flash Professional 8 introduced a number of exciting new visual filters — such as drop shadow, blur, glow, and bevel — which reproduce many of the corresponding filters of Photoshop and Fireworks. Of these, most are available via the Property inspector's Filters tab. All filters are accessible to ActionScript, but a few actually require programming. One of these is the DisplacementMapFilter class, which distorts images based on the colors or transparency in a special reference map.

Here in Part 1 of this series, you will learn how the displacement map filter works and how to use it to reposition pixels in an imported graphic file. In future installments, you will learn how to produce a handful of very cool visual effects that are only possible with ActionScript, including a magnifying class, fisheye lens, and ripples.

The Displacement Map Filter Demystified Series
The Displacement Map Filter Demystified: Part 1 - How it Ticks
The Displacement Map Filter Demystified: Part 2 - Skewing and Magnification

Flash Working with the Camera Class - Part 1: Viewing Live Output
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 01/22/2007
In this "Working with" series, you learn how to use the Camera class in Flash Player. The Camera class has been available in Flash Player since version 6, yet many Flash designers and developers don't know much about it. The Camera class gives you access to the user's webcam, to do everything from publishing a live video stream to detecting movement in the camera frame. In this tutorial, you learn how to test a webcam connection and watch live output in a Flash movie.

The Working With the Camera Class Series:
Working with the Camera Class - Part 1: Viewing Live Output
Working with the Camera Class - Part 2: Detecting Motion
Working with the Camera Class - Part 3: Publishing a Live Stream
Working with the Camera Class - Part 4: Subscribing to a Live Stream
Working with the Camera Class - Part 5: Adding Audio to a Live Stream
Working with the Camera Class - Part 6: Controlling Image Quality and Bandwidth Usage
Working with the Camera Class - Part 7: Controlling Audio Quality
Working with the Camera Class - Part 8: Recording a Stream

General Business Google Analytics Part 1: Getting Started with Site Tracking
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 01/22/2007
The two fundamental questions regarding web site design and functionality haven't changed since the days when the first commercial sites were published. Who is your target audience and what is it that you want them to do at your site? The answers to those two questions go a long way towards driving site design as they affect everything from the colors you choose, the kind of navigation you select, and the services that you offer.

But what do you after you launch your site? How do you know if you (or your clients) are accomplishing your goals? The more you can find out about your visitors the better off you'll be as you can make any number of inferences from those statistics.

While it used to be hard, or somewhat expensive to get your hands on that data, you now have access to a phenomenal wealth of information about your site and best of all, it's completely free and is being offered by one of the most trusted names on the web—Google.

In the first part of a two-part series you'll have a chance to see just how easy it is to get started with your own Google Analytics account and the steps you can take to begin tracking your site.

ASP.NET Generate a Google Sitemap Using ASP.NET
by: Heidi Bautista
Release Date: 01/17/2007
Google's Webmaster Tools include a way for you to specify a sitemap file. Then, when Google indexes your site, it includes all the pages listed in the sitemap. At first blush you're probably thinking that you'll just use an ASP.NET .sitemap. After all, it's easy to create. You may even already have a .sitemap file that lists all the pages that you would want Google to index. The bad news is that Google doesn't support the format of ASP.NET .sitemap files. Bertrand Le Roy to the rescue.

Read on to learn how to use Bertrand's HTTP handler to convert your ASP.NET .sitemap file to Google's own sitemap format. In addition, this article shows you how to modify the HTTP handler so that it can deal with any ASP.NET .sitemap file, not just the default Web.sitemap file. If your default Web.sitemap contains an incomplete list of site pages you'll want to modify Bertrand's HTTP handler and use it to tell Google about an alternate .sitemap file. Providing Google with a robust sitemap to your site increases your odds of having all pages from your site included in their index.

Illustrator Christmas Ornament
by: Kim Dudley
Release Date: 12/26/2006
The glass ball is a staple when it comes to Christmas tree ornaments. They come in all shapes, sizes and colors and are often embellished with beads or other sparkly bits. With the Christmas season in full swing I thought it would be a nice time to do a little holiday decorating. In this tutorial we will use Illustrator to create a traditional glass ornament.

Final Christmas ornament

To create this glass ornament we will use some of Illustrator's basic drawing tools, the 3D mapping tool and the Photoshop Glass Effect.

Fireworks Convert Your Photo Into Line Art with Fireworks
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 12/20/2006
Convert your photographs into line art with the built in commands in Fireworks and the steps in this tutorial!

Flash Creating Fluid Layouts in Flash - Part 1: The Basics
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 12/18/2006
Ever wondered how some Flash applications “break free” of the constraints of a fixed stage size, flowing from one size to another depending on browser size or application state? Creating these fluid layouts in Flash is considered by some to be one of those hidden mysteries of Flash coding. By others it is regarded as a milestone to be achieved on the path of ActionScript mastery. For me, it is both.

We will take you through the steps, from intermediate to advanced, necessary to create application layouts in Flash which can exhibit fullsize or fluid functionality. In this series we will explore the basic principles of creating fluid layouts in Flash, build a sample application with a class architecture using components, finishing off with an exploration of the new fullscreen feature available in Flash Player 9.

This tutorial will explore the basics of creating a flexible stage application.



The Creating Fluid Layouts in Flash Series:
Creating Fluid Layouts in Flash - Part 1: The Basics
Creating Fluid Layouts in Flash - Part 2: Proportional Layouts
Creating Fluid Layouts in Flash - Part 3: Application Development
Creating Fluid Layouts in Flash - Part 4:Creating the Movie Class
Creating Fluid Layouts in Flash - Part 5: Extending the Stage Class
Creating Fluid Layouts in Flash - Part 6: Using Fullscreen

Illustrator Snowflakes in Illustrator
by: Kim Dudley
Release Date: 12/13/2006
One of the easiest ways to add a wintery feel to a design or layout is to add a few snowflakes. Using Illustrator we can quickly create some unique snowflakes that can be added to almost any artwork. The snowflakes created in this tutorial are easy to make and are a lot of fun to play around with.

In this tutorial we will create 3 different snowflakes using 2 different methods. These snowflakes have a bit of a graphic or modern feel but using the same techniques you can create hundreds of different looks. To create these snowflakes we will use Illustrator's Ellipse, Star and Scale tools as well as the Zig Zag and Pucker and Bloat effect.

traditional snowflake

graphic snowflake

modern snowflake

After Effects From Concept to Final Product in After Effects 7: Part 2
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 11/28/2006
Learn how to add and manipulate a variety of objects and media in an After Effects project destined for Flash playback. This is the second part of Chapter One of From After Effects to Flash: Poetry in Motion Graphics

Flash Create Weather in Flash
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 11/10/2006
Who says creating rain and snow in Flash has to be difficult? Combine Flash and After Effects and you too can be a rain maker or snow maker.

After Effects Warping Video in a Flash
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 10/30/2006
Sometimes video needs to be such an odd shape that using a simple mask in Flash just won't solve the issue. In this video tutorial, I show you how to use the bezier Warp tool in After efects 7 to create a video that wraps around a shape. Then I show you how to output the video in After Effects and use that video in Flash.

After Effects Fire and Smoke in After Effects
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 10/23/2006
After Effects from Adobe is capable of some fantastic video effects right out of the box, but there are also some great plug-ins with the Pro version that can help you put some extra pizazz into your video. This tutorial will show you how to create realistic Fire & Smoke effects using only the bundled plugins which you get when buying the Pro Version of After Effects 7.

Tiago Dias works at a corporate television and news production company based in London with subsidiaries around the world, as a video producer and Flash developer — this is Tiago's ideal job, as it combines 2 of his favorite technologies! In his free time he writes tutorials on Flash and After Effects for various communities.

Flash Playing with Radial Gradients in Flash
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 10/19/2006
Ever wondered what mayhem you can unleash with a Radial Gradient in Flash? read on...

ColdFusion A Simple Multi-language ColdFusion Content Management System - Part 1
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 10/11/2006
There are various ways to create a data-driven multi-language site, but the method I will show in this article series uses an underused technique involving ColdFusion custom tags. Basically, the technique shown will turn any simple, well-formed HTML or XHTML page into a content management system with only one tag required on the page.

This first part will show the principles behind the custom tag technique. The next part will show how to implement the multi-language aspect. The third part will create an administrative interface to administer the system.

The Multi-Language ColdFusion Content Management System Series:
A Simple Multi-language ColdFusion Content Management System - Part 1
A Simple Multi-language ColdFusion Content Management System - Part 2
A Simple Multi-Language ColdFusion Content Management System - Part 3

Flash Working with Shared Libraries - Part 4: Sharing Fonts with Dynamic Text
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 10/04/2006
In this "Working with" series, you learn how to create and use shared libraries with your Flash movies. Shared libraries can help you optimize your workflow, making it easier to update assets across several Flash movies used for any type of project.

In the last tutorial of this series, you learned how to create a runtime shared library (RSL) file and share its font assets with static text in other Flash movies. In this tutorial, you learn how to reuse the fonts with dynamic text fields in other Flash movies. Sharing fonts is one of the best ways to trim down SWF file sizes for large projects involving many SWF files.

The Working with Shared Libraries Series:
Working with Shared Libraries - Part 1: Sharing Symbols in Authortime Libraries
Working with Shared Libraries - Part 2: Sharing Symbols in a Runtime Shared Library
Working with Shared Libraries - Part 3: Sharing Fonts with Static Text
Working with Shared Libraries - Part 4: Sharing Fonts with Dynamic Text
Working with Shared Libraries - Part 5: Sharing Fonts with Runtime-Created Text Fields
Working with Shared Libraries - Part 6: Using CSS with Shared Fonts Coming Soon
Working with Shared Libraries - Part 7: Sharing Components Coming Soon

Illustrator A Text Effect Using Illustrator and Masks
by: Kim Dudley
Release Date: 10/03/2006
Illustrator and its masking tool can create some very nice effects. Like other applications Illustrator's masking tool uses shapes to hide or mask other artwork. In this tutorial we will use text as the masking object. Once the mask is created Illustrator's drop shadow effect will be applied to produce artwork suitable for web page banners or page headers.

Programming Computer Math 0101
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 09/27/2006
One of the very first things that you should learn if you are dealing with programming of any variety is the concept of binary and hexadecimal number systems. The foundation of computers is based in binary—1s and 0s—and its cousin hexadecimal Everything from HTML/CSS color codes to URL encoding to IP addresses to memory/hard drive capacity and everything in between exposes the concept of binary and hexadecimal With a basic understanding, working with computers is a bit easier.

CSS Create Pages that Fill the Browser with CSS
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 09/25/2006
A frequently asked question in CSS forums is how to create pages that stretch vertically to fill the browser window, regardless of the amount of content. With tables, you would nest your entire design in a table with a single cell and set both the cell and table's height to be 100 percent. With CSS, it's also quite simple and easy. In this tutorial, you will learn the basic CSS technique for making pages fill the browser window, which you can also use any time you have a div that you want to stretch to fill its parent.

Please note, however, that this is not a tutorial about making a footer stick to the bottom of the browser viewport or about emulating frames. These are more complicated layout requirements that may be covered in further tutorials, building on the 100 percent height technique introduced here.

PHP Introduction to Regular Expressions
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 09/11/2006
One of the most common tasks as a programmer that you'll end up coming across is string manipulation. You can run from it, you can hide from it, but eventually you're going to have to end up doing it (and usually on a fairly frequent basis!). Fortunately, a special set of tools commonly called "regular expressions" can often save you a great deal of time and effort, helping you achieve goals that you never thought possible. The downside, of course, is that you have to learn how to use these "expressions", and they can be quite confusing at times.

In this article we'll take a beginner's look at what regular expressions are and see through examples how they can help you in your day to day tasks.

ASP.NET Getting Started with Atlas
by: Heidi Bautista
Release Date: 09/06/2006
Just about everyone has heard of AJAX, right? The acronym stands for Asynchronous JavaScript and XML. One of the problems with AJAX is that many people found it difficult to use. Microsoft developed Atlas, in part, to address that issue. Atlas is an extension of ASP.NET. You don't have to use ASP.NET to leverage Atlas functionality, but I think you'll find that it's convenient to do so. In addition to the server-side controls, Atlas also comes with sophisticated client script libraries, saving you the labor of writing your own JavaScript.

In this first tutorial we'll download and install Atlas. Later tutorials will explore using Atlas to perform asynchronous postbacks (via the UpdatePanel). This is arguably the best feature of Atlas. You can have a form on your page and when the user hits the submit button, instead of the entire page posting back, just the form does. That means that the page's contents are still visible. The only disruption to the page is the contents of the form. A lot more user-friendly, eh? Atlas boasts other cool features, too, that will be explained in later installments.

ColdFusion Let's Learn ColdFusion: Building a Simple Admin - Part 1
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 08/31/2006
In this series you will build a simple administration area complete with a control panel that will allow you to manage the content of your website.

The system you will build is aimed at the small business website where one or two users will have total control of the website's content.

The Let's Learn ColdFusion: Building a Simple Admin Series:
Let's Learn ColdFusion: Building a Simple Admin - Part 1
Let's Learn ColdFusion: Building a Simple Admin - Part 2
Let's Learn ColdFusion: Building a Simple Admin - Part 3
Let's Learn ColdFusion: Building a Simple Admin - Part 4 Coming Soon

CSS Create Columns with Floats
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 08/28/2006
Floating is the primary method for laying out pages using CSS. In this tutorial, you'll learn how to create the look of columns using the float, width and margin properties. You'll learn the principles for creating both liquid and fixed-width layouts of as many columns as you like.

In order to complete this tutorial, you need to already be familiar with the syntax of CSS and have read Flowing And Positioning: Two Page Models and Float: The Theory.

Flash Working with Shared Libraries - Part 1: Sharing Symbols in Authortime Libraries
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 08/24/2006
In this new "Working with" series, you learn how to create and use shared libraries with your Flash movies. Shared libraries can help you optimize your workflow, making it easier to update assets across several Flash movies used for any type of project. I just finished a large DVD-ROM project for UCLA's Center for International Emergency Medicine, and the use of shared fonts dramatically decreased troubleshooting font issues between Mac and Windows versions of Flash 8.

The Working with Shared Libraries Series:
Working with Shared Libraries - Part 1: Sharing Symbols in Authortime Libraries
Working with Shared Libraries - Part 2: Sharing Symbols in a Runtime Shared Library
Working with Shared Libraries - Part 3: Sharing Fonts with Static Text
Working with Shared Libraries - Part 4: Sharing Fonts with Dynamic Text
Working with Shared Libraries - Part 5: Sharing Fonts with Runtime-Created Text Fields
Working with Shared Libraries - Part 6: Using CSS with Shared Fonts Coming Soon
Working with Shared Libraries - Part 7: Sharing Components Coming Soon

ColdFusion CFEclipse How To: Creating a Simple CFML Page
by: Chaz Chumley
Release Date: 08/22/2006
This past year at Todcon, I happened to start a discussion with some of the Adobe team about the future of Dreamweaver and how it relates to ColdFusion development. To my surprise, there has been quite a bit of interest surrounding the open source Eclipse IDE and the ColdFusion plugin known as CFEclipse. Not to say that there are plans to discontinue ColdFusion support in future versions of Dreamweaver, but for the experienced developer there is a growing effort to put some research dollars into the CFEclipse product.

CFEclipse is easy to use and has some great features. We'll examine some of them in this first article in the How To series on CFEclipse.

The CFEclipse How To Series
CFEclipse How To: Creating a Simple CFML Page
CFEclipse How To: Creating your first CFC

Flash Building a Drag-and-Drop Jigsaw Puzzle - Part 1
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 08/21/2006
Jigsaw puzzles were a mainstay of my youth on rainy afternoons. The earliest puzzles I remember had merely a dozen pieces, but ah, the sense of accomplishment! Piecing together the artwork was always a rewarding experience. One year, my mother found an ad in a magazine for a company that would convert your personal photo into a puzzle — at the time, the notion struck me as incredible! We ordered one and I treasured it for years.

After reading this two-part series, you'll be able to do the same thing on your own computer! Over the course of these tutorials, you will write an ActionScript 2.0 class to build a re-usable jigsaw puzzle engine. Here in Part 1, we will deconstruct our endeavor into a handful of bite-sized methods and write one large method, CMXJigsawPuzzle.buildPuzzle(), to call those as necessary. The complete code is already included with this tutorial, but the full explanation will span into Part 2.

The Building a Drag-and-Drop Jigsaw Puzzle Series:
Building a Drag-and-Drop Jigsaw Puzzle - Part 1
Building a Drag-and-Drop Jigsaw Puzzle - Part 2

Flash Creating Reflections in Flash 8
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 08/11/2006
Things in Flash aren't always as difficult to achieve when you look at them. Objects containing a reflection on the stage is a good example.

Fireworks Turning a Tile Image into a Fireworks Pattern
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 08/09/2006
There are lots of tile images available on the web for free, or you may be keen on creating your own. But once you've got the image, how do you set it up so that it displays in the Property Inspector's patterns menu to use for filling vector shapes?

You could do a lot of copying and pasting to manually repeat the image, but that is way too much work. And there is a much easier way; Fireworks Patterns. You can apply patterns to fill any vector shape, thus giving the shape a more textured, organic or photo-realistic appearance.

This brief tutorial will show you how to take a seamless tile image and add it to the Fireworks Patterns menu.

ASP.NET ASP.NET and Several Methods for Updating a Last Modified Date
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 07/28/2006
"Created on" and "Last modified" dates are commonly included objects on web pages. This can be quite useful in determining when the last time content was added to a web site. On the other hand, determining when the page was modified may be specifically for the information within the page itself either being entered or modified from a database or some other data source. Tracking changes to a web page can be from a variety of sources. The following methods are discussed: setting the last modified in Dreamweaver; using SQL queries to return the last modified date or current date; using the DateTime object; and setting the file timestamps in code.

CSS Control Block Formatting Context
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 07/06/2006
In order to become a skilled CSS developer, you need to understand the underlying concepts of CSS that make it work and not just how to produce certain visual effects. The "block formatting context" is one of those concepts that drives how CSS affects your page without you even knowing it.

Most of the time, you don't need to worry about it; it's just something that's going on behind the scenes that you don't need to get involved with. Sometimes, however, the lack of a new context can make elements interact in undesirable ways. The primary reason for setting a new context is to keep cleared elements inside a main content div from clearing floated sidebars. We'll use this problem as a case study for how to establish new block formatting contexts and to see what their effect is on the other elements around them.

Flash Understanding Classpaths
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 06/30/2006
All objects in recent versions of ActionScript are defined by something called classes. Think of classes as blueprints that determine the unique combination of characteristics, actions, and reactions that comprises a particular object of a certain type. By "object," we are talking about the familiar things a Flash developer deals with every day: movie clips (the MovieClip class), text fields (the TextField class), buttons, sounds, math functions, components, you name it. They are all defined by classes.

Out of the box, Flash provides hundreds of built-in ActionScript classes. The great part is, you can even write your own! But there's a catch: the Flash compiler, which converts ActionScript into Flash Player bytecode, must be told where new classes are located, or it won't be able to find them. That's what this article is about.

Photoshop Using the Crop Tool to Make Your Picture Larger?
by: Knut Kubenz
Release Date: 06/28/2006
It may sound impossible, but you can actually change the Canvas Size of your picture, making it larger, by using Photoshop's Crop Tool, which normally makes the picture smaller, without any fancy calculations or head scratching.

The Crop Tool is often used to make pictures smaller. This quick and easy tip takes the guess work out of extending the Canvas size without the need for time consuming calculations.

ColdFusion Let's Learn ColdFusion: Part 1 - Installation and the Testing Server
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 06/19/2006
Welcome to the first in a series of articles aimed at providing an extensive overview of the ColdFusion language to newcomers to server-side development.

The series will start at the beginnning with a look at the make-up of the language and progress to basic server-side development allowing you to build on your knowledge with each new addition to the series.

The Let's Learn ColdFusion Series:
Let's Learn ColdFusion: Part 1 - Installation and the Testing Server
Let's Learn ColdFusion: Part 2 - The URL Scope, Variable Names and Values
Let's Learn ColdFusion: Part 3 - Adding Simple Logic and Error Checking
Let's Learn ColdFusion: Part 4a - Creating a Datasource
Let's Learn ColdFusion: Part 4b - Building a Dynamic List Menu
Let's Learn ColdFusion: Part 4c - Filtering Your Queries and the cfqueryparam Tag
Let's Learn ColdFusion: Part 4d - Error Checking Your ColdFusion Queries Coming Soon

Photoshop Great New Feature in Photoshop's Camera Raw 3
by: Knut Kubenz
Release Date: 06/13/2006
Here's a lightning speed way to straighten out crooked photos using Photoshop's Camera Raw 3.

Flash Loaders Demystified - Part 4: Using the CMX GIF Pre-Loader Packs
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 06/12/2006
In this tutorial we will look at using the popular CMX GIF Pre-Loader Packs, which contain animation assets for loaders. Using a sample from the series, you will create a custom animated flash loader using a combination of tried-and-true techniques and some of the latest in flash 8 effects.

By the end of this tutorial your loader will look like the following:
the finished product

Approximate download size: 1.3MB

The Loaders Demystified Series
Loaders Demystified: Part 1 - Usability Guidelines
Loaders Demystified: Part 2 - Creating a Simple Loader
Loaders Demystified: Part 3 - Getting Creative with Progress Indicators
Loaders Demystified: Part 4 - Using the CMX GIF Pre-Loader Packs

CSS All About CSS Drop Shadows - Part One
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 06/08/2006
Do you like drop shadows on your page elements, but haven't a clue how to get them on your pages? Maybe you do know a bit about creating drop shadows, but a refresher on the modern methods would be welcome? Do you want to learn the very latest cutting edge tricks?

If you are any of these, don't go away because we now begin a series on drop shadows for HTML elements. At the start we'll keep it simple, and as we progress in the series the methods will become more advanced and effective. At the end you will be treated to a brand new method so advanced that it must wait for IE7 to arrive before you can use it properly.

Join us, won't you?

The All About CSS Drop Shadows Series:
All About CSS Drop Shadows - Part One
All About CSS Drop Shadows - Part Two
All About CSS Drop Shadows - Part Three
All About CSS Drop Shadows - Part Four
All About CSS Drop Shadows - Part Five
All About CSS Drop Shadows - Part Six
All About CSS Drop Shadows - Part Seven Coming Soon

Flash Text in Motion With the Wiggler
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 05/19/2006
When you start using After Effects, there will come a time when you look at the presets and think, "Gosh, I am bored with these." That will be the point where you discover Adobe has a wonderful sense of humor and you start using the Wiggler. In the text options, on the timeline, the Wiggly selector can be added to a chunk of text to randomize the values of any of the properties associated with that group. That description may sound rather formal, but when it comes to adding effects, randomness can lead to some happy surprises.

Approximate download size: 541k

Flash Keeping it Small in Flash
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 05/18/2006
If your Flash efforts need to go on some sort of weight loss program, here's a good place to start.

Flash Creating a Blurred Mask
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 05/18/2006
In this exercise you will create a video that blurs the edges of a mask to create the effect of a video that is in focus in a "knock out" area while the remainder of the video, under a black bitmap, is blurred using a Threshold effect. The key to this exercise, is to understand that the shapes you draw are composed of colored pixels. These pixels form a shape and that shape, when the movie is displayed on your screen, is seen by the computer as a bitmap.

Approximate download size: 4.3MB

Flash Masks in Motion
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 05/17/2006
As you know movie clips can be created using ActionScript and they have properties like position and size that can be manipulated. In this exercise we are going have a quite a few masks — up to 30 at any given time — moving across the screen and the color of the video will change based upon the position of the mouse on the screen.

Approximate download size: 2.2MB

Flash Applying Filters and Blends Through ActionScript
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 05/15/2006
Filters and blends can be applied without the use of code. They are all available through the Property Inspector and can be applied singly or in combination with each other. The filters and blends can also be applied through the use of ActionScript.

In the first of two exercises, you will blur a video by dragging your mouse across it. In the second exercise you add a screen blend mode that simulates the effect of a video being projected onto an underlying image… but the image shows through.

Approximate download size: 4.1MB

CSS Persistent Page Indicator
by: Stephanie Sullivan
Release Date: 05/12/2006
When developing Web sites using good principles of usability, it is good practice to use an indicator showing what page the person is on as they surf through your site. Some people use bread crumbs as well as a persistent page indicator (many times like the down state of the button) indicating that "you are here." This page indication can be acheived by simply placing a class on the proper navigation item (and changing the item it's placed on from page to page). However, when using server-side includes, templates or library items in Dreamweaver, since the same menu is used on each instance of the page, it can be a more challenging process. Don't worry though -- CSS and the descendant selector handle the challenge quite nicely. Come along as we walk through the steps needed to create this effect.

Flash Looping Flash Video
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 05/09/2006
Of course you can't loop a video in Flash because there is nothing in ActionScript that specifically deals with the issue. Turns out you can indeed do this. All you have to do is to eavesdrop.

Approximate download size: 2.6MB

SQL Deconstructing MySpace.com Part 1 - Social Networking Database
by: Joel Martinez
Release Date: 05/05/2006
MySpace is the social networking phenomenon that is sweeping the nation. Having recently been sold for US$580 Million, it is plain to see that the format has a value, and indeed, just about everyone I know below the age of 25 has a MySpace account. The reason MySpace works is because it puts the control of the content in the hands of the users, and by catering to the social aspects of the human condition has found itself in an enviable position of mass appeal despite some criticism.

The purpose of this, first of many articles is to deconstruct the application -- in this case, MySpace.com -- and show you how to build your own. I believe that the lessons that can be gleaned from learning how a successful site is constructed are plentiful and valuable. Namely, the ability for the users of your site to connect to each other.

The first thing we will look at is what database structure would be required to implement the social networking aspect of MySpace.com. The examples will be in the context of SQL Server 2005, but the knowledge should be transferable to other RDBMSs.

CSS From Concept to Cross-Media Compatibility: Part One - Building the Header
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 05/04/2006
This series is for the designer that is new to CSS layouts, it will require no pre-requisite knowledge.

Once completed you will have gained the necessary knowledge of how to build a website with CSS and how to carry that design through from an initial concept in Fireworks and present the completed work to a variety of media types.

The series will discuss the techniques involved from the image creation in Fireworks through optimisation and exporting your slices.

Once the design is complete I will talk you through the reasons why the CSS structure is as it will be and discuss how the elements of the design work in relationship with each other.

The Concept to Cross-Media Compatibility Series:
From Concept to Cross-Media Compatibility: Part One - Building the Header
From Concept to Cross-Media Compatibility: Part Two - Building the Content Area
From Concept to Cross-Media Compatibility: Part Three - Buidling the Footer and Exporting the Slices
From Concept to Cross-Media Compatibility: Part Four - Site Structure and Image Preparation
From Concept to Cross-Media Compatibility: Part Five - Building the Screen Media Type Layout
From Concept to Cross-Media Compatibility: Part Six - Completing the Screen Media Type Layout
From Concept to Cross-Media Compatibility: Part Seven - Building the Print Media Type Layout
From Concept to Cross-Media Compatibility: Part Eight - Building the Handheld Media Type

CSS Close Gaps Next to Floated Images in Internet Explorer
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 05/02/2006
One of the most common tasks when laying out the content of a web page is floating images to the right or left so that text flows around them — something very easy to do in CSS. But when an image has the clear property set on it in addition to the float property, large gaps in the content can appear in Internet Explorer. Unlike many of IE's bugs, this one doesn't fall to its typical hacks. But, it can be fixed. In this tutorial, you'll learn two fixes for this IE bug.

Flash Flash Printing Tasks - Part 1: Building a Certificate Template in Illustrator and Flash
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 04/18/2006
More and more Flash content creators are discovering the power of printing from the Flash Player. Since Flash Player 4, you've had the tools to print content from a Flash movie. Starting with Flash Player 7, a powerful ActionScript class named PrintJob has been on the scene to enable exacting control over printed output from a Flash movie. In this multi-part series, you learn how to build a printable certificate from a Flash movie. In this first installment, you learn how to create the certificate template in Adobe Illustrator CS2 and Flash 8.

The Flash Printing Task Series:
Flash Printing Tasks - Part 1: Building a Certificate Template in Illustrator and Flash
Flash Printing Tasks - Part 2: Basic Printing of the Certificate
Flash Printing Tasks - Part 3: Adding Dynamic Text to the Certificate
Flash Printing Tasks - Part 4: Creating a Form for Certificate Information
Flash Printing Tasks - Part 5: Building a Preview for the Certificate
Flash Printing Tasks - Part 6: Creating a Color/Grayscale Toggle for the Certificate Preview Window
Flash Printing Tasks - Part 7: Printing Alpha and Color Mode Effects
Flash Printing Tasks - Part 8: Printing Filter Effects Coming Soon

Photoshop Retouching Tools in Photoshop CS2 - Part 1
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 04/07/2006
It's pretty much an undisputed fact that Photoshop is the king of bitmap editing tools — especially for high resolution, print-destined images. Photoshop CS2 has some very cool and useful tools and features that can help you fix or clean up almost any image that is supplied to you. In this article (Part 1) we will look at several tools — some of which you will recognize if you are a veteran Fireworks user — and some which you will probably say, "Holy Moly! this is cool!"

Not every image requires that you use all the tools available. The tools we'll focus on are the Spot Healing Brush (new for CS2), the Healing Brush, Clone Stamp, Patch, Dodge and Burn tools.

The Retouching Tools in Photoshop Series:
Retouching Tools in Photoshop CS2: Part 1
Retouching Tools in Photoshop - Part 2: Image Adjustment
Retouching Tools in Photoshop - Part 3: More Image Adjustments

Approximate download size: 1.8MB

Flash Getting Started with Eclipse - Part 3: ActionScript Development
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 04/03/2006
In Part 3 of this series, you'll learn how to install the ASDT plugin for Eclipse and set up your environment for ActionScript development. You will also learn how to compile SWFs using MTASC and enable trace statements with Flashout.

The Getting Started with Eclipse Series:
Getting Started with Eclipse - Part 1
Getting Started with Eclipse - Part 2
Getting Started with Eclipse - Part 3

CSS Create a Teaser Thumbnail List Using CSS: Part 1
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 03/24/2006
"Teaser thumbnail lists" are those lists of items made up of a title, short description, and thumbnail. They're often used to provide short teasers that link to more information about the products, articles, or sections of the site being listed. This tutorial will go over one way to structure the XHTML and CSS to create such a list that maximizes flexibility for the site owner and accessibility for the end user. The resulting list will feature a fixed-width, grid-like design, with the thumbnails aligned to the left and the title and description for each item sitting to the right. All with only 18 lines of CSS!

Note: This tutorial has been updated as of 4/16/2007. You can view the updated tutorial here

The Create a Teaser Thumbnail List Series:
Create a Teaser Thumbnail List Using CSS: Part 1
Create a Teaser Thumbnail List Using CSS: Part 2
Create a Teaser Thumbnail List Using CSS: Part 3
Create a Teaser Thumbnail List Using CSS: Part 4

Flash Flash Video Cue Points: Part 4 - Adding Cue Points with Sorenson Squeeze 4.3
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 03/22/2006
When Flash Professional 8 was released in 2005, the only tool available to add embedded cue points to Flash Video (.flv) files was Macromedia's own Flash 8 Video Encoder tool. Now, Sorenson Squeeze 4.3 adds a powerful cue point creation feature to the mix. Read this tutorial to learn how to add navigation cue points to your Flash Video files.

The Flash Video Cue Points Series:
Flash Video Cue Points: Part 1 - Overview of Cue Points
Flash Video Cue Points: Part 2 - Embedded Navigation Cue Points with Flash Pro 8
Flash Video Cue Points: Part 3 - Building a List of Embedded Cue Points
Flash Video Cue Points: Part 4 - Adding Cue Points with Sorenson Squeeze 4.3

Approximate download size: 4.6MB

Flash Loaders Demystified: Part 2 - Creating a Simple Loader
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 03/16/2006
The process of creating a loading progress indicator for your Flash movie is more involved than you may think. Here's one way of constructing one that is "bullet proof".

Approximate download size: 2.2MB

The Loaders Demystified Series
Loaders Demystified: Part 1 - Usability Guidelines
Loaders Demystified: Part 2 - Creating a Simple Loader
Loaders Demystified: Part 3 - Getting Creative with Progress Indicators
Loaders Demystified: Part 4 - Using the CMX GIF Pre-Loader Packs

GoLive Cool GoLive Features Part 5: the Site Sucker
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 03/13/2006
When subscribers ask questions in the CMX forums about a Web page, sometimes I need to download the page with all its dependent files so I can troubleshoot it. Or, I may want to edit a site for which I do not have the FTP information. Rather than use the Internet Explorer or Safari Web archive option, I turn to Adobe GoLive with its built in site and page sucking feature. All I have to do is paste in the URL of the desired page, and GoLive quickly does the rest.

Dreamweaver Using JumpStarts with Cartweaver, Featuring Minneapolis
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 03/09/2006
JumpStarts are great starting points for dynamic sites, and the Minneapolis JumpStart is a great starting point for a dynamic e-commerce site. Shopping carts like Cartweaver integrate well with Dreamweaver, but how do you integrate a third-party cart with a JumpStart? This tutorial, written by a member of the Cartweaver team and Community MX, shows one way of integrating the two.

Flash Masking Flash Video
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 03/08/2006
Sometimes you are handed a video that is just so good, it should be framed. For instance there was that video shot when Chris Flick, whose career has been built on "slandering" me, and I "hooked up" at TODCON and I did my version of "Kill Chris"! Here's how to put it in a frame and, along the way, you learn how to mask a video.

Fireworks Batch Processing Images to a Custom File Size
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 03/07/2006
Fireworks Batch processing features can really save you time when you have to do the same thing to a bunch of images. A recent question in the Macromedia Fireworks forum made me stop to think of another batch processing routine that may come in handy for people; batch processing images to a specific file size.

Let's say you have a large number of photos that are different file sizes. Perhaps due to disc space restrictions or file size limitations for a web gallery or e-commerce site, you have to ensure that ALL the images not exceed a specific file size.

This tutorial will show you how to create a batch process for exporting a folder full of files to a specific file size, how to create your own custom Optimization Presets, and how to to save multiple Batch Options as a single script file that can be accessed in the Batch Process window.

Flash Flash Video Deployment: A Case Study with TEACHnow.org, Part 1: Video Requirements
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 03/07/2006
Since the release of Flash Player 8, a lot of buzz has been generating about the new and improved quality of Flash Video, thanks to the On2 VP6 codec that is part of the Flash Player 8 plug-in. In Part 1 of this series, the process of deploying a 35-minute documentary with Flash Video is examined.

Flash Loaders Demystified: Part 1 - Usability Guidelines
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 02/28/2006
In this series we are going to look at all the different kinds of flash loaders — what they're for, how to build them and when to use them. For those Flash users who think they know everything there is ot know about loaders, we hope to show you some new tricks.

In this tutorial — Part 1 of this series — we will be looking at basic loader concepts and loader usability. In Part 2, we'll go over a variation on the classic frame-based loader, upgraded to ActionScript 2.0 syntax.

The Loaders Demystified Series
Loaders Demystified: Part 1 - Usability Guidelines
Loaders Demystified: Part 2 - Creating a Simple Loader
Loaders Demystified: Part 3 - Getting Creative with Progress Indicators
Loaders Demystified: Part 4 - Using the CMX GIF Pre-Loader Packs

Flash Stupid Web Cam Tricks: Part 1
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 02/15/2006
Why wave at the world when you can can turn your web camera into a kaleidoscope?

Open Source Getting Started with Eclipse - Part 2
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 02/02/2006
In the second article of this series, you'll learn how to install Eclipse plug-ins for ColdFusion, PHP, and ActionScript.

The Getting Started with Eclipse Series:
Getting Started with Eclipse - Part 1
Getting Started with Eclipse - Part 2
Getting Started with Eclipse - Part 3

Flash Flash Video Cue Points: Part 3 - Building a List of Embedded Cue Points
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 01/30/2006
Are you looking for a way to read cue point data from an FLV file you created with the Flash 8 Video Encoder or the Flash Pro 8 Video Import wizard? In this tutorial, learn how to populate a List component with cue point names from a sample FLV file, as shown in the completed Flash movie below. As the video plays, the appropriate cue point highlights in the List component.

This text is replaced by the Flash movie.

The Flash Video Cue Points Series:
Flash Video Cue Points: Part 1 - Overview of Cue Points
Flash Video Cue Points: Part 2 - Embedded Navigation Cue Points with Flash Pro 8
Flash Video Cue Points: Part 3 - Building a List of Embedded Cue Points
Flash Video Cue Points: Part 4 - Adding Cue Points with Sorenson Squeeze 4.3 Coming Soon

Approximate download: 3MB

GoLive Cool Adobe GoLive Features - Part 2: Extending With Smart Forms
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 01/25/2006
In the second article of the cool GoLive features series we will look at GoLive Smart Forms and International Smart Forms, two free extensions created by Adam Pratt that add 50 commonly used forms to your pages. If you ever laboriously typed out all the labels and values for a country list, or found yourself constructing an elaborate eCommerce form, you're going to love these starter forms and form objects.

The Cool GoLive Features Series:
Cool Adobe GoLive Features: Part 1 - The Site Diagram Tool
Cool Adobe GoLive Features: Part 2 - Extending With Smart Forms

GoLive Cool Adobe GoLive Features: Part One - The Site Diagram Tool
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 01/18/2006
If you purchased Adobe CS2 Premium, you may have noticed that you get Adobe's Web authoring program GoLive in the package. If you have been using Dreamweaver, you might have suppressed your curiosity to investigate further. Because I have taught and used GoLive over the years, however, I've discovered some unique and wonderful features that I would like to share. They may make you want to take a second look and even "weave" a few GoLive tools into your workflow.

In this article, I will introduce GoLive's Site Diagram tool. With it, you can structure an entire site, generate its folders and pages, add annotations, and present a beautifully designed diagram in PDF or SVG format to clients.

The Cool GoLive Features Series:
Cool Adobe GoLive Features: Part 1 - The Site Diagram Tool
Cool Adobe GoLive Features: Part 2 - Extending With Smart Forms

Reviews Getting Movies onto Your iPod
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 01/18/2006
In this article, you'll learn how to rip your DVDs to MPEG-4 format for playback on the fifth-generation iPod Video. You'll also learn how to view your iPod videos on a computer or television.

Fireworks A Fireworks Quickie - Creating a Custom Command for Auto Shapes
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 01/09/2006
I was reading an interesting thread on the Fireworks Newsgroup recently, about Auto Shapes. More specifically, the user wanted to know if there was any way he could get Fireworks to remember the specific settings for the Pie Auto Shape, in terms of size, segments and position on the canvas.

Without editing the actual JavaScript code for the Auto Shape, I don't think there is a way to get FW to lock in those changes permanently, but I discovered that — using Fireworks 8 — there is a way to create a custom command that does basically the same thing.

I'm a big fan of finding ways to reduce repetition; it saves you time, increases productivity and — let's face it — if I have to add a shape to 200 images for use as a mask object or some such thing, I really don't want to be building the shape from scratch every single time. BORING!!!

A custom command is created by saving a series of steps in the History panel as a single command. Once saved, the command will appear in the Command menu, and is useable on any open file.

I say Fireworks 8 because I found it necessary to use the new Auto Shapes panel to achieve the end result. Typically — and in earlier versions of FW — the only way to put an Auto Shape from the tool bar onto the canvas was to select the shape, then click and drag to draw the shape to your desired size. To edit the properties of the Auto Shape, you would normally drag the shape control handles. The problem with both these steps is that they cannot be recorded by the History panel, because they both rely on mouse movement. In FW 8, we have the new Auto Shape Properties panel, though. We can control every aspect of the shape from this panel, including the ability to insert new, additional shapes without going to the toolbar. This method worked on every auto shape I tested; it is not limited to the pie shape.

So follow along in this quick tutorial to see just how easy this process is. Who knows — it might even save YOU some time.

Flash The Local File System and Flash
by: Danny Patterson
Release Date: 12/19/2005
It seems like Flash developers always want to save data to the user's local file system. For security reasons, Flash does not give a SWF permission to do this. However, with the features found in many of today's top Flash projector tools, you can write to the user's local file system.

In this article, we will examine Zinc, one of the most popular Flash projectors on the market, and see how we can use it to save an XML file to the user's hard drive.

Freehand Christmas Themed Photo Borders Using Freehand - Part 2
by: Kim Dudley
Release Date: 12/14/2005
Take a break from all that Christmas shopping and light up some of your pictures and layouts. This tutorial uses some of Freehand's basic drawing tools to create a quick and easy photo border that looks like a string of glowing Christmas lights. This frame can quickly be created and adjusted to fit any picture or layout so you can get back to all your Christmas related tasks in no time.

CSS Preparing For IE7 - Part Four - Updating a Real World Style Sheet
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 12/13/2005
In Part 4 of our IE7 series, we loosen our collars and have some fun. We'll be digging through a real world, complex, and quite lengthy stylesheet, hunting for CSS hacks! Our goal is to find the ones that will make IE7 choke, and do whatever it takes to remedy the situation.

Each CSS hack will be taken as it comes, with tips on how to deal with each type, and the final result will be a CSS file that will pass muster when the masses start switching to IE7.

Oh, by the way, the file we will be exploring is, ahem... CMX's own stylesheet! Please don your protective gear and join us, won't you?

The Preparing for IE7 Series:
Preparing for IE7 - Part One
Preparing for IE7 - Part Two
Preparing for IE7 - Part Three: Multiple IE Browsers on One Computer
Preparing for IE7 - Part Four: Updating a Real World Style Sheet
Preparing for IE7 - Part Five

CSS Creating Elastic Layouts with the em Unit
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 12/08/2005
Traditionally, there have been two types of web page layouts: fixed/static or liquid/fluid. Now that CSS-based layout is possible, there are several more options. One of these is called elastic layout. In an elastic layout, the width of columns is set in ems so that the design can scale as the user's text size is changed. This can create layouts that are more flexible and attuned to the user's preferences than fixed-width, pixel-based designs but afford the designer more control over the placement of elements on the page than liquid, percentage-based designs. This article will show how to use ems as a measurement of width and introduce the technique behind a fully elastic design.

CSS Preparing For IE7 - Part Three - Multiple IE Browsers on One Computer
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 12/07/2005
As the introduction of IE7 looms on the horizon, bringing yet another IE/Win version to the current list of browsers that web pages must be checked in, it would be great to have the ability to easily test on all these browsers. We've discovered that we can target different IE/Win browsers using Conditional Comments (CC), but up until recently testing in multiple versions of IE required several computers, or some special software instead.

This is no longer the case. It's now possible to have IE3, IE4, IE5, IE5.5, and IE6 all working at the same time on one Windows computer! In this tutorial we'll describe how to install and label several versions IE/Win on a single computer. We'll also make a registry adjustment that will allow CCs to work properly on these newly installed browsers. Onward!

The Preparing for IE7 Series:
Preparing for IE7 - Part One
Preparing for IE7 - Part Two
Preparing for IE7 - Part Three: Multiple IE Browsers on One Computer
Preparing for IE7 - Part Four: Updating a Real World Style Sheet
Preparing for IE7 - Part Five

CSS The Many Uses of the Malleable em
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 12/01/2005
Most people first encounter the em unit as a way to size text using CSS. This article will show you how to do just that. But, there's more to the em unit than just font sizing. It can be used as a length unit on any property that takes a length. You'll learn how to use the em unit as length for margin and padding to create pages that scale more gracefully.

Dreamweaver Show and Hide Content Based on User Access Levels
by: Danilo Celic
Release Date: 11/23/2005
Dreamweaver's native Log In User server behavior combined with the Restrict Access to Page server behavior can help you protect your pages from prying eyes. However, when it comes to more fine grained control of content on pages viewable by users from multiple access levels, Dreamweaver doesn't have anything built in to offer any assistance to you.

Read on to learn how to show and hide content on a page based upon the access level (user group) of a logged in visitor.

Fireworks The Many Uses of Fireworks - Part 2 - PowerPoint Backgrounds
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 11/16/2005
As we learned in Part 1, Fireworks is not just for web graphics. I think of FW as a screen graphics app. It lends itself well to almost any production flow that needs screen quality images, such as Captivate, PowerPoint, Flash, Director and even the desktop.

In Part 1, we looked at how to make promotional wallpaper for your site's visitors, including ways to batch process your files at various pixel dimensions. In Part 2, we will explore Fireworks' capability as a graphics editor/creator for PowerPoint and Captivate.

For good or ill, PowerPoint has become the de facto standard for many types of corporate presentations. Product launches, sales meetings, conferences, and the list goes on. It's easy enough to build a presentation using only the design templates that come with PowerPoint, but your presentation might look very much like someone else's. Also, the stock designs may not utilize a given company's corporate colors. And in many cases, the person creating the presentation may not have the skills, software or time to put together a custom look.

This is where you and Fireworks come in to save the day. Creating custom backgrounds and navigation art — even if it's just optimizing the images that exist in a current presentation — can mean another revenue source for you. And if you're like me — an independent contractor — having your fingers in several pies helps smooth out the highs and lows of project work.

Flash Create a Talking Head Video Using Adobe Premiere Pro and Flash Professional 8
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 11/14/2005
The ability to use video with an Alpha Channel is new to Flash Professional 8. This articles shows how to create the video and then place it in Flash. Ever wondered how they create those talking head videos and cool banner ads on the Macromedia site? Read on...

Open Source Getting Started with Eclipse - Part 1
by: CMX
Release Date: 11/02/2005
Eclipse is an open-source IDE widely used for Java development and developed by the Eclipse Foundation. Eclipse, in conjunction with plug-ins, can be used as an environment for any number of programming languages. There are plugins for ColdFusion, .NET, PHP, and even Ada and LISP. In addition, Macromedia is joining the Eclipse Foundation and has built a Flex IDE, formerly code-named Zorn, based on the Eclipse editor.

In this article, you'll learn how to download and install Eclipse, define a workspace, and create and debug a "Hello world!" application in Java.

The Getting Started with Eclipse Series:
Getting Started with Eclipse - Part 1
Getting Started with Eclipse - Part 2
Getting Started with Eclipse - Part 3

CSS Working with TopStyle - Part 1
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 10/18/2005
In this series of tutorials we will be looking at integrating TopStyle with Dreamweaver and investigating the features that TopStyle provides us with for working with CSS files.

The Working with TopStyle Series
Working with TopStyle - Part 1
Working with TopStyle - Part 2
Working with TopStyle - Part 3
Working with TopStyle - Part 4 Coming Soon

Fireworks A Fireworks Quickie - Using Hue/Saturation Live Filters to Colorize an Image
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 10/18/2005
I'm always looking for cool new things to do with photos. Sometimes I even stumble across techniques by accident. It's even cooler when that technique is easy to do, as in this tutorial about colorizing an image using the Hue/Saturation Live Filter (Live Effect in MX 04 and earlier).

Dreamweaver Adding Flash Video to Dreamweaver 8
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 10/12/2005
Web video is suddenly all the rage thanks to Flash Professional 8, those wonderful people at On2 and Sorenson and the folks at Adobe who provide the video editing software. It is enough to make a web developer's head spin. Suddenly we are confronted with putting web video in our web pages because clients see the neat stuff the "Cool Kids" over on the Flash side of the street are doing and we get caught with a "Me too!" The guys at Macromedia must have anticipated this because they did something with Flash Video in Dreamweaver 8 that is rather amazing; they made it even easier to use. Best off all, it is free.

Prior to the release of Dreamweaver 8, the Flash Video Kit for Dreamweaver MX 2004 was a spending decision on your part if you wanted to add Flash video to your pages. Mind you, the "Kit" included a copy of Sorenson Squeeze Lite and it is still an integral FLV creation tool if you didn't purchase either Studio 8 or Flash Professional 8. The Video Kit is now bundled with the application and is even better than the retail version of the Video Kit.

Macromedia has pulled off a rather amazing feat with Dreamweaver 8. They made adding video to your web pages even easier than ever.

Flash Choosing a Video Codec for Your Flash 8 Movie
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 09/28/2005
By now, you've probably heard about--and seen--the new On2 VP6 codec featured in Flash Player 8. While the codec offers image quality that is far superior to Sorenson Spark, On2 VP6 is not always the best choice for your video content. In this article, you learn how to determine which codec will offer the best experience to your audience.

CSS An Introduction to MOSe
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 09/22/2005
The term MOSe means Mozilla, Opera and Safari enhancement. In this article we will explore some practical ways in which you can spice up your CSS designs for users equipped with up to date browsing software.

Due to the lack of modern CSS support in some browsers, many developers and designers find themselves in the rut of only using code that they know works for the masses. However, if we take advantage of modern CSS syntax and proprieatary code we can enhance aethetics beyond the norm for users with standards compliant browser software without sacrificing the experience for users equipped with older browsers.

Let's have a look at some commonly used design elements and see how we can add some more flavour to them.

Dreamweaver Rotating Images with Dreamweaver and JavaScript
by: Danilo Celic
Release Date: 09/21/2005
Slideshow, rotating images, image-a-go-go, whatever you want to call it, a client will ask for an image or banner to swap out with another image (or more than one), and continue swapping every so often. With Dreamweaver it's pretty easy to throw together some scripting that will accomplish just that for your client. Dreamweaver does most of the heavy lifting, and all you need to do is to paste in a little bit of code, set the images you want to display, how long you want the interval between image swaps to be and your all ready to send the invoice. Right, yes you did read that you'd be doing a bit of work up there, but don't worry, once you have this technique down it can take you as little as 20 seconds to get this going.

ColdFusion What's with the Question Marks? Or: Where are my Curly Quotes?
by: Arman Danesh
Release Date: 09/14/2005
If you work with ColdFusion and popular databases such as MySQL you my find yourself geting strange results. Even if you don't use non-Roman scripts such as Chinese or Arabic you may find curly quotes or other extended characters magically becoming question marks. This article discusses techniques you can use to resolve this common problem.

Captivate Text in Captivate
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 09/13/2005
Why, oh why, oh why do people not format their text in Captivate? Here's a quick overview of some the options available to you for formatting your text in Captivate.

Flash Creating a Video Player in Flash Professional 8
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 08/29/2005
Macromedia seems to have pulled off a magic trick: Make Flash video more complex but easier than ever to use.

In the first part of this overview of the new video features of Flash Professional 8, I showed you how to use the new tools in Flash Professional 8 — The Wizard and the Flash 8 Video Encoder — to create the FLV file. In this installment I will walk you through the use of the new FLVPlayback component and the new FLV Custom PlayBack UI components.

Accessibility Accessibility and the Label Tag
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 08/23/2005
In this tutorial we will look at how we can build and lay out accessible forms. In particular we will focus on the label element and we will see how the label can be used to not only increase the focus area of any form element but at the same time be utilised to give our form layouts a little more structure than a simple stacking of form elements in a single column.

Flash Applying Filters Programmatically in Flash 8
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 08/10/2005
If you read Tom Green's article, Getting Expressive with Flash 8 Professional, you learned about the new filters — Drop Shadow, Blur, Glow, etc. — that you can apply to movie clips and text at authoring time. In this article, you'll learn how to apply the new filters to movie clips and text fields at runtime using ActionScript.

Flash Getting Started With Flash Lite
by: Paul Wilson
Release Date: 08/04/2005
Flash Lite is the version of the Macromedia Flash Player that has been specifically designed for use on mobile phones. This article aims to give you an introduction to developing content for mobile devices and the tools you need to start building applications using Flash Lite.

Flash Better Practices for Flash Designers - Part 1: Coding Buttons
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 08/03/2005
One of the many beauties of Flash is that you can create interactive movies with a variety of techniques and ActionScript code, each accommodating a specific user's level of comfort and familiarity with the Flash toolset. In this tutorial, you learn how to expand your use of ActionScript to better organize and write your code for buttons.

The Better Practices for Flash Designers Series:
Better Practices for Flash Designers - Part 1: Coding Buttons
Better Practices for Flash Designers - Part 2: Using Shared Fonts
Better Practices for Flash Designers - Part 3: Building Better Buttons
Better Practices for Flash Designers - Part 4: Creating a Button Class

CSS Getting Rid of the Page Shift
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 07/18/2005
If you've built a centered, fixed-width site, or just browsed through any sites with such layouts, you may have noticed a strange left to right shift in the content between pages that doesn't occur in Internet Explorer, but does in other browsers, such as Firefox, Opera, and Safari. Find out why it happens and what to include in your style sheet to prevent it on your own site, as well as how to customize your browser so that you never see the shift again on any site across the web!

CSS The Jello Mold: A New Look at Min- and Max-width For Web Pages - Part One
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 06/30/2005
When designing a web page, a very important factor is width. If you do not assign an overall width to your page it will fill the user's browser window, whereas a rigid pixel-width wrapper will keep the page width constant, but has its own potential negative points.

As you can see, this is not a trivial issue. Ideally, we would be able to use the CSS min-width and max-width properties to solve the problem. However, Internet Explorer browsers (both Win and Mac) do not currently support them. Scripts are available to accomplish the task, but can introduce browser bugs of their own.

The first part of this tutorial series will introduce a new method of allowing min-width to be simulated in IE browsers without using scripts. It is cross-browser-friendly, as well. We think you're going to like the Jello Mold.

Flash Using the Macromedia Flash / JavaScript Integration Kit
by: Danny Patterson
Release Date: 06/17/2005
The Flash/JavaScript Integration Kit was developed by Christian Cantrell and Mike Chambers at Macromedia. It was developed to make the communication between Flash and JavaScript easier to implement. This isn't a new technology, but it's a straightforward way to implement this type of communication between these different pieces of your application. This article discusses the benefits of the Integration Kit and gives a simple demonstration of how it can be used.

CSS List Display Problems In Explorer For Windows - Part One
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 06/01/2005
This tutorial begins a series about display problems encountered in Internet Explorer for Windows when using list elements. First up, we will discover some differences between browsers and how to compensate for them, and then we will solve the mystery of the missing bullets in IE. Join us!

Flash Data Binding in Flash MX Pro 2004 - Part 1: Visual Binding with the List and MediaPlayback Component
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 05/17/2005
Flash MX Professional 2004 enables you to quickly bind two or more components together with interactive behaviors using the new Bindings and Schema tabs of the Component Inspector. In this tutorial, you learn how to add a list of FLV files to the List component and bind the selected item's data to the MediaPlayback component.

The DataBinding in Flash MX Pro 2004 Series:
DataBinding in Flash MX Pro 2004 - Part 1: Visual Binding with the List and MediaPlayback Component
DataBinding in Flash MX Pro 2004 - Part 2: Using the XMLConnector Component to Populate a List
DataBinding in Flash MX Pro 2004 - Part 3: Loading Text with the XMLConnector Component
DataBinding in Flash MX Pro 2004 - Part 4: Styling Label and TextArea Components
DataBinding in Flash MX Pro 2004 - Part 5: Coding XMLConnector and List Components

Fireworks A Fireworks Quickie - Using Text as a Mask
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 05/16/2005
In this introductory masking tutorial we will take a photograph and mask it with a string of text. This technique is requested often in various user groups. While not difficult to do, it certainly expands the creative options for text.

ASP.NET AJAX.NET
by: Joel Martinez
Release Date: 05/06/2005
AJAX, it's the hottest thing since sliced bread right now. It stands for Asynchronous Javascript using XMLHttpRequest and the basic premise of it is that you can call serverside code from client side javascript without reloading the page. In essence, this gives almost limitless powers (as far as programming languages go) to the little script that could. The canonical example that started the whole craze was Google Suggest, where search results show up as you type.

In this article, I'm going to discuss a novel product (AJAX.NET) which is thankfully free, that takes all the guesswork out of creating AJAX applications. The code is presented in C# and you will not need a compiler to run it.

Fireworks Easy Text Effects: Part 1
by: Linda Nicholls
Release Date: 03/31/2005
Text as art form is still possible for Web pages, but to use it with any flair, the Web designer must still fall back on graphic text. With a powerful imaging tool like Fireworks, it is possible to create graphic text—for headings and titles, and as design elements in their own right—that rival the best of the printed media.

The Easy Text Effects Series:
Easy Text Effects: Part 1
Easy Text Effects: Part 2 - Grunge Text Decollage
Easy Text Effects: Part 3 - 3D Innies and Outies
Easy Text Effects: Part 4 - Punch Your Text up With a Highlight

ColdFusion ColdFusion MX 7 on Macintosh OS X: Part 2
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 03/25/2005
Part 2 in our CF 7/Panther series shows you how to install the latest version of ColdFusion with JRun 4 in a number of different scenarios: as a new version, as an upgrade from an earlier version, or as a parallel installation with your existing version of ColdFusion.

CSS CSS Flyouts - Part One
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 03/23/2005
Using the techniques learned in the CSS Tooltips series, we begin creating a CSS flyout menu system. This first installment covers building a navigation menu with single levels of nested lists. Issues relating to z-index and browser bugs are covered along with what to do if a browser doesn't support hovering (IE5/Mac), or if scripting is disabled (in IE/Win).

The CSS Flyouts Series:
CSS Flyouts - Part One
CSS Flyouts - Part Two
CSS Flyouts - Part Three
CSS Flyouts - Part Four

ColdFusion Discovering CFMX 7: Flash Forms - Part 1
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 02/25/2005
In this tutorial, we will be looking at how ColdFusion MX 7 makes it very easy for us to use and create flash forms in our work.

We will be looking at how to set up the forms and we'll investigate tabbed navigation and paging. Breaking our forms down into manageable chunks can be very helpful for our users, particularly on large forms. CFMX 7 makes it very easy for us to do this.

Finally we will look at skinning our flash forms and the skins that are natively available on the CFMX 7 server.

Fireworks Slicing Fireworks Navigation Bars With Frames
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 02/25/2005
A question that often comes up when discussing slicing Fireworks navigation compositions is "Should I use layers or frames for composing my image?" The short answer is, "Yes", which is really no answer at all of course. The slightly longer answer is "It depends."

In a previous Captivate video tutorial I showed you how to slice with layers. In this tutorial, also done with Captivate, you'll see how frames can be used for more complex navigation schemes, and see an example of the kind of image that might be more suitable for this slicing technique. You'll also see how this method differs from the layer method so you can make an informed decision about the best way to tackle that complex exporting job.

Flash Automating sIFR Font SWF Creation With Flash MX 2004 and JSFL
by: Danilo Celic
Release Date: 02/02/2005
sIFR may well revolutionize web fontography. If you're not familiar with sIFR, it stands for scalable Inman Flash Replacement. You can read more about it, including the source of its name at Mike Davidson's Blog one of the lead developer's of sIFR (search for sIFR if its no longer listed on the front page).

This tutorial will show you how to automate the creation of the SWF font files that are used by the sIFR technique.

This tutorial requires at least Flash MX 2004.

CSS North Pole: A Structural CSS Positioning Study
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 01/18/2005
In this tutorial we will clear away all the elements that are used to style the North Pole JumpStart so that we are only left with the structure of the document. We will then investigate how the layout is structured and the techniques that are used to position the structural elements of the layout.

CSS CSS Tooltips - Part Two
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 01/12/2005
The heart of the CSS tooltip method depends on the :hover pseudo-class. Most modern browsers now support this CSS 2 feature. Internet Explorer for Windows lags behind in this area, supporting the :hover pseudo-class only on link elements.

However, IE5/Win and above can be made to support hovering on any element. In Part Two of our CSS Tooltips tutorial series we explain how to make this happen.

The Tooltips Series:

Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4
Part 5
Part 6>

CSS CSS Tooltips - Part One
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 01/04/2005
Have you ever wanted to replace those ugly webpage tooltips that you see with fancy, styled tooltips of your own? Join us as we explain how to do this without using any JavaScript whatsoever. That's right, these handy little gems are pure CSS!

The Tooltips Series:

Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4
Part 5
Part 6

Fireworks Creating a Curled Photo
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 12/21/2004
This tutorial is a direct response to a question I found in the MM Newsgroup. Someone was asking how to create a curled or bent photo effect. This process is quite easy in PhotoShop, using a combination of the Shear Filter and the Transform Perspective feature. You can do something quite similar in Fireworks, even though it doesn't have a Live Effect or filter that is equivalent to PhotoShop's Shear Filter. In the following video tutorials, we'll make use of vector masks, the Skew tool and custom gradients to get a pretty striking (and fully editable) result.

Dreamweaver CMX JumpStarts: North Pole
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 12/16/2004
The North Pole JumpStart is a two column, fixed width design that uses clever deployment of background images in both the navigational elements and the content areas of the design. The graphics used in North Pole are both simple and complex. They range from the beautifully created snowman made in Freehand and converted to Fireworks to some Christmas black line art that was coloured in to make simple yet effective images that enhanced the Christmas theme with only a few minutes work. Come and have a look!

CSS Creating Liquid Faux Columns
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 12/08/2004
Web designers converting from table-based to CSS-based design are often frustrated by the seeming inability to create equal height columns in CSS, an easy task with tables. Once they learn about the famous "faux columns" technique that simulates equal height columns using a tiling background image on a container, many remain frustrated that the technique only works for fixed width designs. Not so! This article will show you how to create liquid equal height columns using cleverly constructed background images and the background-position property.

Flash Distributing Classes in SWC Files
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 12/07/2004
As a developer working with several ActionScript 2.0 (AS2) classes, you may find it easier to package your classes as a compiled clip within a distributable SWC file. While authoring in Flash MX Professional 2004, you may have already seen such compiled AS2 classes, such as the RemotingClasses clip or the DataBindingClasses clip. In this tutorial, you learn how to package custom AS2 classes and distribute them as SWC files.

CSS Do You Want To Do That With CSS? - Multiple Column Lists
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 11/29/2004
It is generally well known that list items in an <ol> or <ul> will display vertically in their default presentation. For short lists, or navigation menus, this generally isn't considered a problem. But in other cases, having an extensive list display vertically isn't quite as desirable. It might be a better use of screen space to have that list appear as a series of columns, side by side. In the past, this was done by placing separate lists in individual table cells, or by floating the lists. Semantically it is more desirable not to break up a list this way, but is there another choice? Yes, there is! Join us as we explain a new CSS method that uses a single list while displaying that list as multiple columns. Let's go!

Flash Streaming MP3s with Flash Communication Server: Part 1 - Streaming Basics
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 11/04/2004
One of the exciting additions to Macromedia Flash Communication Server MX in version 1.5 is the capability to stream MP3 files in real-time. In this tutorial, you learn how to set up MP3 files within a Comm Server application and stream those files in real-time to a Flash movie.

The Streaming MP3s Series:
Streaming MP3s with Flash Communication Server: Part 1 - Streaming Basics
Streaming MP3s with Flash Communication Server: Part 2 - Creating an MP3 Component
Streaming MP3s with Flash Communication Server: Part 3 - Adding a Playlist to the MP3 Component
Streaming MP3s with Flash Communication Server: Part 4 - Using Other Playback Components
Streaming MP3s with Flash Communication Server: Part 5 - Creating an MP3 Database
Streaming MP3s with Flash Communication Server: Part 6 - Displaying Dynamic MP3 Data in a Flash UI
Streaming MP3s with Flash Communication Server: Part 7 - Linking MP3 Directories to the FCS App
Streaming MP3s with Flash Communication Server: Part 8 - Playing Streams from Virtual Directories Coming Soon

Fireworks Deconstructing JibJab: Creating Talking Heads
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 10/14/2004
The campaign for the American President in 2004 has seen an interesting phenomenon develop--the use of Flash for the creation of "home-made" campaign commercials. By far the funniest, and the most-widely viewed, are the two Flash movies created by the two brothers at JibJab.com. This tutorial includes 5 movies where you'll see how one part of that video might have been done using Fireworks and Flash. You'll take a look at the creation of a talking head in this tutorial and see how masks are used for editing bitmap images, how the use of layers in Fireworks allows you to create a single master file, and how the different pieces are brought together in Flash to create an animated talking head.

Education WebQuests for Teachers - Part 3 - Creating an Original WebQuest
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 10/07/2004
In the first part of this series, we introduced the WebQuest and a bit of its history. We learned that this lesson in a Web page allows students to make safe use of Internet resources and discussed the six sections that make up a traditional WebQuest. In the second part of the series, we reconstructed the "Time Machine MTV" WebQuest from scratch. Now, in the third and final part of the series, we'll look at strategies for developing your WebQuest content, where to find images on the web, how to evaluate the web pages where information is found, common student errors to be aware of and finally, how to share your Web Quest on the information super highway.

The WebQuest Series:

Part 1: WebQuests for Teachers
Part 2: WebQuests for Teachers - Reconstructing
Part 3: WebQuests for Teachers - Creating an Original WebQuest

Education WebQuests for Teachers - Part 2 - Reconstructing
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 09/27/2004
In the first part of this series, we introduced the WebQuest and a bit of its history. We learned that this lesson in a Web page allows students to make safe use of Internet resources. We also discussed the six sections that make up a traditional WebQuest, and how the WebQuest should be more than mere fact-finding. Finally, we looked at the completed version of the "Time Machine MTV" WebQuest that we're going to reconstruct from scratch. The moment to do that is now upon us, so let's get started.

The WebQuest Series:

Part 1: WebQuests for Teachers
Part 2: WebQuests for Teachers - Reconstructing
Part 3: WebQuests for Teachers - Creating an Original WebQuest

Dreamweaver Flash Video Kit for Dreamweaver MX 2004
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 09/17/2004
In typical Macromedia fashion, the Flash Video Kit has been quietly introduced and, based on my first impressions, they have a sleeper hit on their hands.This thing is an absolute breeze to use and doesn't require you to know anything about video in Flash. No components. No "netConnections". No "netStreams". No video objects. No intimate knowledge of Actionscript 2.0. Nothing. Nadda. If you can access a menu item in Dreamweaver, you can now add video to your web pages.

Education WebQuests for Teachers - Part 1
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 09/07/2004
The World Wide Web has been an important part of our lives for a decade or more. Many things about the Internet have changed dramatically during this time, but one thing hasn't. Parents and teachers want children to participate in all the Web has to offer, but they don't want to expose them to danger in the process. Back in 1995, Bernie Dodge and Tom March of San Diego State University thought of a way to accomplish the seemingly contradictory goals of safety and access. They created the WebQuest.

The WebQuest Series:

Part 1: WebQuests for Teachers
Part 2: WebQuests for Teachers - Reconstructing

Part 3: WebQuests for Teachers - Creating an Original WebQuest

Reviews Capturing Screenshots with SnagIt 7.1
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 08/25/2004
The latest version of TechSmith's SnagIt may be the best screen capture utility available. In this video tutorial, learn how to configure SnagIt 7.1 to send screenshots to Microsoft Outlook, MSN Messenger, and external applications such as Fireworks MX 2004.

Fireworks Fireworks How To: The Ultimate Aqua Button
by: Brian Edgin
Release Date: 08/19/2004
Vectors and Live Effects make Fireworks the perfect application to create the ultimate Aqua Button. This tutorial will show you how to take full advantage of Fireworks MX and MX 2004 to create a no design compromise Aqua Button using only 5 vector objects (6 if you include the text on the button).

Flash Vodafone For the Rest Of Us: How Did They Do It? - Part 2
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 08/18/2004
Just because you don't have the resources to pick up a copy of Flash Professional is no reason to be shut out of the web video game. Here's how to create the Vodafone Video Bracelet using Flash MX 2004.

Flash Vodafone: How Did They Do That?
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 08/10/2004
Going from concept- let's show the future of wireless communication- to upload in less than 30 minutes using the tools in the Studio, I show how to put a video on a a wrist watch and how to create an effect used in the Vodafone site.

Fireworks Creating a Spiral Binding with the Ribbon Auto Shape
by: Brian Edgin
Release Date: 07/30/2004
Last week we introduced the Ribbon Auto Shape. This week we "Kick it up a notch!" and use it to create a great looking spiral binding graphic. This tutorial shows you how to use the Ribbon Auto Shape to create a realistic looking spiral notebook and also demonstrates some tricks for adjusting Auto Shape colors and working with ungrouped Auto Shapes.

Flash Flash, DHTML Menus and Accessibility
by: Stephanie Sullivan
Release Date: 07/28/2004
It's not uncommon to hear developers complaining that their DHTML menus, when triggered, have dropped behind the Flash movie below them. It's also not uncommon to hear, "that's just how they work." Before Flash Player 6, that was true in many browsers. But nowadays, it's become urban legend. With Flash Player 6, Macromedia introduced windowless mode for Netscape and Mac OS X (previously it was supported only for Windows). In the process, this also gave developers a way to completely hide Flash from older screen readers and the focus issues they can have with it. In fact, when Flash is purely used as eye candy, it's wise to remove it from the flow of the screen reader's page so that they don't have to listen to Flash without a purpose.

CSS The Practice of CSS Column Design: Boxes in Columns
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 07/14/2004
This tutorial expands our discussion about making accessible layouts using divs for basic page construction blocks. Using CSS, we'll show how to build a column of separate bordered boxes, each with a colored header, similar those currently in use on the CMX main page (as of July, 2004). We'll also discuss collapsing and escaping margins, and a few other things to look out for on our way to some nicely styled Bordered Boxes.

General Business More Money - Same Workload
by: Tricia Littlefield
Release Date: 07/12/2004
Using a simple time and billing program helped me make more money, make better business decisions and bid on flat fee projects more accurately. Best of all, the software was easy to use and blended into my workflow problem-free. Read how a time and billing software program can help you and then watch a video on how to use one such program.

CSS CSS An Introduction - Part Eleven: Some Fun With Valid and Some Not So Valid CSS
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 06/07/2004
In this tutorial we will look at some valid, and some not so valid CSS that we can use to style our form elements, or anything else for that matter. We'll see if we can get a little inventive and look at one or two proprietary CSS techniques that are made available to us for use with Gecko browsers.

The Introduction to CSS Series:

Part 1: An Introduction to the Syntax of CSS
Part 2: Using CSS to Apply Background Images
Part 3: The Descendant Selector
Part 4: Type Selectors and Grouping
Part 5: Working with Paragraphs
Part 6: The Basics of Positioning
Part 7: Working with the Class Selector
Part 8: Working with the ID Selector
Part 9: The Child Selector and First-Child Pseudo Selector
Part 10: The Link and Dynamic Pseudo-classes
Part 11: Some fun with valid and some not so valid CSS
Part 12: Looking at text formatting
Part 13: Working with a Wrapper div

Flash The Basics of Flash Buttons and Navigation Bars
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 05/06/2004
You've designed a great Flash button, or a series of Flash buttons for a navigation bar, but now what? In this tutorial you'll learn the basics of working with Flash navigation objects, including the all-important step of making them actually work in your HTML pages.

Fireworks Mother's Day with Fireworks
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 05/05/2004
Mother's Day is fast approaching. Now, I don't know about you, but my Mom got bitten by the Internet bug a couple years ago. She's always online, chatting with friends or one of my siblings. So what better way to say, "Thanks, Mom!" than to send her a Mother's Day card made by l'il old me. This tutorial uses native Fireworks effects to create a warm and fuzzy Mother's Day card, that you could email or post on the web for the world to see. As it happens, my Mom is going to be out west on Mother's Day, visiting my brother and his family. So I think this card will be a perfect little way to say that I love her.

General Business Creating Desktop Recordings with Camtasia Studio 2
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 04/30/2004
If you've spent some time on CommunityMX.com, you probably already know that we offer video tutorials. What you may not know is that we use Camtasia Studio 2 to create them. In this tutorial, you'll learn how to record screen actions with Camtasia Studio 2, assemble the elements of your project, and publish the completed video to Flash SWF format.

CSS CSS An Introduction - Part Six: The Basics of Positioning
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 04/29/2004
In this tutorial, we will take a look at how we can position elements with CSS. This technique is commonly referred to as CSS-P. We will look at how we can position elements using margins, absolute, relative, and static positioning.

The Introduction to CSS Series:

Part 1: An Introduction to the Syntax of CSS
Part 2: Using CSS to Apply Background Images
Part 3: The Descendant Selector
Part 4: Type Selectors and Grouping
Part 5: Working with Paragraphs
Part 6: The Basics of Positioning
Part 7: Working with the Class Selector
Part 8: Working with the ID Selector
Part 9: The Child Selector and First-Child Pseudo Selector
Part 10: The Link and Dynamic Pseudo-classes
Part 11: Some fun with valid and some not so valid CSS
Part 12: Looking at text formatting
Part 13: Working with a Wrapper div

Flash Video Capture in FlashMX 2004
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 04/21/2004
This past week I picked up an iSight for my Mac. Once I got over the initial thrill of having iChat play "All Tom, All the time", I started wondering: "What can I do with the video feed from the camera." It turns out, if you have Flash MX 2004, the answer is "Quite a bit."

Director Using the Director DVD Event Manager in Director MX 2004: Part 1
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 04/12/2004
Adding video to your web page is easy. Now how about DVD-based content that changes a web page at precise points in a DVD video? The DVD Event Manager added to the new Director MX 2004 gives you this ability.

CSS Do You Want To Do That With CSS? — Align Elements Left and Right
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 04/08/2004
There are various "tasks" designers wish to have happen in the display of their pages, using CSS, that seem like they ought to be simple to do. The need for accomplishing the tasks is common to most web authors sooner or later, but the techniques used to do them are not widely known in the community yet. Our first "task" involves placing two items in a box, and having them display on opposite sides of that box. Let's look at ways we can align elements left and right using CSS.

ColdFusion ColdFusion Variables Part One: The form and variables Scopes
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 03/29/2004
In this series, we will look at the various scopes that exist within ColdFusion and how we can access them. We will look at how we can avoid name collisions and debug ColdFusion error messages. To begin the series, we will start with a look at the vaiables and form scopes. We will look at the problems that sloppy code can cause in our application and how we can ensure that our code produces the results we expect.

Dreamweaver Hidden Gems: Format Table Command in Dreamweaver
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 02/25/2004
If you have a plain vanilla html table, and are looking for a way to quickly spruce it up, the Format Table Command could be just what you're looking for. This neat little feature is built right into Dreamweaver 4, MX and MX 04 and makes table formatting a snap.

Flash Sound Playback in Flash MX 2004
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 02/24/2004
In this tutorial, I show you two really simple, yet effective, methods of managing sound playback in a Flash MX 2004 movie. It is dead simple. Really.

Flash Streaming Video in Flash MX Professional 2004
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 02/09/2004
If you can enter an absolute web address, you can add streaming video to your web site.

Fireworks Understanding the Pen Tool
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 02/02/2004
Ah, the Pen tool. This incredibly versatile drawing tool is also one of the most difficult tools to learn. Why don't things look the way I expect? How do I create anchor points that act the way I want? And what the heck is a Bezier curve anyway? All these questions and more are answered in the five video tutorials that you'll find here.

Central Your First Central App - Part 1
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 01/23/2004
Want to develop Central apps but don't know where to start? In this two-part tutorial, you'll learn how to set up your Macromedia Central development environment, and create a simple app that queries a web service and displays the results in a datagrid.

Director Don't Forget Director!
by: Susan West
Release Date: 01/19/2004
Remember that old card game called Concentration? The one where you flip over cards and if they are the same, they stay flipped over, and if they are different, you put them back? Today we are going to build our own version in Director MX. This article is based on Director MX for OSX, if you are using a PC, your layout will be similar enough that you can still follow along and create Concentration fun!

ColdFusion Dynamic Web Development - The Basics: Creating a ColdFusion Datasource
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 01/16/2004
In this tutorial, we will look at how we can set up a datasource in the ColdFusion administrator and access it in Dreamweaver. This tutorial contains video demos.

Dreamweaver Using the Log In Server Behavior
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 12/29/2003
In this tutorial we will be learning about the standard Log In Server Behavior that ships with Dreamweaver. We will be looking at this Server Behavior in its basic form, in a language independent way. This tutorial is aimed at beginners who are new to Server side development and looking to to be able to show unique content on a user group by user group basis. Tutorial contains video demos.

Fireworks Creating a Christmas Tree with Fireworks
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 12/25/2003
"On the first day of Christmas . . ." Well, I don't know about you, but before the first day of Christmas, I want my tree up! In case you're short on space in your home, I've come up with a quick and easy Christmas tree that you can build and set up right inside Fireworks. No need to water it, and it comes down in a snap!

ColdFusion Part One: An Introduction to ColdFusion Structures
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 12/15/2003
In this tutorial we will have a gentle introduction to the ColdFusion structure. We will look at how structures are created and the basics of what they are. In the coming articles in this series we will look at the ways in which we can put structures to work in our applications.

Fireworks Making Snowflakes in Fireworks
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 12/08/2003
Ever made snowflakes using a piece of paper and a pair of scissors? It's amazing what one can do simply by folding a sheet of paper and cutting some shapes into it. It's even more amazing that you can do the same kind of thing in Fireworks! Just in time for the holidays, here's your chance to create your own custom snowflakes, without the worry of getting a papercut or running with scissors!

Flash Quick and Easy Photo Galleries in Fireworks and Flash
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 12/08/2003
One of those common "gotta have it" features on many sites is an click-through photo gallery. You've seen them out there, and perhaps you've even built your own with JavaScript or purchased one of the off the shelf methods for making them. What you may not know is that you can easily build your own by taking advantage of the ability that Flash has to import images in sequence. Add in a my favorite kind of ActionScript—the simple kind—and you can have your own click through photo gallery in just a few minutes.

PHP Installing Apache/ MySQL/PHP on Windows - Part 1
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 12/03/2003
Have you been thinking about learning PHP or MySQL? Perhaps you've been curious about AMFPHP, the open-source Flash Remoting solution for PHP. In this tutorial, you'll learn an easy way to install Apache, MySQL, and PHP on the Windows platform.

Flash Using Arrays in ActionScript - Part 1
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 11/18/2003
Arrays are a staple of ActionScript and, for that matter, ECMAScript, upon which ActionScript is based. In this tutorial, we'll examine how to create different types of arrays, and how to loop through them using ActionScript.

The Using Arrays in ActionScript Series:
Using Arrays in ActionScript - Part 1
Using Arrays in ActionScript - Part 2

Flash Consuming the CMX Web Service with Flash - Part 2
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 11/07/2003
It's easy to consume web services in Flash using Flash Remoting. Community MX publishes a web service that allows developers to search our content. Using the Community MX web service as an example, this tutorial shows how to pass arguments to the searchContent method and return results in Flash MX and Flash MX 2004.

ColdFusion User Defined Functions: The basics
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 10/30/2003
This tutorial will examine how to extend ColdFusion with tag-based User Defined Functions (UDFs). We will start at the beginning and see how we can construct a simple UDF and what the basic requirements of the UDF are.

Fireworks Attaching Text to a Circular Path
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 10/15/2003
One of the more common logo designs going is the simple arrangement of text on a circular path. Easy enough to create in many graphics programs, creating the same effect in Fireworks requires a little extra work and some basic knowledge of how vector paths are created and how they can be manipulated to do what you want. While it's easy enough to attach text to a path in Fireworks, the challenging part is getting the text in the lower part of the circle to wrap in the correct direction. In this tutorial you'll see the simple techniques that are required to get your text to behave the way you want.

Flash Mouse Wheel Support in Flash Player 7
by: Mustafa Basgun
Release Date: 10/02/2003
Starting with version 7, Flash Player now offers mouse wheel support on the Windows platform. In this tutorial, we will explore two new features: the Mouse.onMouseWheel listener, and the TextField.mouseWheelEnabled property.

Flash Consuming the CMX Web Service with Flash - Part 1
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 09/30/2003
Flash Remoting is one of Macromedia's coolest technologies, offering a quick and easy way to connect to custom web services that you build, or to SOAP-based web services that are freely available. Community MX publishes a web service that can be consumed by a Flash Remoting application. This tutorial shows you how. Part 1 of the tutorial shows the getContent method of the web service.

Javascript Protecting your Email when using Paypal
by: Joel Martinez
Release Date: 09/22/2003
Paypal is quite possibly one of the easiest ways of implementing an e-commerce solution. You don't even need any dynamic server side skills so the barrier to entry is very light. However, there is one fundamental issue that most Paypal implementations have ... in order for you to link the transaction to your Paypal account, you must include your email address (the one in your Paypal account) in the code.

This tutorial shows you how to effectively hide your email address using some simple Javascript.

ColdFusion Upload An Image and Insert Its Name Into The Database
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 09/15/2003
In this tutorial we will look at how we can transfer an image from the user's hard drive to the server and then insert the image's name into our database for use on any necessary pages.

ColdFusion Porting Pollster to SQL Server
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 09/04/2003
One of the most popular widgets in Macromedia's DevNet Resource Kit Volume 4 (DRK 4) is Pollster. This tutorial includes everything you need to migrate Pollster to SQL Server, including a SQL script and instructions on revising the application's ColdFusion components.

ColdFusion Email a Forgotten Password in ColdFusion
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 08/11/2003
You've done it... I've done it. We've all signed up at a website and had to create a username and a password for ourselves, only to forget them months or perhaps even minutes later. Most sites allow you to have your password emailed to you automatically. That's what this tutorial will go over: emailing a user their password using some very simple ColdFusion code. All of the action will take place on the log-in page, so your user never has to leave the log-in page.

XML XSL:Template Filtering and Sorting
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 07/31/2003
In this tutorial we learn how to filter and sort information in our xml documents by using our xsl:template to filter on the nodes supplied in accordance with our requirements.

Fireworks Creating a spinning graphic
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 07/04/2003
Rotating animations are pretty simple to create in Fireworks, but what if you want you animation to spin, in a 3-D manner? In Part One of this tutorial I will show you how to create the "appearance" of a 3-D spin of an image, by using Symbols and Instances, and some manual tweaking of the Frames Panel.

ASP.NET Using the Google search API from ASP.NET
by: Jay Oliver
Release Date: 07/04/2003
I'm sure just about everyone knows about the Google search engine by now. What everyone might not know is that you can utilize Google's search functionality right from within your own web applications. Not only is this a possibility, it's actually quite easy to do.

In this tutorial, we will cover:

  • Pre-requisites for using the Google API
  • Preparing and compiling the web service for use in your application
  • Invoking the web service
  • Listing the results
Code is presented in C#

Fireworks Using the Export Wizard in Fireworks
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 06/27/2003
Some of you are exporting your files in Fireworks by just going to File -->Export, right? As long as you use the Optimize panel wisely, that should work alright. But using the Export Wizard gives you a lot of power over the quality of your final picture, and all in one handy-dandy area.

ASP.NET Advanced User Authentication with .NET and Dreamweaver, Part 2
by: Heidi Bautista
Release Date: 06/27/2003
This tutorial takes you step-by-step through the implementation of Forms-based Authentication using ASP.NET, Macromedia's custom DataSet tag, SQL Server 2000, and C#. Part 1 shows you how to set up a simple authentication scheme with a single type of user. Part 2 goes further. You'll learn how to examine the user's role to enable/disable access to your site's protected content.

ASP.NET Advanced User Authentication with .NET and Dreamweaver, Part 1
by: Heidi Bautista
Release Date: 06/26/2003
This tutorial takes you step-by-step through the implementation of Forms-based Authentication using ASP.NET, Macromedia's custom DataSet tag, SQL Server 2000, and C#. Part 1 shows you how to set up a simple authentication scheme with a single type of user. Part 2 goes further. You'll learn how to examine the user's role to enable/disable access to your site's protected content.

Fireworks Creating Composite Masks in Fireworks
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 06/16/2003
A composite mask is loosely defined as a combination of a masked object with another image within a document. That's a pretty dry definition for a technique that can allow you to create some fabulous effects with your photos. By understanding a few basic principles, and using the power of Fireworks Live effects, you can generate beautiful photographic effects in a fraction of the time that it might take you to use complicated filters in other programs.

Fireworks Creating Isometric Illustrations with Super Guides 1.0 and Fireworks MX
by: Steven Grosvenor
Release Date: 06/13/2003
This tutorial outlines how, with the help of Super Guides 1.0, to create compelling, isometric illustrations within Fireworks MX.

CSS CSS Selectors: Pattern Matching and Inheritance
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 06/12/2003
Exploring the document tree and how it effects inheritancy in CSS, a look at the direct adjacent sibling selector and combinators.

Flash Creating an Auto-Start CD using Flash
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 05/30/2003
So you've got a client who has no internet access and you want to show them the beautiful website you've built for them? Or maybe you want to put your website on a CD as a promotional/marketing tool. Sounds easy, doesn't it? Just copy the site files to the CD, and you're off! Believe it or not, many folks won't know what the heck to do with the CD, or which file to open to get to the material you want them to see. Make it easier for them by making a CD that will launch their browser automatically for them. This technique will use Flash, but the user won't need to have Flash installed in order for it to work.

ColdFusion Using a database to display images dynamically
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 05/21/2003
Let's say you have a repeat region and you want to display a unique picture with each record. There's really no way you can do that without using your database to hold information about the image you want to use. In this tutorial, you'll learn how to use your database and a repeat region to dynamically display your images. We'll even go over how to display an alternate image if there is no reference to it in your database.

Dreamweaver Reconnecting StudioMX Help Files for Macintosh Users
by: Stephanie Sullivan
Release Date: 05/16/2003
For a reason beyond me, in many Macintosh OSX installations of the StudioMX line, the help files appear to be missing. They're really there. In this short tutorial, I'll show you where they are and how to access them through your computers Help system.

Dreamweaver Customizing the Site Window in Dreamweaver
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 05/15/2003
Sometimes you need more information at your fingertips than Dreamweaver provides on its own in the Site window. This tutorial shows how to customize the look of the Site columns in the Site window to meet your own needs and the needs of a particular site.

Fireworks Fireworks: Rollovers Made Easy
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 05/02/2003
Have you been creating duplicate images in Fireworks just to create rollover effects? Using the Frames Panel within Fireworks can speed up this task!

Dreamweaver Disjointed Rollovers
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 04/29/2003
It happens to all of us at some point; You've gotten bored with plain old rollovers on your nifty menu... You want to add a little something, like maybe rolling over one of your buttons and having it trigger another image swap elsewhere on your page. In this tutorial, we'll go over how to do that, and even how make a picture appear where there wasn't one before. All using the Swap Image behavior.

ColdFusion Consuming the CMX Web Service with ColdFusion
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 04/22/2003
Community MX publishes a web service that will display information about the latest content available from the site. This service can be used by anyone who knows how to consume a web service. The Community MX web service utilizes a standard .wsdl file that can be consumed by any technology that can consume a web service. The web service is located at http://www.communitymx.com/services/cmxfeed.wsdl. The web service exposes 3 methods: getContent: grabs the latest content descriptions available from Community MX. searchContent: search the content at Community MX for relevant content getContentTypes: the latest content types are available as a list for your applications as well (articles, extensions, etc).

CSS Zeroing page margins
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 04/17/2003
In this tutorial we will investigate how we can use dual style sheets to set our page margins to zero in the most common browsers we will come up against in today's online world. We will also take our CSS code and optimise it for performance and make it bandwidth friendly.......

ColdFusion Setting upload permissions
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 04/14/2003
Setting your local CFMX development server permissions so you can test image uploading prior to moving your site to yor production server.

CSS Creating An External Style Sheet In Dreamweaver MX
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 04/02/2003
How to create an external style sheet in dreamweaver and link it into your document.

ColdFusion CFInsert & CFUpdate code reuse
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 03/30/2003
Learn to minimize the code necessary to insert and update records in ColdFusion. Code reuse makes your applications more efficient than they could otherwise be. It reduces development time by half as you only need to create your form and insert\update pages once, ColdFusion can do the rest for you simply by creating some conditional code that allows ColdFusion to apply some logic to your requirements.

Dreamweaver The Newbie Series: Using DWMX's Swap Image behavior
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 03/30/2003
Making 2-state rollover navigation buttons using DWMX's Swap Image behavior is a piece of cake! In this tutorial we will walk you through placing your navigational buttons on your page and applying the Swap Image behavior to them to create a rollover.

Flash XML In Flash
by: Matthew David
Release Date: 03/30/2003
XML is the backbone to web services across the Internet. In this article you will learn how to pull and extract XML files into Flash MX.

Fireworks Creating Custom Command in FireworksMX
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 03/30/2003
Learn to use Fireworks MX to create a custom command to produce thumbnail images. Combine the command with the batch processing power of Fireworks MX to take your productivity to the next level!

Reviews

Reviews Alien Skin Image Doctor 2 Review
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 04/04/2011
Alien Skin's, Image Doctor 2 Review, enables photo editors to repair bad photos with just a few clicks of a mouse. Seamless removal of blemishes and objects. Repair bad photos with just a few clicks of a mouse. Remove pimples, moles, scars, and tattoos in one click, soften skin areas where there are blemishes. Hobbyists and professionals restore old photos by removing dust and scratches.

Reviews Alien Skin’s Exposure 3 Review
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 03/07/2011
Alien Skin’s Exposure 3 Review, a plug–in for Adobe Photoshop and compatible host programs. One–click access to the broadest range of film stock and special effects settings available anywhere. Users can easily simulate current and discontinued print and slide film stocks, black and white and color.

Easily simulate current and discontinued print and slide film stocks, black and white and color, with one–click access to the broadest range of film stock and special effects settings available anywhere.

Reviews TypeDNA Font Manager Review
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 02/21/2011
Do you want a good, no great!, font management application that’s easy to use, affordable and also a plug–in for Adobe Photoshop CS5? Well here it is.

TypeDNA Font Manager is a Font Manager which loads all of your typefaces from your system into the type manager, it activates, deactivates, allowing you to compare type choices based upon harmony, contrast or similarity of the fonts. A stand–alone font management program, that also works as a plug–in (Panels) within Adobe CS5 applications (Photoshop, Illustrator, InDesign).

Reviews Alien Skin's Bokeh 2 Review
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 02/07/2011
Simplification of applying a wide variety of effects to images, that are quick and easy with creative control, creative lens optics simulations, grain matching for a seamless effect, multiple focal point capabilities, and more.

Reviews Topaz DeJpeg 4 Review
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 01/24/2011
A powerful plug–in for Adobe Photoshop and compatible host programs. Provides amateur and professional photographers, graphic designers, and photo retouches the ability to rescues JPEG images damaged by artifacts, mosquito noise and blockiness, which are side effects of the compression process digital images go through when saved in the .jpg format.

Reviews Topaz ReMask 2 Review
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 01/09/2011
Simplify the process of removing unwanted backgrounds from your digital images. Quickly isolate an image area for a variety of selective adjustments such as: color correction, color change, detail enhancement, Bokeh effect, re–sizing and much more.

General Business Developer Team Chat with Campfire
by: Ray West
Release Date: 11/04/2010
It's getting to where I define distributed development as anything that happens outside my office. It is a mere 13 steps to the room where my top two programmers sit, but running back and forth is a pain. And if you are not in the same room together, you may as well be across the country. You need tools to communicate, share code and retain a history of your discussions so that you can refer back to what you decided and configured.

Reviews Topaz Detail 2 Review
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 11/01/2010
Topaz Detail 2 is the ultimate multi–level detail enhancement program. It offers precision over detail enhancements without the side effects of halos, edge artifacts or over sharpening – which are seen with other detail enhancement tools.

The technology that powers Topaz Detail 2 pre–processes images, breaking them down into three levels of detail size – small, medium and large – for ultimate control and precision over image details.

Reviews Topaz Clean 3 Review
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 10/18/2010
Topaz Clean , now at Version 3, is another excellent plug–in program from Topaz lab. With this one, you can quickly clean your images, allowing users to adjust the depth and intensity of textures, edges and details in an image for a variety of highly stylized to nearly featureless artistic effects.

It can preserve contours and image integrity while allowing users to increase, decrease or even remove image detail. Perfect for artistic detail flattening; smoothing, texture control and creating well defined edges and lines. Ultimate control over strength, amount and stylization of image detail and edges.

Education Teaching Resources At Your Fingertips - The Adobe Education Exchange
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 09/22/2010
Calling all teachers and trainers, professors of all ages; there's a new community-based education resource on the web, hosted by Adobe.

Reviews Topaz DeNoise 4 Review
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 09/21/2010
A powerful plug–in for Adobe Photoshop and compatible host programs. It provides amateur and professional photographers, graphic designers, and photo retouchers the ability to virtually eliminate all visible digital noise while maximizing the quality and quantity of retained details. It can even restore previously obscured detail.

Reviews Topaz Simplify 3 Review
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 09/08/2010
Put the fun back into creative images by turning your image into an artistic masterpiece with just the click of a button. Effortlessly blur the distinction between photographic realism and art. In this review we take a look at Topaz Simplify 3.

Reviews Topaz Adjust Review
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 08/09/2010
Topaz Adjust is a powerful plug–in for Adobe Photoshop and compatible host programs. It provides amateur and professional photographers, graphic designers, and photo retouchers the ability to take exposure, detail and color control to new heights.

Reviews Filter Forge 2.0 Review
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 07/28/2010
A cool powerful Adobe Photoshop / Adobe Elements and Corel plug–in, also a stand–alone application for Windows and Mac OS X that allows designer/artists/photographers to build custom filters to enhance images. Types of filters include seamless textures, visual effects, distortions, patterns, backgrounds, frames and more.

Reviews Alien Skin's Exposure 2 Review
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 03/29/2010
Add another dimension to your photographs, one click access to the broadest range of Film stock and special effects settings. Easily simulate current and discontinued print and slide film stocks. The effects are extremely realistic.

Reviews Scrivener (Mac)
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 03/17/2010
Need a way to organize your writing projects? Look no further! Well, if you're on a Mac, look no further... Scrivener is Mac only, and it's how I'm writing my next book.

Reviews Alien Skin Eye Candy 6
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 01/11/2010
Eye Candy 6 is a graphic design affects plug-in for Photoshop. The 30 filters in Eye Candy 6 render beautifully detailed realistic effects that are difficult or impossible to achieve in Photoshop alone. Now it is easy to create attractive results quickly. Use filters to render extremely realistic effects like: Chrome, Glass, Fire, Smoke, and more.

Reviews Display Calibration for Professional Photographers and Graphic Artists
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 12/14/2009
The Spyder3Elite features a new design of sensor, which measures light from your monitor or projector. It goes through measuring the colors, starts with Ambient Light, Red, Green, Blue (RGB), Black and then gray's.

Reviews Thunderbird 3
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 12/14/2009
After a long wait we finally have an update to the Thunderbird 3 mail client. As you will likely know Thunderbird is Mozilla's companion to Firefox, it is a no nonsense mail client that provides all the features you could wish for to handle your mail. The release of Thunderbird 3 takes things forward with some nice new features which we will look at in this review.

Reviews Alien Skins Snap Art 2
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 10/05/2009
Turn photos into Sketches and/or Paintings the easy way.

Reviews Flash Presentation Without Flash
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 09/08/2009
Build Flash Presentations without "Flash". NO Flash training or knowledge required. In this article I will review Pixtivity 2.0 Pro Edition. Create professional presentations with this easy to use software; you will be amazed with your end product. Use all the features, have fun while creating.

Reviews Testing in Internet Explorer
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 08/04/2009
In the absence of Multi-IE for Vista I have been using an application from debugbar.com called IETester. IETester is a browser (complete with tabbed interface) that allows you to have the rendering and JavaScript engines of IE8, IE7, IE6, and IE5.5 on windows 7, XP and Vista. The application is currently in alpha release but it is freely available for download, the current version is 0.3.5 and is delivered by download with an exe file for easy install.

Reviews Wacom Intuos4 Digital Tablet
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 07/28/2009
Wondering how to spend all that extra money you have laying around? Me, neither. But here's something that may be worth saving up for - Wacom's new Intuos4 Digital Tablet.

I'll cover the new stuff, give you my opinion, and then give you some tips on whether this tablet is right for you!

Reviews Review of Balsamiq, a Wireframe Software Package
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 06/25/2009
Mockup software is expensive - this little gem of a program makes quick work of mockups and costs less than you would expect!

Reviews Jumpchart - Simple Web Site Planning and Wireframing
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 05/27/2009
Jumpchart is an on-line web site collaboration tool for defining site structure and content. The newly released version 2.0 adds export support for WordPress as well as enhanced interface functionality.

Jumpchart was originally developed as a communication tool designed to bring developers and clients together for the purpose of successfully defining site structure and collecting site content with a minimal of fuss. The core activity of this tool is to create a wireframe for the site -- an outline of site structure -- and to fill it with the text and assets which will comprise each page's content.

Dreamweaver Favourite Extensions - Part 3: The TFM Progress Bar
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 03/06/2009
Extensions are code snippets that we can install into Dreamweaver. They automate the writing of specific code or perhaps even install a complete design layout, as in the case of the CMX JumpStarts. Whatever the extension has been designed to do, you can be sure it is going to be a huge time saver.

In this occasional series I will be covering extensions that I have found to be particularly useful in saving both time and money by automating tasks that I perform on a regular basis. The TFM Progress Bar isn't an extension that I use a great deal, but it does provide great functionality in specific circumstances. In short the TFM Progress Bar provides a visual indication to your users while they upload a file, the bigger the file size the more important this extension becomes.

The Favourite Extensions Series:
Favourite Extensions - Part 1: Tom Muck's Sniplets
Favourite Extensions - Part 2: Massimo's CF Insert Bar Plus
Favourite Extensions - Part 3: The TFM Progress Bar

Reviews Suitcase Fusion 2
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 12/08/2008
The support technician informed me that I had installed too many fonts. This is when I learned that I needed a font manager. With more research, I learned about a product from Extensis called Suitcase X1 which was a font manager that solved my font management problem and provided several great conveniences in selecting the fonts I needed for specific projects. Extensis in October, 2008 released a fourth generation of this product called Suitcase Fusion 2. Keeping many of the Suitcase features, this new version has even more interactive conveniences.

Below, I will summarize functions common to the current Suitcase product line and highlight the fantastic new features found in Fusion 2.

Reviews Meet My New Friend, the ColorMunki
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 09/30/2008
My new friend, the ColorMunki, is going to help me with my color management. Want to meet my ColorMunki?

My ColorMunki has many talents. It can calibrate my monitor, profile my printer, calibrate my projector and, most importantly to me, scan a color swatch of any surface. With the included software I can create custom color palettes which are shared among my design applications such as Adobe Illustrator and Photoshop. Using the Pantone Goe System, the ColorMunki Design system enables me to work with any color that I can see and to match the color on my screen to the printed result. My ColorMunki and I are going to be busy!

Fireworks What's new in Fireworks CS4
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 09/24/2008
Well it's official; Fireworks CS4 is coming! And with it, some noticeable changes to Fireworks, from the interface on up.

Adobe has been carving out a niche for Fireworks as a rapid prototyping tool. I'd venture to say this extends to a more general description of a rapid design tool for screen graphics.

Let's take a look at some of the most interesting and innovative features in this new release.

Reviews Windows File Sharing with Apple's Time Capsule
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 09/17/2008
Known mostly as a companion to Apple Leopard's Time Machine automatic back-up system, the Time Capsule also plays nicely with others by sharing files and a printer. I recently installed a Time Capsule in an office to back-up Apple and Windows computers as well as serve files and a printer. True to Apple fashion, the Time Capsule is relatively easy to install and use, but there are a few gotchas which I did not find in the documentation. This article will help guide you in setting up Windows file sharing.

Open Source Google's New Browser - A Review
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 09/10/2008
Google has done it again - they have released a new software package to create a stir in the web community. This time it is a browser called Chrome. Let's walk through the browser and see what it has to offer.

Reviews Cross Loop
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 09/08/2008
Recently, I came across a neat little application called Cross Loop. This free application provides me with a couple of great options as it provides very simple to use desktop sharing.

I have now used it both for training purposes and to gain access to clients machines to help with email set up and other minor problems they run into from time to time. It is a great little application and one I would recommend you take a look at.

Reviews BBEdit 9 - It Doesn't Suck
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 09/04/2008
BBEdit 9, a professional HTML and text editor, introduces several new features including Projects, text completion, preference syncing via MobileMe and a Scratchpad. Also updated is Ruby language support, JavaScript support and the ability to transparently open and save bz2 compressed files.

I think of BBEdit as the Swiss Army Knife of text editors. I use BBEdit for more than just creating web pages and scripts: reformatting text, massaging data into a database import format, finding specific text, comparing files, comparing folders of files, checking syntax, writing content, spell checking, sorting, removing duplicates, FTP transfers and reviewing tag attributes. This application is always open on my computers and is the focal point of any web development project. I also write content in BBEdit instead of a word processor like Microsoft Word and then copy the developed content to Word or InDesign.

General Business SnagIt 9 - Introduction
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 06/30/2008
TechSmith has come out with another version of SnagIt and they have completely updated the interface, added new features and made it even better than before. In this article, I've gone over a few of the features of SnagIt, check it out!

Fireworks Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 4: Panels
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 06/02/2008
In this Fireworks Public Beta article we will look at at updates to the Pages panel, the new Styles panel and its improved workflow. We will also take a look at some very cool ways to get your designs in front of other eyes: PDF, CSS and AIR exports.

The Fireworks CS4 Public Beta Series:
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 1: Fireworks Gets a Facelift!
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 2: Productivity Features
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 3: Wrapping Text Inside a Path
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 4: Panels

Fireworks Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 2: Productivity Features
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 05/28/2008
The line is blurring (for me anyway) between workspace improvements and productivity improvements. Enhancements in these areas mean a more streamlined workflow. I know that the term Rapid Prototyping is starting to grate on people's nerves, but I must admit, Adobe is doing a great job of giving Fireworks a unique tool set within the Adobe family. Not only can this application work with bitmaps and vectors easily and quickly (as it always has), but we now have even more tools to help us design a layout or create a piece of art.

This article will give you an overview of many of the new features in public beta release of Fireworks CS4. For a review of the new interface, please read Fireworks CS4 Gets a Facelift.

If you currently own Fireworks, you can download a trial which will run until the official release of the software. If you are not a current owner of Fireworks, 1) you have got to try this puppy out and 2) the beta will only run on your system for 30 days.

One other really important note: The public beta software will be available for download for the duration of the beta program and will run for 2 days as a demo before requiring unlocking. Unlocking the public beta for the remainder of the beta period (until CS4 ships) requires an active CS3 serial number.

The Fireworks CS4 Public Beta Series:
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 1: Fireworks Gets a Facelift!
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 2: Productivity Features
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 3: Wrapping Text Inside a Path
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 4: Panels

Fireworks Fireworks CS4 Public Beta- Part 1: Fireworks Gets a Facelift!
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 05/27/2008
Well Fireworks fans, it's here! Adobe has announced a public beta of the new Fireworks CS4 and it's very impressive, even for a beta.

If you currently own Fireworks, you can download a trial which will run until the official release of the software. If you are not a current owner of Fireworks, 1) you have got to try this puppy out and 2) the beta will only run on your system for 30 days.

One other really important note: The public beta software will be available for download for the duration of the beta program and will run for 2 days as a demo before requiring unlocking. Unlocking the public beta for the remainder of the beta period (until CS4 ships) requires an active CS3 serial number.

This article will give you an overview on the new User Interface. This is just one of a few upcoming articles on new Fireworks CS4 public beta, so stay tuned for more.

The Fireworks CS4 Public Beta Series:
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 1: Fireworks Gets a Facelift!
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 2: Productivity Features
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 3: Wrapping Text Inside a Path
Fireworks CS4 Public Beta - Part 4: Panels

PHP Code Igniter Introduction
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 04/08/2008
Code Igniter, a PHP framework that cooks, cleans and does the dishes. Even comes with a kitchen sink! Code Igniter will spoil you with flexibility, usability and functionality—and then you'll see the manual and never again be satisfied with other product's "documentation"...

Flex Flex Power Tools: Explorers
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 03/17/2008
Whether you are learning Flex and looking for examples to try out, or you are an experienced developer looking for ways to shave extra time off your development cycle, you've come to the right place. In this article we will review my favourite Flex Explorers: Flex applications which allow you to explore various techniques for building Flex applications.

From component explorers which show you sample code, style explorers which help you configure the CSS to style your application, or more exotic utilities which enable you explore visual effects or data transfer benchmarks, Flex Explorers are a developers' best kept secret. Now you don't have to spend hours hunting for them all : this article reviews over 20 Flex 2 and 3 explorer utilities and resources — a must have for any serious Flex developer. In addition, we'll show you a trick to load and use your explorers right from inside Flex Builder.

The Flex Power Tools Series:
Flex Power Tools: Explorers
Flex Power Tools: Word Wrap for Flex Builder (and Eclipse)
Flex Power Tools: Using Markers in Flex Builder 3 - Part 1

Flash Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 2
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 08/03/2007
Out there in the Flash design and development world, there are many tools available to assist in creating projects. These are "power tools" that supercharge the task of designing, coding, compiling, testing and documenting, allowing you to save time and present ideas much more effectively. Some have been around for a few years, and some are pretty new. This series highlights some of the open source tools and techniques which have made my life as a Flash developer much more effective.

This 2-part article covers a nifty addition to any designer's arsenal of colour aids: the Adobe Kuler colour theme creator and sharing portal. In Part 1 we took a look at the photo-to-gif Flash palette technique. We then looked at how Kuler is a much better alternative to palette selection. Here in Part 2 we will look at the Kuler Desktop, an AIR-enabled version of the Kuler application, as well as the Kuler Flash CS3 Panel.


The Adobe Kuler application

The Flash PowerTools Series:
Flash PowerTools: Code Automation with SEPY
Flash PowerTools: FlashTracer for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Standalone FLV Players
Flash PowerTools: Transition and Tween Explorer
Flash PowerTools: Flash Switcher for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Exploring Gradients
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 1
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 2

Flash Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 1
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 08/02/2007
Out there in the Flash design and development world, there are many tools available to assist in creating projects. These are "power tools" that supercharge the task of designing, coding, compiling, testing and documenting, allowing you to save time and present ideas much more effectively. Some have been around for a few years, and some are pretty new. This series highlights some of the open source tools and techniques which have made my life as a Flash developer much more effective.

This 2-part article covers a nifty addition to any designer's arsenal of colour aids: the Adobe Kuler colour theme creator and sharing portal. First we'll take a look at the photo-to-gif Flash palette technique, then we'll look at how Kuler is a much better alternative to palette selection. In Part 2 we will look at the Kuler Desktop, an AIR-enabled version of the Kuler application, as well as the Kuler Flash CS3 Panel.


The Adobe Kuler application

The Flash PowerTools Series:
Flash PowerTools: Code Automation with SEPY
Flash PowerTools: FlashTracer for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Standalone FLV Players
Flash PowerTools: Transition and Tween Explorer
Flash PowerTools: Flash Switcher for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Exploring Gradients
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 1
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 2 Coming Soon

Flash TodCon 2007 Session: Hurry Up and Code: Power Shortcuts for Flash and Flex Developers
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 06/28/2007
In the high pressure world of RIA development, being efficient at churning out code, over time, can mean the difference between late nights and project overruns or peace of mind. Learning to type 50 WPM is not the only way to code faster. Learn some important secrets to being more efficient in your coding, increasing productivity in both Flash and Flex development environments.

This is presentation made at TodCon 2007 in Las Vegas, June 12, 2007.

General Business TODCon 2007 - A Summary
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 06/14/2007
This is an almost impossible task: How to sum up one of the best learning and networking experiences of the year, without trivializing it.

If you didn't make it to TODCon, read through this article for an insight to my overall impressions of the conference and learn why I think this is a "must-do" event.

Reviews Chat4Support: Real Time Support Direct From Your Web Site
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 05/09/2007
I'm sure you have all seen them, the click here for live support buttons that are becoming more and more popular on today's web sites. I've often looked at them and wondered how effective they might be, would people actually use them enough to make the outlay worthwhile?

I recently had a request from a client to research this functionality on their behalf with a view to setting up a system on one of their web sites. If it proved a success then it would be added to their other web sites.

I was pleased to have the assignment, it was something I had intended to look at for my own site for a while but as ever, due to time constraints, I had never quite got around to doing the research on the different software available.

Reviews 18 FREE Software Tools You Need to Use!
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 04/19/2007
Everyone likes FREE. Find some software that is free and actually really good, comparable or better than the commercial applications in the same field.

InDesign InDesign CS3: New and Improved Features for Designers
by: Kim Dudley
Release Date: 04/18/2007
The first version of InDesign was released in 1999. Since then it has made huge strides in the industry and has worked at becoming a standard part of the designer's and publisher's arsenal.

InDesign CS3 continues to improve by adding new tools, improving existing controls and building on its creative features. Additionlly, long document publishers and users needing expert features will be happy to see InDesign CS3's improvements.

In this article we will take a look at some of the new features that will improve productivity and performance for the average design project. The features covered will include:

  • Workspace Enhancements
  • Custom Workspaces
  • Agate Measurement Units
  • Enhanced Transparency and Effects
  • Enhanced File placement
  • Fast Frame Fitting
  • Improved Text wraps
  • Improved Glyphs panel
  • Expanded Quick Apply

Reviews Expression Web
by: Heidi Bautista
Release Date: 02/06/2007
Microsoft is seriously pursuing web designers these days, not just web developers. They already provide some pretty great authoring tools for developers. Visual Studio has been around forever but many designers find the design surface too ... minimal, shall we say. Visual Web Developer (VWD) Express Edition, the lighter-weight authoring tool introduced in 2005 is free, which is nice, but it's also targeted towards the developer audience.

Recently Microsoft launched a new initiative aimed at capturing the designer audience. Introducing Expression Studio: a suite of four products expressly designed for the web designer.

  • Expression Web - web authoring design tool
  • Expression Blend - user interface design tool that can incorporate multiple media types (vector and pixel art, video, audio, etc.)
  • Expression Design - illustration and graphic design tool
  • Expression Media - asset management tool, visually catalogues and organizes dozens of different media formats, based on the iView MediaPro product acquired by Microsoft in June, 2006.

This article reviews Expression Web - the web authoring tool included in Expression Studio.

Reviews My First MacWorld (with Flashforward!)
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 01/12/2007
Whoah. As in a Joey Lawrence, "whoah." Cheesy, but it's pretty much how I felt as a Macworld newbie this week in San Francisco. Lynda Weinman had asked me back in October if I was interested in presenting a Flash Video session at Macworld. Since I had never been to a Macworld conference, I took the opportunity to go. I arrived Sunday night and prepped my slides and sample files on my brand new black MacBook, packing a sweet Intel Core 2 Duo processor. Little did I know that night just how rewarding the following two days were going to be.

Flash Extending Flash Projectors: Review of Zinc 2.5
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 12/26/2006
This article provides a brief overview into the feature set of Zinc 2.5, a Flash Projector enhancement tool developed by Multidmedia Limited. Though expensive, Zinc extends the capabilites of normal Flash Projectors in a variety of interesting and useful ways and is compatible with both the Windows and Macintosh operating systems. To my thinking, the extended functionality is well worth the price.

ColdFusion Favourite Extensions - Part 2: Massimo's CF Insert Bar Plus
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 12/07/2006
In this, the second look at extensions that can enhance your production time, we are going to look at Massimo Foti's CF Insert Bar Plus.

The extension enhances functionality that already exists within Dreamweaver by reducing cftry, cfoutput and cfdump to a single click.

The Favourite Extensions Series:
Favourite Extensions - Part 1: Tom Muck's Sniplets
Favourite Extensions - Part 2: Massimo's CF Insert Bar Plus
Favourite Extensions - Part 3: The TFM Progress Bar

Dreamweaver Favourite Extensions - Part 1: Tom Muck's Sniplets
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 10/16/2006
We all have our favourite extensions and I'm no exception. Some people collect them and have extensions for everything whether they use them or not, and some folks have just a few. I fall into the latter category.

In this ocassional series I thought I would catalogue some of the extensions that I use on a regular basis. Extensions that speed up my productivity are a particular favourite of mine and Tom Muck's Sniplets extension is one such tool that I use a great deal. It isn't a commercial extension, it is absolutely free, costs nothing but your time to download and install it.

The Favourite Extensions Series:
Favourite Extensions - Part 1: Tom Muck's Sniplets
Favourite Extensions - Part 2: Massimo's CF Insert Bar Plus
Favourite Extensions - Part 3: The TFM Progress Bar

Reviews Transferring Emails, Email Account Settings and Bookmarks From Mozilla Applications
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 05/16/2006
I recently bought a new laptop and wanted to transfer all my emails and my email settings from Thunderbird to the new machine. Along with these settings I also wanted to export and re-import my bookmarks from Firefox.

With this in mind, rather than doing it all manually I had a quick Google to see if there were any applications out there that would automate the task for me. There was, and what a neat little application it is too; better still it is freeware and works a treat.

Reviews Mixed Thoughts on Microsoft Mix 06
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 03/31/2006
From March 20th to 22nd, the Microsoft Mix 06 conference was held in Las Vegas. The forthcoming Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) and WinFX application layer were widely touted as the enablers for the next generation experience of Windows Vista, the successor to the Windows XP operating system.

Programming Using SourceGear Vault for Source Control
by: Joel Martinez
Release Date: 03/23/2006
I was busy finishing up a feature on our company's intranet while the rest of the IT department scrambled to do a full backup in anticipation of a hurricane. I just had a few more lines of code to write before I could finish up and go home to prepare. As I typed the last few characters and did some testing, I declared the feature done! Gushing with happiness that I was finally ready to go home, I checked the relevant files into Visual SourceSafe.

But elation was not what the fates had planned for me. No, panic ... panic was the order of the day. The check-in process threw some error which my brain has long since purged at this point. The check-in operation was a failure, along with every subsequent attempt to try it again. As I went back into Visual Studio to look at my code, to bask in the warm glow of success, I was horrified to find the files empty ... completely devoid of content.

Nooooooooooooo!

In desperation, I figured I would simply get the code from the repository again and re-implement my changes. Sadly, all history for the files were nowhere to be found in SourceSafe. Turns out that at the exact moment that I tried to check-in my code, IT was backing up that server. Because Visual SourceSafe is a file-based source control tool, it apparently was not happy about trying to change the files while the backup was in process.

Needless to say, I suggested we migrate to another source control tool ASAP. This is a review of SourceGear's Vault, a source control tool designed to be a compelling replacement for Visual SourceSafe.

Reviews More Mozilla Mojo
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 03/21/2006
Many (actually, most) of today's most innovative and standards-compliant browsers have a family connection in common: Mozilla. This review will look at three of the most recent Mozilla descendants — Camino 1.0, Netscape 8.1 and SeaMonkey 1.0 — to see what they have to offer, both from a developer perspective and for end users.

Reviews Opera Hits the High Notes
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 03/02/2006
The latest Technology Preview of Opera 9 looks to be outstanding. Here's an overview of what makes this new version of Opera so great, and why Opera should become part of your development workflow, if it isn't already. You might even find that Opera gives Firefox a run for the money.

Reviews WordPress 2.0: Wonderful As Ever
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 01/23/2006
WordPress has always been both powerful and empowering, and the new 2.0 ("Duke") release is no exception. This review discusses the new features in the latest edition of WordPress, and offers tips on installation and/or upgrading.

Lightroom An Adobe Lightroom Review
by: Kim Dudley
Release Date: 01/17/2006
Adobe's latest addition to its product line is a brand new application called Lightroom. Even though Lightroom has only been released as a beta, the buzz around it has been quite amazing.

According to Adobe, the theory behind Lightroom is to provide a single environment that has all of the functions photographers most commonly need to perform on their images. Lightbox includes tools for importing, organizing, correcting, printing and showcasing large volumes of digital images.

Targeted specifically at professional photographers, Adobe has worked closely with industry active photographers to ensure they deliver an application that works and adapts to a photographers real world work flow.

In this review I have outlined some of the features that really impressed me and mentioned some of the tools I hope will be added to the final product. It is an exciting new application and worth being checked out by anyone who works with large numbers of digital images.

ASP.NET Running PHP under ASP.NET??
by: Joel Martinez
Release Date: 01/16/2006
I won't lie, I am a Microsoft lover. Their technology has been paying my salary for just about my entire career, and C# totally rocks in my quite humble opinion. But that being said, any programmer worth their salt knows that a specific technology is nothing more than a tool. If a given situation could be solved more efficiently with the use of non-Microsoft technology, then its your responsibility to investigate and (potentially) use said technology.

This article is going to review a nifty little project called Phalanger. Installing this on your ASP.NET web server allows you to deploy PHP code, even full applications like phpBB. Behind the scenes, the PHP code will be compiled to .NET code and run as an ASP.NET application.

The best thing about it is that you can, from PHP script, access .NET code (in your language of choice), and vice-versa. So if you have a nifty function written in PHP, you can use it in your .NET application. The Developers tout impressive performance improvements over the native PHP environement so this makes Phalanger an attractive target for your application platform.

Flash Making Flash Remoting Development Easier with Service Capture
by: Danny Patterson
Release Date: 10/17/2005
There are few tools available to Flash developers for debugging their applications. This becomes increasingly complex when developing Flash applications with server integration. Service Capture, written by Kevin Langdon, is one of the few tools to break into this market. It works as a proxy on your local computer and inspects Remoting (AMF), Web Service (SAOP) and XML data. It also captures other data not directly relevant to Flash development. In this article we will examine the various feature

General Business Getting Started with GotDotNet Workspaces
by: Joel Martinez
Release Date: 08/29/2005
Project management is a topic that can, and will, have volumes upon volumes written about it. In the software field, those with years of experience will tell you that one of the most basic and useful parts of the software development process is a good source control management system.

The topic has been covered before here on CMX by our very own Arman Danesh in his 5 part series:
Using Source Code Management Software

GotDotNet Workspaces) is a unique service offered by Microsoft. My aim with this article isn't to extoll the virtues of using source control software, it is to expose the masses to the fact that such a wonderful tool exists. A few short months ago (as of this writing), they revised the software behind it so it's even faster than before (a common complaint when they first came out).

In the past, when you thought of hosted source control, the first (and just about only) thing that popped to mind was Sourceforge. Now, there are two drawbacks there:

  1. You've got to use CVS which, while it works, I can't say it's the most userfriendly product on the market.
  2. Sourceforge has to review and approve your project ... so they might just say no.

With the Workspaces, a few short clicks and you've got yourself a workspace!

Open Source Ubuntu & You, Part 1: Trying Today's Most Popular Linux Distribution
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 08/15/2005
Ubuntu has become the world's most popular Linux distribution over the past year. This article explains why, and reviews the benefits you can realize by trying it. The article also provides an overview of Ubuntu installation options, along with an account of those (in)famous desktop photos.

The Ubuntu & You Series:
Ubuntu & You - Part 1: Trying Today's Most Popular Linux Distribution
Ubuntu & You - Part 2: Using Today's Most Popular Linux Distribution
Ubuntu & You - Part 3: Breezy is Easy
Ubuntu & You - Part 4: Breezy is Better
Ubuntu & You - Part 5: Be A Dapper Dude (or Dudette)
Ubuntu & You - Part 6: The Dapper Difference
Ubuntu & You - Part 7: An Ugly Upgrade

XML Simplify Your XML Development with XMLSpy
by: Danny Patterson
Release Date: 07/22/2005
Editing XML is often something that developers take for granted. Since XML is text-based, developers can created and edit XML documents in the text editor of their choice. However, there are some use cases that require a dedicated XML editor. XMLSpy from Altova is just such an editor. It is designed specifically for working with different types of XML. And believe me, once you've used this tool, you'll wonder how you got along without it.

Reviews A First Look at Tiger
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 05/04/2005
Mac OS 10.4 Tiger has been eagerly awaited and heavily hyped. Now that it's here, should you upgrade? In a word, yes.

Reviews JEdit 4.2: Cross-Platform Perfection
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 01/11/2005
If you program on more than one platform, you probably already know about JEdit--the free, open source, Java-based programmer's text editor that gives you the same great interface and functionality on every platform. If not, now's the time to find out (even if you're on just one platform)!

Reviews BBEdit 8: Better Than Ever
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 10/19/2004
The last version of BBEdit was a tough act to follow. This world-class, Mac-only text editor excelled at web development tasks and Unix command line scripting alike. But the new BBEdit 8 looks even better. It's packed with over 100 new features, including some major productivity enhancers. This review will take a look at the major new features offered in this release, so you can determine whether to upgrade (or switch!).

FAQs

Flash FAQ: Flash Video
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 01/10/2006
Looking for answers to your Flash video questions? Review our Flash Video FAQ to learn more about using the Flash platform to deliver your web video content.

Extensions

Dreamweaver Color Picker Extension
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 01/03/2011
Have you ever needed to add a color picker to your web site? This can be useful in a CMS, selecting a profile color or selecting a color for a product. Well, with this Dreamweaver extension, you can quickly add a color picker to your web site in no time at all!

Dreamweaver CMX JumpStart: Merry Christmas
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 12/22/2010
Merry Christmas from Community MX!

To celebrate Christmas we are releasing our annual Christmas JumpStart. We would also like take the opportunity to wish you a great holiday and hope that everything you wish for is granted in the New Year. The Christmas JumpStart consists of four columns, one being occupied by the Spry Accordion widget, and the other three are floated columns. The layout presents the opportunity to display a great deal of information and lends itself nicely to a home page for a portal web site.

Photoshop Photoshop Custom Brushes - Dashed and Dotted 01
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 04/07/2009
After you've gone through the 3-part series on Photoshop's Brush Panel, it's time to pick up some new brushes! Check out this starter kit to learn about dashed and dotted lines, and what traps to watch out for.

Photoshop CS and above.

Design The CMX PPC Theme for WM5
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 01/02/2007
The CMX theme for Windows Mobile 5

Fireworks The Complete (Almost) Vectorized Webding Catalog
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 11/06/2006
Way back in December 2003 I wrote a free article here at Community MX called Fun with Webdings and Wingdings which is consistently in the Top Ten of our most viewed tutorials. As of this writing the tutorial has been viewed over 55,000 times. And why not? First of all, the tutorial is free, and secondly, Webdings and Wingdings are lots of fun to play around with. They can also serve some really useful purposes. Depending on the font in that family of "Dings" you can get all sorts of little miniature pictures by just typing in the correct character using the Fireworks Text tool.

Recently I needed some small icons for a design project so I started up Fireworks and created my own reference library for the Webding font family. And while I was at it, I decided to go ahead and convert all of the text objects into vector shapes. What you'll find here is a somewhat later version of the same file that is a tad better organized. You can use this file for your own design purposes or use it as a reference for creating your own library of characters.

What do you get in terms of images? Well, you'll have to open the file up to see all of the little pictures that Webdings create, but here are a few samples.

Sample webding characters

In addition there are two source files included in this download—both a Flash and a Fireworks source file that make use of the webding vector shapes included in the library for your examination.

Flash Preventing Caching in Flash Player
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 01/24/2005
In this article, you'll learn how to use CacheManager, an ActionScript 2.0 class, to prevent Flash Player from caching external images, XML, and text files in your applications.

Fireworks A New Autoshape: Ribbon
by: Brian Edgin
Release Date: 07/06/2004
Hiroshi Miyazawa of the Fireworks Development team has created two new Autoshapes: Wave and Ribbon. In this article you will find a quick start card and a mini-tutorial for the Ribbon Autoshape.

Fireworks A New Autoshape: Wave
by: Brian Edgin
Release Date: 06/21/2004
Hiroshi Miyazawa, of the Fireworks Development team, has created two new Autoshapes: Wave and Ribbon. In this article you will find a quick start card and a mini-tutorial for the Wave Autoshape. Next week we will cover the Ribbon Autoshape.

Dreamweaver CMX Insert Camtasia Video
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 04/30/2004
This extension for Dreamweaver MX and Dreamweaver MX 2004 greatly simplifies inserting Camtasia videos into HTML documents. Simply click the Camtasia Video button on the Common tab of the Insert bar, and you're prompted for the location of your controller and configuration files. The extension takes care of the rest.

Dreamweaver CMX Import Export Keyboard Shortcuts
by: Danilo Celic
Release Date: 03/18/2004
Dreamweaver makes it pretty easy to create and modify keyboard shortcuts. However, Dreamweaver doesn't make it easy to backup your keyboard shortcuts if you need to move between machines, keep your laptop up to date with your desktop, or share your shortcuts with your department's web team members. That's where CMX Import Export Shortcuts extension comes in; No mucking about with configuration files and folders. CMX Import Export Shortcuts makes importing or exporting Dreamweaver keyboard shortcut sets a breeze.

Fireworks CMX Black Line Master Graphics 3
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 11/28/2003
The CMX Black Line Master Series provides you with editable vector artwork in a Fireworks PNG format. Unlike traditional clip art, only the vector outlines exist in these scanned copyright-free images that have been traced in Freehand. In the third release of the series, Christmas, you'll find a collection of images in PNG format all featuring a Christmas theme that can be grouped, scaled, filled and stroked to your hearts content and are suitable for use in Fireworks, Freehand, or Flash.

The CMX Black Line Master Graphics Series:
CMX Black Line Master Graphics 1
CMX Black Line Master Graphics 2
CMX Black Line Master Graphics 3
CMX Black Line Master Graphics 4
CMX Black Line Master Graphics 5

Flash Community MXtra for Flash 2004
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 10/21/2003
This Floating Panel for Flash MX 2004 enables you to search for articles on CommunityMX.com, or browse content using a calendar. Now you don't have to leave Flash to find the latest articles on Community MX.

Dreamweaver Community MXtra for Dreamweaver
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 10/16/2003
This Floating Panel for Dreamweaver MX 6.1 and Dreamweaver MX 2004 enables you to search for articles on CommunityMX.com, or browse content using a calendar. Now you don't have to leave Dreamweaver to find the latest articles on Community MX.

Fireworks The CMX Dashpack
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 07/15/2003
Fireworks doesn't have it's own facility for creating dotted and dashed lines, but it does allow you to import custom Styles. The CMX Dashpack contains 6 dotted and dashed stroke styles that you can use anytime you need dots and dashes.

Dreamweaver Remoting Tester Panel for DW
by: Branden Hall
Release Date: 07/11/2003
This extension adds a panel to Dreamweaver MX that lets you easily test Flash Remoting calls and see their results from within Dreamweaver MX. This is the same version of the Remoting Tester Panel for Flash MX that has been ported to Dreamweaver.

Fireworks Super Guides for Fireworks MX
by: Steven Grosvenor
Release Date: 06/13/2003
Super Guides is an axonometric projection template creator to allow you to create templates of any size, any angle and opacity for your isometric illustration needs. Through a simple yet powerful interface you can quickly create template documents within Fireworks MX to act as a starting point for technical and web illustrations

ColdFusion ColdFusion Row Colors
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 06/09/2003
The CF Row Colors server behavior will allow you to easily add alternating row colors to your repeat region.

Flash Remoting Tester Panel
by: Branden Hall
Release Date: 05/08/2003
This extension adds a panel to Flash MX that lets you easily test Flash Remoting calls and see their results from within FlashMX.

Dreamweaver Edit Document Templates
by: Danilo Celic
Release Date: 05/05/2003
Dreamweaver MX offers native support for plenty of document types, and new document types can be added for use within Dreamweaver. With all of these documents comes a need to customize them for your specific needs. Want a custom charset, a special doctype, or a specific initial page title? If so, then you need to go digging into the depths of the Dreamweaver configuration folder. Well, you used to have to. Now there is the Edit New Documents extension.

Javascript Auto Validation of TextBoxes with the Text Format Suite
by: Joel Martinez
Release Date: 04/04/2003
The Text Format Suite allows you to create form elements that automatically mask the user's input to reduce user error. The suite is a set of four Dreamweaver Behaviors that can be applied to Textboxes.

Articles

Reviews The Review Series Part 1: Adobe Muse
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 10/21/2011
Welcome to the CommunityMX Review Series! With so many new applications and services coming from Adobe (and others!) these days, it seems like a good idea to examine and evaluate them to see which are the keepers and which are the ones best left alone. In this first installment of the series, we're going to investigate Adobe Muse, a new web design application that targets the designer rather than the coder. In this review, I first will take you on a whirlwind tour of how the application works, and then I will give you my thoughts on its value.

Photography CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 22: New York City
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 09/12/2011
Hard as it is to believe, the tenth anniversary of the September 11 attacks is upon us. To pay tribute to that tragic event in American history, we are releasing two collections of photographs of New York City. In this first of the two, we offer twelve high resolution images of Rockefeller Center, Times Square, and Manhattan that you can use in your web or print projects.

Bridge Use Adobe Bridge CS5 for Posting Photos to Facebook, Flickr and Photoshop.com
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 07/14/2011
Once again, Adobe Bridge slips a little known feature into the application which saves me time! As of version 4.0.2, Adobe Bridge CS5 includes Export modules for directly posting photos to Facebook, Flickr and Photoshop.com. The Export modules will even handle a number of formatting and metadata transformations from configurable presets. Compared to my old workflow of creating images then uploading them in separate steps, this feature has saved me significant time and hard drive space. This article will give you a brief overview of the upload process.

Acrobat Acrobat.com SendNow: File Sharing Made Easy
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 06/22/2011
Acrobat.com's SendNow file sharing service has some new features, and more are on the way, to expand the ways you can share large files with others. Now you can send audio or video files as well as brand the download page and emails received by your recipients. Coming in the Fall of 2011 is an Adobe AIR desktop application which will add drag-and-drop functionality.

In case you didn't know, Adobe had a suite of cloud services which includes online PDF creation, document creation (word processing and data tables), document review, form building and hosting, web conferencing, remote desktop sharing and now file sharing. Whew!

Beginning with its debut on November 5, 2010, SendNow provides a secure, cloud-based storage filing box for large files. Similar to other file sharing services like YouSendIt, SendNow eliminates the hassle of failed email attachments or complicated FTP access. Free and paid accounts are available with varying levels of capability and functionality. This article will give you a brief overview of the features and operation of SendNow.

HTML Search Engine Optimization SEO Made Easier with Schema.org
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 06/16/2011
One of the greatest challenges to Search Engine Optimization (SEO) comes from the fact that each search engine has its own proprietary method for crawling and characterizing your web pages. Not only does this require you to learn the techniques for each engine, but further challenge comes from trying to appeal to each on the same page.

With the June 2, 2011 announcement of schema.org, identifying your page content to search engines just became significantly easier. A partnership between Google, Microsoft, and Yahoo, schema.org is a collection of microdata vocabularies that allow you to specifically add markup to your content so that it can be better understood by these major search engines.

This article will introduce you to the use of schema.org vocabularies and provide some examples of how you can use them. If you are unfamiliar with the HTML5 Microdata mechanism, you may wish to first review Estelle Weyl's introduction to HTML5: Microdata to become more familiar with the syntax.

Fireworks Maintaining Transparency and Anti-Aliasing Between Fireworks and Photoshop
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 04/21/2011
In the wonderful world of web design, there are two main graphic camps - Fireworks users and Photoshop users. This article isn't so much about the different camps - there are tons of articles out there on that topic - but more so on the reality that sometimes - maybe even often - a designer either has to work with both applications, or at least has to prep artwork to go from Fireworks to Photoshop.

Yes, this is the part of the true, heart-wrenching and inspiring tale of Fireworks conversion. It's happening, but slowly, one designer at a time . . .

Illustrator Transparent GIFs in Adobe Illustrator
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 03/21/2011
GIF is the standard format for compressing images with flat color and crisp detail, such as line art, logos, or illustrations with type. GIF files support 8-bit color, so they can display up to 256 colors. Background transparency preserves transparent pixels in the image which allows the background of the web page to show through the transparent areas of your image / logo.

In this article we will look at how to create Transparent GIF's in Adobe Illustrator without getting the halos / jagged edges. the background matte simulates transparency by blending transparent pixels with a matte color that can match the web page background. Background matte works best if the web page background is a solid color.

CSS Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course - Part 4
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 02/11/2011
It's been a while since I published Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course - Part 3, which is part of a series that keeps a running catalog of all CSS and HTML related content on Community MX. We've released quite a few pieces since that December 2009 article, so it's time to continue the catalog where we left off. There have been articles about emerging technologies such as CSS3 and HTML5, some new JumpStarts, a new CSS Starter Page series, and even a Fireworks prototyping series. Let's get started looking at all the goodies.

Dreamweaver The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 01/27/2011
Unless you have been impersonating Rip Van Winkle and have been sleeping the past year, I am sure most of you are aware of the tsunami of CSS3 and HTML5 techniques that are flooding the web tutorial and blog sites. Adobe released its Dreamweaver CS5 11.03 updater with new HTML5 and CSS3 capabilities, as well as two HTML5 CSS Starter Pages. With two mainstream CSS Starter Page series behind us, I hope you are ready to embark on a freewheeling look into the future-is-now through this new HTML5 CSS Starter Page series.

The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series:
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 1
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 2: Content Models
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 3: Constructing the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 4: Markup Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 5: Styling the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 6: More Layout Styling
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 7: Styling the Navigation for the Layout
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 8: Site Tasks
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 9: The Video Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 10: The Contact Page
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 11: The Contact Page Continued
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 12: Styling Data Tables
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 13: CSS3 Media Queries and the Mobile Web
The HTML5 CSS Starter Page Series - Part 14: Optimizing for Phone and Tablet

Fireworks Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 3: Prototyping
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 01/04/2011
I'm releasing a series of excerpts from the book, which began with Button Symbols and now continues in Part 3 with segments on the prototyping workflow and exporting a Fireworks wireframe as an interactive PDF. Both excerpts from Chapter 10, Prototyping Basics.

The Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Series:
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 1: Button Symbols
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 2: The Compound Shape Tool
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 3: Prototyping
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 4: Fireworks and CSS Export
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 5: Working with Device Central
Fireworks CS5 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 6: Working with Flash Catalyst

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Merry Christmas
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 12/23/2010
It's that most wonderful time of the year - not only is it the holiday season, but we're also gearing up for Community MX's annual open house. The entire web community is invited to browse our offerings for free, as well as accept our gift of a free CMX Dreamweaver template, CMX JumpStart Merry Christmas.

In this article I will discuss the features of the new JumpStart, and show you a modification that should get you started in thinking about ways you can use it in your own projects.

Photoshop Photoshop CS5 Mixer Brush Experiment 1
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 12/13/2010
Have you checked out the new Mixer Brush in Photoshop CS5? I happen to love it, but I'm no painter, so I need a little help. Still, my aim isn't to make a photographic painting. Instead, I want to use a photo as a base for a more artistic approach.

In this video, I'll show you one way to start experimenting with painting from photographs using this wonderful new tool in Photoshop CS5.

Approximate download size: 47MB

Education The CS5 CSS Starter Page Series Part 15: Lesson Plan for Teachers
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 12/08/2010
Now that we've completed the CS5 CSS Starter Page series, I would like to share my own lesson plans for incorporating the tutorials into a fifteen semester course. Join me as I give a class by class description of what I teach to my students at Montgomery College.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Lucknow
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 11/12/2010
With President Obama in India this week, it is a good time to offer a JumpStart based on an Indian city. Lucknow is the capital city of Uttar Pradesh in India, and is also now the latest CMX JumpStart, CMX JumpStart Lucknow.

The main construction of CMX JumpStart Lucknow consists of liquid outer DIVs, but fixed inner content widths. This ensures that the design fills out the user's browser width while still maintaining a good line reading length. There are styles for two or three column options that can be controlled from a single CSS file. The first tier tabbed navigation uses the popular Sliding Door technique, and the second tier navigation uses an unordered list for greater accessibility. Both navigation schemes provide for a current page marker. The optional third column includes a styled Spry Accordion widget. A version of the Lucknow logo is included as a multi-layered PNG that is fully editable.

(And if this is all still not enough for you, later in this article I will give you a bonus CSS3 style sheet. You'll be able to add gradients, rounded corners, box shadows, and RGBA color to enhance the design without the weight of extra images.)

Reviews Adobe MAX 2010 - Amazing and Exhausting
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 11/03/2010
I recently returned from the 2010 Adobe MAX event in Los Angeles. Let me tell you, it was a very busy three days! Aside from presenting at MAX, I found countless opportunities to learn something new and many chances to network with other digital professionals.

General Business Free Tools
by: Ray West
Release Date: 10/27/2010
You have, no doubt, heard of Google Docs, and Google Analytics, a Google Apps and the free tools they offer small businesses. But Google is not the only place to find free (or pretty close to it) programs that can help any cash-strapped startup get a huge jumpstart. Running a business is tough and managing development is complicated. The following are tools (most of which I have used) that can make the many hats you wear much more manageable, without breaking the bank.

CSS IE6 & IE7 Implicit Label Bug
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 10/13/2010
Even though IE6 has been around for nearly a decade, there are still some undiscovered bugs. As we push the limits of what new browsers can do, we go beyond the limits of what old browsers are capable of. As we push the limits, new bugs may be discovered. Here is a background image bug that I came across that I found no documentation on. When you find a new bug, document it. You may have pulled your hair out because of it.

General Business A Web Developers Workflow with Dropbox - Online Backup, File Sync and Sharing Made Easy
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 10/11/2010
In case you are not one of the 4 million+ users who have used Dropbox since 2008, it is a file service which stores your files on back servers as well as synching them to your various computers and mobile devices. Known as a freemium service, the synchronization software is free and Dropbox gives you a complimentary 2 GB of online storage space and a 30 day archive of file history. Paid plans are available which expand storage space and provide unlimited file history. Dropbox has a referral program which rewards you with additional 250 MB increments of storage space for each referral you make. So, if you sign up with this link you will receive a bonus 250 MB of storage space and so will I (thank you!)

When I first starting using Dropbox in 2008, it was primarily to take advantage of the file synchronization and sharing features. When you place a file in your Dropbox on one computer, it almost instantaneously appears on all your other computers which you have linked. This feature alone makes this service ultimately convenient over shuttling files via USB memory stick or FTP.

Over the years, I started folding these file management and sharing features with web development projects. This year, I was hired as part of a developer team on a large web site project. One of the first things the client did was to share a Dropbox folder with their specification documents, code snippets, database definitions and graphic mockups. During the project, as the client or other team members revised files they were placed in the Dropbox and hence distributed to the rest of the team. I recall at the time appreciating the simplicity of this method as compared to sorting through numerous email attachments and trying to determine which was the most current version.

Now, Dropbox is an integral part of my new web development projects. The simplicity of the software, as well as the benefits of the file sharing features described above make Dropbox a very client-friendly way to get work done. I'll describe below a workflow that you can use with your clients to dispense your specification files, collect client assets, share drafts, keep version history and even deliver that final invoice!

General Business More Reliable Email Delivery with Postmark
by: Ray West
Release Date: 09/30/2010
Chances are your web application uses email to stay in contact with your users. Whether to assist in the creation and management of user accounts or to verify a purchase, most sites have regular occasion to respond to a user's interaction with an email of some kind. For some applications, this is a vital part of the workflow and email delivery is a critical function that must be verifiable and secure.

Education Story Telling with VuVox
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 09/24/2010
I was recently introduced to a very cool online service called VUVOX. This free, online service makes it easy for you to create and share interactive presentations which include photos, video and music. And it's fun! Students, teachers, artists, photojournalists, photographers can share their work and thoughts in an interactive, scrolling collage that can be built in minutes.

HTML The Secret to Effective HTML Page Title Tags
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 09/01/2010
The lowly HTML Title tag - it is too often neglected. If it weren't for the fact that it is a required element of XHTML pages, it might be left out all together. A quick search in Google yield 18.2 million pages entitled "Untitled Document" (which happens to be the default filler in Dreamweaver.)

Enlightened content producers and etailers, on the other hand, have harnessed the power of the title tag. They know that search engines will give their higher prominence in search results whe the title tag contains relevant and revealing keywords about the page's contents. They also know that users will stay on their site longer and return more times when they can find a specific page in their browser history.

So what is the secret? It was recently reinforced for me as I spent some time shopping on two different websites...

HTML HTML5: JavaScript Web Workers
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 08/02/2010
When performing heavy JavaScript operations in a web browser, your web page user interface may become unresponsive until the JavaScript is finished. HTML5 Web Workers provides a solution by enabling threaded JavaScript, freeing up the UI thread to respond to user interaction. This article provides an introduction to HTML5 web workers.

Photography Depth of Field
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 07/26/2010
You know that kind of blurry thing you sometimes get in the background of your pictures? I mean the good stuff, not the "Oh drat! I didn't focus properly!" kind of stuff.

Well, this article talks about Depth of Field. What it is, how to get it, and when getting it takes some careful thought about your setup. Even if you understand the basics, I've included some information that you may not have considered before. Surprising stuff. Secret photography stuff.

So grab your camera, set it to manual, and open up this article. Then go out and practice, practice, practice!

Fireworks Improved Export Workflows in Fireworks CS5
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 07/09/2010
Fireworks CS5 has improved some of the existing export work flows, compared to prior versions. While these may seem small items, you may find this information quite helpful when you plan to export your graphics.

Photography Introducing CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 15: The Three Musketeers
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 04/27/2010
We are excited to introduce the CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 15: The Three Musketeers, based on the book by Alexandre Dumas (1805-1870). You can read The Three Musketeers at the Gutenburg Project.

You may not remember the names of Athos, Porthos, and Aramis, the inseparable friends in The Three Musketeers, but you surely have heard of the motto they live by: "all for one, one for all".

There is something compelling about groups of threes. The concept of three seems to be in our blood, in our religions, and even in our design principles. The ratio of thirds is a hot topic in web design, especially as divided in a 960 pixel wide layout. In the spirit of the trend, we are pleased to offer you images based on groupings of three.

Photography Introducing CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 14: The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 03/12/2010
We are excited to introduce the CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 14: The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes, based on the book by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle (1859 - 1930).

Everyone knows that back in the good old days a detective carried a magnifying glass. A good photographer carries lenses to capture stunning close-up shots - as though through a magnifying glass.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Beijing
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 03/10/2010
The Vancouver Olympics are over, and we are left with only nostalgia. Let's add the 2008 Beijing Olympics to our memories as we contemplate the latest CMX JumpStart, CMX JumpStart Beijing.

CSS The :first-letter Pseudo Element
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 03/03/2010
The :first-letter pseudo element provides us with a way to style our content in much the same way as you might see in any number of printed articles or books. By making good use of this pseudo element we can isolate the first letter of any section of our content and style it separately from the default styling of the remainder of that content. Whether that content is a simple paragraph copy or a header element we now have the means to isolate the first letter and style it as we see fit.

General Business Get Your Head in the Cloud
by: Ray West
Release Date: 02/26/2010
Cloud computing is all the talk these days, but what does it really mean and how can you take advantage of it?

The Cloud Series:
Get Your Head in the Cloud
The Rackspace Cloud: Intial Considerations
The Rackspace Cloud: Getting Ready to Spin Up a Server

General Business Do you have an emergency plan?
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 02/24/2010
Do you have an emergency plan? No? Neither did I, until it was too late...

CSS Rotate That Image with CSS!
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 02/19/2010
A little unknown and not often used style of CSS is the ability to rotate images through a central axis.

Rotation is a very easy thing to achieve and it is not limited to just images, you can apply the same styling to text. The rotate value does require some proprietary code but the affect can be achieved across all the main stream browsers with the exception of Opera; as we shall see.

Photography Introducing CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 13:Gone with the Wind
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 02/15/2010
We are excited to introduce the CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 13: Gone with the Wind, based on the book by Margaret Mitchell (1865-1939).

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Agra
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 02/01/2010
Maybe you haven't heard of Agra, India, but you most definitely have heard of its most famous building, the Taj Mahal. Agra is a popular tourist destination, and now it will be a particularly popular CMX JumpStart, CMX JumpStart Agra. Why? Because one page includes multiple layout possibilities.

CMX JumpStart Agra is a 900 pixel wide, fixed-width layout providing multiple column options that can be controlled from a single CSS file. While the top half of Agra remains constant, the lower three-column section can easily be modified from its default three columns to either a one or two column layout. The tabbed navigation uses the popular Sliding Door technique.

The JumpStart includes a main style sheet, a version six and below Internet Explorer style sheet, a version seven and above Internet Explorer style sheet, and a Design Time Style Sheet (in case your version of Dreamweaver makes the layout difficult to edit in Design View).

Of course Agra meets the W3C standards for CSS and XHTML, as well as the WAI accessibility requirements, too.

General Business Call To Action - Is Your Web Site Working For You?
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 01/21/2010
Every web site is created for a specific purpose, whether it is to sell a product, engage potential clients, provide content or to facilitate social connections. To ensure your visitor actually performs your desired action, you need to lead them to that goal. You need a 'Call to Action.' Simply, you need to invite the visitor to do what you wish them to do (and make it easy to do!)

Think about your web sites. Have you created a call to action? Is your site designed to support that action? Are a high percentage of visitors actually responding to your call to action? This article will discuss the planning, design, implementation and optimization of creating an effective site that achieves a high conversion rate of visitors responding to your call to action.

SQL Limiting Results from MySQL SELECT Queries
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 01/13/2010
Sometimes, when crafting MySQL select queries, we get so caught up in constructing the selection that we overlook the issue of specifying how much data we need to select. For example, you may need only 10 records to show in one page of search results. Or, you might want just one record for displaying a random quote. Selections of the entire table might also result in multiple instances of the same value when you want just one copy of each.

This article will discuss two options for MySQL selections, LIMIT and DISTINCT, which will give you more control over the volume of results returned by your queries. Mastery of these two options is essential in achieving fine control of your MySQL queries.

HTML HTML 5 - Part1: An Introduction to the New Layout Tags
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 01/13/2010
In this article we will be taking a look at HTML 5 and some of the new semantic tags that are available to us for laying out our web pages. We'll compare the new tags and the markup to how we currently write our code and review the differences we can expect to see when we move to HTML 5.

The HTML 5 Series:
HTML 5 - Part 1: An Introduction to the New Layout Tags
HTML 5 - Part 2: An Introduction to the New Division Tags

Photography Some Tips on Digital Photo Frames
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 01/06/2010
Digital photo frames have been on the market for some time now, but only recently have they become affordable - especially the larger format versions. By larger format, I mean larger than a 5x7 inch screen.

Having just purchased a 15 inch digital frame, I thought I would share some tips with you about this rather nifty device.

Dreamweaver Decorating Lapland for the Holidays
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 12/18/2009
Can it be mid December already? The holiday season is in full force, and many of us are decorating, putting up trees, shopping online and in stores, and planning the holiday meal. We're decorating here at Community MX as well. In fact, this busy little CMX elf is decorating the latest JumpStart, CMX JumpStart Lapland. We are extremely pleased to offer this JumpStart as a free holiday gift to the entire online community. Put on the holiday music, and join me in this tutorial that guides you through modifying Lapland and decorating it for the holidays with a custom font from Font Squirrel.

Fireworks Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: Design Meeting and Feedback
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 12/10/2009
Kim Cavanaugh has given us the general style of our little iPhone application. Our next step in the process was to discuss the design and also get some client feedback. In this article we'll address some questions from our "client" and also finalize a key point of our app - how will our articles be displayed?

The Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4 Series:
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: The iPhone Project
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: On Design and Branding for iPhone Apps
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: The iPhone Project Comes into Focus
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: Creating an iPhone Application Wireframe
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: Creating a Branded Application
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: Design Meeting and Feedback

CSS Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course - Part 3
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 12/08/2009
On Jan. 4, 2007 and January 9, 2008, we offered directories of our CSS articles and tutorials in Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course and Design Your Own Custom CMX Course Part Two.

It's been almost two years since the last CSS course publication, and CMX authors have written scores of new CSS and accessibility related articles, tutorials, and technique updates. Clearly it is time for part three of the CSS course.

We hope this inventory of the latest additions to our CSS offerings makes it easier to find what you're looking for.

The Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course Series:
Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course - Part 1
Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course - Part 2
Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course - Part 3

Flex Professional Adobe Flex 3: The Flex 3 Ecosystem - Part 3
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 11/25/2009
In May 2009, Wrox released a ground-breaking book: Professional Adobe Flex 3, written by Joseph Balderson, Peter Ent, Jun Heider, Todd Prekaski, Tom Sugden, Andrew Trice, David Hassoun and Joe Berkovitz, (ISBN 0470223642). This landmark publication consists over 1400+ pages of Flex reference material, covering a multitude of topics ranging from beginner to advanced, from the fundamentals of the Flash Platform technology ecosystem to the intricacies of the most advanced Flex-related frameworks and server products, in a breadth and depth found nowhere else.

In a Community MX exclusive, the following is an excerpt from Chapter 2: The Flex 3 Ecosystem:

Before diving into the specifics of any technology, it helps to know the terrain. You may have heard terms such as the Flash Player, Flash runtime, Flex, Flex framework, virtual machine, Flash Platform, Flex ecosystem, and various Adobe server products. The previous chapter defined a few aspects of this ensemble of technologies but perhaps not enough for the uninitiated to get a grasp of how they are related. What else is there? And how do they all fit together? This chapter will attempt to categorize and enumerate as many aspects of the ensemble of Adobe and related technologies that we call "the Flex ecosystem" as possible. These technologies are divided into the following categories:

  • Runtimes
  • Languages
  • Development tools
  • Frameworks and APIs
  • Data communications
  • Servers

In the final Part 3 of this excerpt, we will complete our coverage of The Adobe Flex 3 Ecosystem with The Adobe Flex RIA Process Flow.

Adobe Professional Flex 3

The Flex 3 Ecosystem Series:
Professional Adobe Flex 3: The Flex 3 Ecosystem - Part 1
Professional Adobe Flex 3: The Flex 3 Ecosystem - Part 2
Professional Adobe Flex 3: The Flex 3 Ecosystem - Part 3

Photography Introducing Masterpiece Photo Collection 12: To Autumn
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 11/20/2009
We are excited to introduce the CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 12: To Autumn, based on the poem by William Blake (November 28, 1757 - August 12, 1827).

This article includes thumbnails of the ten high resolution images you get in the subscriber's CMX Masterpiece Photo article by Jill Kossin.

Flex Professional Adobe Flex 3: The Flex 3 Ecosystem - Part 2
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 11/18/2009
In May 2009, Wrox released a ground-breaking book: Professional Adobe Flex 3, written by Joseph Balderson, Peter Ent, Jun Heider, Todd Prekaski, Tom Sugden, Andrew Trice, David Hassoun and Joe Berkovitz, (ISBN 0470223642). This landmark publication consists over 1400+ pages of Flex reference material, covering a multitude of topics ranging from beginner to advanced, from the fundamentals of the Flash Platform technology ecosystem to the intricacies of the most advanced Flex-related frameworks and server products, in a breadth and depth found nowhere else.

In a Community MX exclusive, the following is an excerpt from Chapter 2: The Flex 3 Ecosystem:

Before diving into the specifics of any technology, it helps to know the terrain. You may have heard terms such as the Flash Player, Flash runtime, Flex, Flex framework, virtual machine, Flash Platform, Flex ecosystem, and various Adobe server products. The previous chapter defined a few aspects of this ensemble of technologies but perhaps not enough for the uninitiated to get a grasp of how they are related. What else is there? And how do they all fit together? This chapter will attempt to categorize and enumerate as many aspects of the ensemble of Adobe and related technologies that we call “the Flex ecosystem” as possible. These technologies are divided into the following categories:

  • Runtimes
  • Languages
  • Development tools
  • Frameworks and APIs
  • Data communications
  • Servers

In Part 2 of this excerpt, we will continue our coverage of the Flex and Flash Platform development ecosystem of technologies, with Frameworks and APIs, Data Communications and Servers.

The Flex 3 Ecosystem Series:
Professional Adobe Flex 3: The Flex 3 Ecosystem - Part 1
Professional Adobe Flex 3: The Flex 3 Ecosystem - Part 2
Professional Adobe Flex 3: The Flex 3 Ecosystem - Part 3

Fireworks Create Your Own Custom CMX Fireworks Course - Updated
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 11/17/2009
Since March of 2009, we've added more than 40 Fireworks or Fireworks-related articles to the Community MX content list. Now, as of November 2009, there are over 400! I figured it was about time to yet again update what we have available for my favorite imaging application. This learning guide will group articles into categories, guide you in determining their levels, and help you design your own custom Fireworks course. This article will break down the various FW articles into several areas, from the basics of the Fireworks interface, to creative design and production techniques.

Dreamweaver The CMX JumpStart Catalog Update 2009
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 11/10/2009
Our last JumpStart Catalog was published in 2008, and of course we've released quite a few new JumpStarts since then. It's almost 2010(!), so it's definitely time to update and put all our JumpStarts more conveniently at your fingertips.

Hard as it is to believe, it is five years - almost to the day - since we published our first JumpStart, CMX JumpStart Paris, on Oct. 28, 2004. Long live the CMX JumpStart!

This catalog will start out by breaking down the JumpStarts into categories such as fixed-width, fluid, horizontal band, and number of columns. It will then list the special features that can be found in various JumpStarts, such as galleries, widgets, typography enhancements such as sIFR, Flash MP3 players, forms, and many more. Finally, we'll get to the actual catalog of every JumpStart we've published over the last five years. There will be a picture, a list of features, and links to the JumpStart itself, as well as the free article that describes it.

Fireworks Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4 - Creating a Branded Application
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 11/05/2009
As we’ve wound our way through the brave new world of mobile device design using Adobe Fireworks, my partners Tom Green, Jim Babbage and I have all learned some valuable lessons. From the technical to the practical, this project has opened all our eyes to a number of things that are a bit different from our more customary world of web design. Different screen sizes, different resolutions, and conflicting advice have all been a part of the landscape of working in this arena.

The one very fortunate constant, however, has been Adobe Fireworks CS4. It seems like I've used just about every tool that comes with the application over the last few weeks as I've taken on the important task of creating a uniquely branded application for the iPhone. It's also taken a fair bit of time to get my head into how I want the application to look and I've held things up a bit as a result. Boy, doesn't that sound like the real world?

In this next article in the series I'll share with you a little bit regarding the techniques, tools, and philosophy I used when getting our little design into its current state. Even though we're not finished, and even though I know there are things that I've missed and corrections that need to be made, pausing at this point in the design process to get feedback from my collaborators on this project actually makes sense.

The Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4 Series:
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: The iPhone Project
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: On Design and Branding for iPhone Apps
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: The iPhone Project Comes into Focus
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: Creating an iPhone Application Wireframe
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: Creating a Branded Application

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Black Forest
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 10/30/2009
Known for its highlands, scenery, and forests, the Black Forest in Germany is a popular center of tourism. When someone mentions Black Forest to me, however, I always think of the wonderful cake or waltzing by the beautiful Blue Danube. Now I am going to us all something else to think about, too, and that's the latest CMX JumpStart Black Forest.

CMX JumpStart Black Forest is a centered, two-column, fixed layout in the new wider width that many designers are now using. The tabbed navigation uses the popular Sliding Door technique. The header features a logo with the text placed on a circular path, and will make it easy to design an attractive logo for your site. The main content resides in the left column, and a Digg content sharing menu occupies the right column.

The JumpStart includes a main style sheet, an Internet Explorer style sheet, and a Design Time Style Sheet (in case your version of Dreamweaver makes the layout difficult to edit in Design View).

Of course Black Forest meets the W3C standards for CSS and XHTML, as well as the WAI accessibility requirements, too.

Education Introducing Palm Breeze Cafe
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 10/22/2009
I wear a lot of different hats in my day job. As a member of the Educational Technology Team for Palm Beach County schools—one of the largest public school districts in the U.S.—I do all sorts of things from manage programs to conducting workshops and even doing the occasional web and graphic design work. But the most unusual aspect of my job is that I also get to be a television star.

OK, star might be a bit of a stretch, but I am the co-host of a weekly television show that is filmed in our school district's television studio. Each and every week during the school year we record Palm Breeze Cafe for broadcast to all 165 schools in our district as well as send the show out to local cable viewers.

But as cool as it is to serve our local community this way, from the start we've always published our show online through YouTube and other video sharing sites. This allows us to share with you (for free!) the great things we do on the show and the many ways that computers can be used for learning.

Fireworks Going Mobile with Fireworks - Creating an iPhone Application Wireframe
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 10/01/2009
In the last three articles in this series, Tom Green and Kim Cavanaugh shed a great deal of light on the conceptual process for creating our iPhone app. We're now at the stage where a wireframe of our concept would be a really good idea, and that's where I come in.

In this article I'll talk about the considerations made for building the wireframe and share some tips and Fireworks features that can help ease the process.

The Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4 Series:
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: The iPhone Project
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: On Design and Branding for iPhone Apps
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: The iPhone Project Comes into Focus
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: Creating an iPhone Application Wireframe
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: Creating a Branded Application

Fireworks Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: The iPhone Project Comes into Focus
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 09/29/2009
In this installment the team wrestles with the specific design issues posed by the iPhone.

The Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4 Series:
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: The iPhone Project
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: On Design and Branding for iPhone Apps
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: The iPhone Project Comes into Focus
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: Creating an iPhone Application Wireframe
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: Creating a Branded Application

Fireworks Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: On Design and Branding for iPhone Apps
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 09/24/2009
I'm taking the plunge along with Tom Green and Jim Babbage for an in-depth look at the world of mobile design, and as luck would have it, we've decided to take on what is likely the most challenging of all mobile devices by starting with the iPhone.

The Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4 Series:
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: The iPhone Project
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: On Design and Branding for iPhone Apps
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: The iPhone Project Comes into Focus
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: Creating an iPhone Application Wireframe
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: Creating a Branded Application

Fireworks Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: The iPhone Project
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 09/22/2009
The question is not if you will start designing for mobile devices. It is when you will start. Join Jim Babbage, Kim Cavanaugh and I as we enter the wild, wacky and weird world of designing for mobile devises using Fireworks CS4.

The Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4 Series:
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: The iPhone Project
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: On Design and Branding for iPhone Apps
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: The iPhone Project Comes into Focus
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: Creating an iPhone Application Wireframe
Going Mobile with Fireworks CS4: Creating a Branded Application

Photography Introducing CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 11: The Sun Also Rises
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 09/17/2009
We are excited to introduce the CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 11: The Sun Also Rises based on the book by Ernest Hemingway (1899-1961).

The collection consists of ten high resolution images of sunrises and sunsets in various locations. This article introduces the collection and gives you thumbnail previews of the images contained in the collection published by Jillian Kossin, resident CMX photographer.

Photography Observations From an Equestrian Photo Shoot
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 09/10/2009
Are you looking to expand your photographic horizons? And I don't mean with a 12mm fisheye lens... I mean taking on new challenges. I was recently invited to take pictures at an outdoor equestrian event, which I had never previously done.

I grabbed my camera, took a few moments to think about what I'd need, then proceeded to spend the day learning how little I knew about event photography. I was up at 4am to be on the trail and set up. Read my experience doing something for the first time, and perhaps you'll come out ahead when next you tackle a new challenge!

General Business So You Want To Be a Tech Writer?
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 08/31/2009
Are you the type to share knowledge and innovations in technology? Are you the person everyone asks when they want to know how to do something on their computer? Maybe you have found yourself thinking after reading a tutorial, "Hey! I could write this. I know plenty of this stuff." Are you interested in helping others or possibly making some money from your knowledge?

Well, the opportunity to be an author of articles, commentaries, reviews and tutorials abound. You don't already need to be famous to become an author. You don't even need to know everything about the subject on which you write. But there are some things that you need to be in order to receive success as a tech writer. You do need to be accurate, be clear, be instructive, be innovative, be interesting and be curious.

Fireworks Introducing CMX Design Element Sulphur
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 08/28/2009
It's been a while, but we hope the wait is worth it - today we have a new Design Element to offer you - CMX Design Element Sulphur, a layout that is intended for, though not really limited to, blogging sites.

If you're a subscriber, be sure to download CMX Design Element Sulphur from Gordon MacKay's article, also published today. If you're not a subscriber, continue with this article to learn about the Design Element concept and to get a peak at what the Sulphur design looks like.

Flex Professional Adobe Flex 3: The Flex 3 Ecosystem - Part 1
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 08/25/2009
In May 2009, Wrox released a ground-breaking book: Professional Adobe Flex 3, written by Joseph Balderson, Peter Ent, Jun Heider, Todd Prekaski, Tom Sugden, Andrew Trice, David Hassoun and Joe Berkovitz, (ISBN 0470223642). This landmark publication consists over 1400+ pages of Flex reference material, covering a multitude of topics ranging from beginner to advanced, from the fundamentals of the Flash Platform technology ecosystem to the intricacies of the most advanced Flex-related frameworks and server products, in a breadth and depth found nowhere else.

In a Community MX exclusive, the following is an excerpt from Chapter 2: The Flex 3 Ecosystem:

Before diving into the specifics of any technology, it helps to know the terrain. You may have heard terms such as the Flash Player, Flash runtime, Flex, Flex framework, virtual machine, Flash Platform, Flex ecosystem, and various Adobe server products. The previous chapter defined a few aspects of this ensemble of technologies but perhaps not enough for the uninitiated to get a grasp of how they are related. What else is there? And how do they all fit together? This chapter will attempt to categorize and enumerate as many aspects of the ensemble of Adobe and related technologies that we call “the Flex ecosystem” as possible. These technologies are divided into the following categories:

  • Runtimes
  • Languages
  • Development tools
  • Frameworks and APIs
  • Data communications
  • Servers

In Part 1 of this excerpt, we will cover the history of Flex, followed by an in-depth coverage of the runtimes, languages and development tools associated with Flex development and the Flash Platform.

Professional Adobe Flex 3

The Flex 3 Ecosystem Series:
Professional Adobe Flex 3: The Flex 3 Ecosystem - Part 1
Professional Adobe Flex 3: The Flex 3 Ecosystem - Part 2
Professional Adobe Flex 3: The Flex 3 Ecosystem - Part 3

Flex Professional Adobe Flex 3: Why Flex?
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 08/20/2009
In May 2009, Wrox released a ground-breaking book: Professional Adobe Flex 3, written by  Joseph Balderson, Peter Ent, Jun Heider, Todd Prekaski, Tom Sugden, Andrew Trice, David Hassoun and Joe Berkovitz, (ISBN 0470223642). This landmark publication consists over 1400+ pages of Flex reference material, covering a multitude of topics ranging from beginner to advanced, from the fundamentals of the Flash Platform technology ecosystem to the intricacies of the most advanced Flex-related frameworks and server products, in a breadth and depth found nowhere else.

The following article is an excerpt from Chapter 1: Why Flex?:

It seems like nearly every programming book I have ever read starts off with the obligatory “Introduction to [whatever]” chapter, which basically regurgitates the essentials that everyone knows, and hence is the one chapter nearly every reader skips. In this first chapter of the book, I thought we’d start things off with a different approach, one that takes you, the reader, through the reasons that you might want to use Flex, what Flex is for, bursting some myths about Flex and the Flash platform, and, finally, ending up with a “Top 10” of Flex’s strong points. Enjoy!

Adobe Professional Flex 3

Design Getting Color Theme Inspiration From Your Local Hardware Store
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 08/20/2009
There are many excellent online color pickers and color generators, such as Adobe Kuler, or Petr Stanicek's Color Scheme Designer, but I believe it's important that we Web designers get out of our cushie chiars every so often and gain inspiration away from the desktop.

And what better place than the local hardware or paint store? If you cringe at the mere thought of painting a room, fear not! There will be no need to lift a paint brush during this excursion - but a flatbed scanner might be helpful . . .

Example of a final web page mock up, using color chips as the color scheme inspiration.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart: Stelvio Pass - Gallery
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 08/19/2009
Let's take a car ride along the highest paved mountain pass in the Eastern Alps, the Stelvio Pass of Italy. Then let's take some great shots along the route and when we get home, place them on a web page in a stunning gallery format, courtesy of the free Adobe Lightbox, to share with our friends and family. Guess what? That's exactly what Adrian Senior did for the the latest JumpStart, CMX JumpStart Stelvio Pass - Gallery.

General Business Increase Contract Bidding Success With Problem Analysis
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 08/18/2009
I have heard from many developers who have developed bids for client sites only to hear upon submission that the prospect believes the solution to be far too expensive. Has this happened to you? Want to avoid the costly process of developing bids for potential clients who will likely reject them as far too expensive?

By incorporating problem analysis into your needs assessment process you can prevent situations in which your bids will be dismissed outright for their cost. I will show you how to increase the success rate of your bidding process by ensuring the solution you propose provides value for the problem the prospect has to solve.

ASP.NET Rediscovering Microsoft
by: Joel Martinez
Release Date: 08/14/2009
When Adobe released Dreamweaver CS4, one of the features conspicuously missing from the feature list was the .NET server model. If you still use the Microsoft stack to develop and host web applications and sites and haven't looked at the latest tools from Microsoft, then this the perfect opportunity to get up to speed on the latest Microsoft tech.

In this article we will learn how to set up your development environment, and also about the latest frameworks that Microsoft has to offer, such as entity framework and asp.net mvc

Photography Introducing CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 10: The People
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 08/13/2009
We are excited to introduce the CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 10: The People, based on the poem by William Butler Yeats (1865-1939). This article includes thumbnails of the ten images in this collection.

CSS IE8 - The Good - CSS2.1 Selector Support
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 08/11/2009
In the last section we overviewed all the new features of IE8. In this section we take a closer look at all of the CSS2.1 Selectors, and compare IE6, IE7 and IE8 browser support.

The IE8: The Good, The Bad, The Ugly (and Pretty) Series:
IE8: The Good, The Bad, The Ugly (and Pretty)
IE8: The Good - CSS2.1 Selector Support

Photoshop Spikey 3D Ball in Photoshop CS4 Extended
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 08/10/2009
So, you've probably seen some slick stuff you can do in Photoshop CS4 Extended with 3D objects. You may have seen someone put a car from Google Warehouse into a parking lot (yawn), or even a 3D display case into a store (double yawn). Perhaps you've seen some goofball create a fiery soap bubble entirely in 3D with Photoshop (seriously - who think of these things??).

But now you are going to see the true power of 3D in Photoshop; random junk! Yes, follow along as I show you how to create a spikey blog thing that defies other description (try as I might).

Approximate download size: 6MB

Photography Introducing Masterpiece Photo Collection 9: The Butterfly's Day
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 08/06/2009
We are excited to introduce the CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 9: The Butterfly's Day, based on the poem by Emily Dickinson (1830-1886). You can read The Butterfly's Day and other butterfly poems that Dickinson wrote at The Classic Reader. It's already August, and before you know it, summer will be behind us, the kids will go back to school, and the momentum towards the big holidays will begin. Let's enjoy our lazy summer days a little while longer. Let's go out to the field and chase the butterflies.

Open Source What's Coming in Drupal 7
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 08/04/2009
Code Freeze for the 7th version of Drupal has been announced for September 1st and August should see a flurry of activity as the developers try to get as many features as possible into this very popular content management system. Let's take a look at some of the features that are coming in the next release

CSS IE8 - The Good, the Bad, the Ugly (and Pretty)
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 07/22/2009
Browsers come out every day. Webkit has a nightly build. Wireless devices come with their own, often unique browsers. Even with the plethora of available browsers, Internet Explorer, a browser that is not regularly updated, still has over 60% of the browser market. IE8 was released only in March 2009, and by July 2009, it already had 17% of the browser market share.

In this article, we take a look at the IE8 browser and provide an overview of what is new and improved in this release.

The IE8: The Good, The Bad, The Ugly (and Pretty) Series:
IE8: The Good, The Bad, The Ugly (and Pretty)
IE8: The Good - CSS2.1 Selector Support

Fireworks Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 4: Advanced Prototyping
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 07/08/2009
Adobe Fireworks CS4 has quite a few cool features, but if you're completely new to the program - or new to web design, you might be wondering where to start in Fireworks. In the Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book, my goal was to introduce the complete novice to Fireworks and by the end of the book, leave them with a wide range of skills and a solid grasp of what Fireworks could - and could not - do.

cover shot of Fireworks Classroom in a Book

In this four part series, you will find PDF excerpts from the book, complete with some of the working files to help you along. Below is a break down of the series.

The excerpts in in this final installment are taken from Lesson 11 in the book. While there are only two excerpts in this final part, they are both very detailed, covering some time saving steps to working with multiple rollovers on the same page and combining basic and more complex rollover effects to imitate a master detail Spry data table.

Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts Series
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 1: Bitmap and Vector Tools
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 2: Text and Image Optimization
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 3: Workflow
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 4: Advanced Prototyping

Photography Introducing Masterpiece Photo Collection 8: Call of the Wild
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 07/07/2009
We are excited to introduce the CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 8: The Call of the Wild, based on the book by Jack London (1876-1916). You can read Call of the Wild in a free ebook at Project Gutenberg.

We just entered the warm days of summer, and to cool you off, we'll take you to Alaska for a series of stunning photographs of a still wild land.

Reviews New From Acrobat.com: Tables
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 07/01/2009
When Adobe acquired Virtual Ubiquity—the company responsible for the great online word processor Buzzword—there was an awful lot of speculation about where the company would take these technologies and what sort of additional services might be offered. In the two years since the acquisition was announced Buzzword has been rolled into the online sharing platform found at Acrobat.com and the programmers have been hard at work on other applications.

Recently two new services were announced that extend the services of Acrobat.com but that hold to the same principles as the original Buzzword application—focusing on the ability of users to share information and collaborate on documents in a real-time environment. In my previous article on the new features at Acrobat.com Labs we took a look at the new Presentations service that allows you to make slide-show presentations in an on-line environment.

In this article we'll look at the similarly simply-named Tables application service that provides you with a means to share a document that has the most common features that real people use spreadsheets for—the simple organization of information. Both of these software as services applications are in beta testing as this article is being written at Labs.Acrobat.com, but they are slated for a wider release into the Acrobat.com service in the future.

Fireworks Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 3: Workflow
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 06/30/2009
Adobe Fireworks CS4 has quite a few cool features, but, if you're completely new to the program - or new to web design, you might be wondering where to start in Fireworks. In the Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book, my goal was to introduce the complete novice to Fireworks and by the end of the book, leave them with a wide range of skills and a solid grasp of what Fireworks could - and could not - do.

cover shot of Fireworks Classroom in a Book

In this four part series, you will find PDF excerpts from the book, complete with some of the working files to help you along.In this, the third part of the series, you will learn how to create an animation symbol, share a web layer and share a layer to multiple pages.

Approximate download size: 4.2MB

Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts Series
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 1: Bitmap and Vector Tools
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 2: Text and Image Optimization
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 3: Workflow
Fireworks CS4 Classroom in a Book Excerpts - Part 4: Advanced Prototyping

Reviews New From Acrobat.com: Presentations
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 06/24/2009
When Adobe acquired Virtual Ubiquity—the company responsible for the great online word processor Buzzword—there was a great deal of speculation about where the company would take these technologies and what sort of additional services might be offered. In the two years since the acquisition was announced Buzzword has been rolled into the online sharing platform found at Acrobat.com and the programmers have been hard at work on other applications.

Recently two new services were announced that extend the services of Acrobat.com but that hold to the same principles as the original Buzzword application—focusing on the ability of users to share information and collaborate on documents in a real-time environment. This article will take a look at the first of these new services known simply as Presentations and discuss some of the trends ahead and speculate a bit on where Adobe might ultimately take these services.

Javascript QuickShot: Making HTML Tables Sortable
by: Ray West
Release Date: 06/23/2009
Sometimes there is just nothing you can do except point in the direction of a great little piece of code.

We have all had it driven into our developer pea-brains that tables are for tabular data and not for layout. Well, if we are all using tables properly for tablular data, then more often than not somebody is going to ask “Can you click the table to sort all of that?” If it is tabular data, then it could probably benefit from some sorting, so your answer needs to be yes.

Dreamweaver The Adobe BrowserLab Web Service
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 06/16/2009
For my students, the single most daunting aspect of putting together CSS layouts is the inconsistency in how browsers render pages. Many of you may have heard of, or have even used, services such as Browsercam (subscription) or Browsershots (free, but very public) to view your pages in browsers you don't have on your own system. Now Adobe has launched a public beta of its own diagnostic browser service, which it has named Adobe BrowserLab.

In this article you'll find out what you'll need to run BrowserLab, learn more about its features, and watch a sample page go through the BrowserLab paces.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Siberia
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 06/11/2009
It's almost summer, so don't make me think. You may have read the book by Steve Krug, a book about web usability, that uses this phrase as its title. If "don't make me think" is your philosophy, then you're going to love the latest JumpStart, CMX JumpStart Siberia. From its completely neutral color scheme that will easily adapt to any color choices you make, to its ready-made inclusion of the Spry Accordion Widget, to its brain dead method for switching from two to three column layouts, Siberia won't make you think, or certainly not much.

Photography Introducing Masterpiece Photo Collection 7: Paradise Lost
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/28/2009
We are excited to introduce the CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 7: Paradise Lost, based on the epic poem by John Milton (1608-1674).

Now you may be wondering what possible connection there could be between Paradise Lost and our latest CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection. After all, the poem deals with the profound themes of man's fall and the dichotomy of good and evil. We are engaging in a little irony here. Our latest images are of paradises on earth, and thus give us a few moments where we feel...Paradise Gained.

Photography The Rules of Composition
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 05/12/2009
So you take pictures. Do you know what you're looking at? How would you describe what you do and don't like? Even more important, how can you take that information and make *better* pictures? Start here! I'll take you on a tour of how I view composition and rules in photography, and why you need to reconsider what rules really are.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Isle of Skye
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 04/30/2009
National Geographic rated it the fourth best island in the world. It is the second largest island in Scotland, with a coastline strewn with peninsulas and bays. And now, it's a first class design for the latest CMX JumpStart, CMX JumpStart Isle of Skye.

CMX JumpStart Isle of Skye is a centered, fixed-width layout with features that work well for a business site. There is a highlighted style for a promotional paragraph above the two-column main content region. There is an extended area for displaying images that express your business model. A print style sheet includes your business contact information so that it is not lost when a visitor prints out any page of the site. Your logo appears next to the popular accessible Sliding Door tabbed navigation. And best of all, this is one of the easiest JumpStarts to modify! Once you edit the PNG file and export the slices to the defined Dreamweaver site, the changes you'll need to make to the CSS file are minimal.

Flash Embedding Flash Content, Demystified - Part 1: Introduction
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 04/29/2009
There are numerous ways to embed Flash content in a web site, from Dreamweaver's Insert > Media menu (for SWF files, Flash Paper, FLV files, and more) to the publishing templates provided by the Flash authoring tool itself. In spite of these varied options — or perhaps because they're so varied — many people lack confidence when it comes to marrying Flash content with an HTML document.

If this strikes a chord with you, then lay your fears to rest. In this series, you'll cut through the complexity, find out what your application's auto-generated embedding code actually means, and learn to avoid a handful of common Flash-related pitfalls.

The Embedding Flash Content Demystified Series:
Embedding Flash Content Demystified - Part 1: Introduction
Embedding Flash Content Demystified - Part 2: The Traditional Approach
Embedding Flash Content Demystified - Part 3: Optional Parameters
Embedding Flash Content Demystified - Part 4: Optional Parameters Continued
Embedding Flash Content Demystified - Part 5: Optional Parameters Concluded
Embedding Flash Content Demystified - Part 6: Common Pitfalls
Embedding Flash Content Demystified - Part 7: Using JavaScript
Embedding Flash Content Demystified - Part 8: Using JavaScript (cont)
Embedding Flash Content Demystified - Part 9: Using JavaScript (concluded)

Photography Introducing Masterpiece Photo Collection 6: The Jungle Book
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 04/24/2009
We are excited to introduce the CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 6: The Jungle Book, based on the book by Rudyard Kipling (1865-1936). You can read The Jungle Book in a free ebook at Project Gutenberg. Many of you may have read The Jungle Book, or at the very least seen the Disney movie. I remember going to see the movie as a child and being completely fascinated by it. I would even guess that it is my all time favorite Disney movie!

Illustrator Adobe Illustrator CS4 New and Enhanced Features - Part 1: The New Interface - Multiple Artboards
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 04/21/2009
Adobe CS4 has done a great job of enhancing old favorites and introducing long awaited new features. In this series of articles we will be looking at the new features now available in Illustrator CS4. This release of Adobe Illustrator CS4 really does have something for everyone. Long time users, I am sure will be pleased with the results.

The Adobe Illustrator CS4 New and Enhanced Features Series:
Adobe Illustrator CS4 New and Enhanced Features - Part 1: The New Interface - Multiple Artboards
Adobe Illustrator CS4 New and Enhanced Features - Part 2: Gradients, The Gradient Panel and the Blob Brush
Adobe Illustrator CS4 New and Enhanced Features - Part 3: Live Color, Color Guide, Live Color Dialog, Type on Path, Bleed Support
Adobe Illustrator CS4 New and Enhanced Features - Part 4: Preview
Adobe Illustrator CS4 New and Enhanced Features - Part 5: Appearance and Graphic Style
Adobe Illustrator CS4 New and Enhanced Features - Part 6: Isolation Mode & Creative Suite Services

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Landeck
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 04/16/2009
CMX JumpStart Landeck is a centered, two-column or three-column, 770 pixel liquid and fixed-width layout. The content is constrained for optimal line lengths of text, but the outer divs are flexible and expand to the user's window size. The two tier navigation uses Sliding Door technique for its main navigation. The left column navigation is constructed from an unordered list, which has a generous amount of bottom padding to accommodate a decorative background image. The right column of the three-column version provides space for more content, or, as in our JumpStart, some eye catching images. The header div uses the Fireworks Fade Image (Auto Vector Mask in CS4) command to blend its image into the background color.

Flash Flash CS4: Encoding Video Content
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 04/15/2009

As Tom Green mentioned in his end-of-2008 video "A Quick Tour of the Flash CS4 Interface," the latest version of Flash introduces a handful of eye-popping new tools. These are covered in detail in our latest collaborative effort, Foundation Flash CS4 for Designers (ISBN: 1430210931, by Tom Green and David Stiller, published by friends of ED). We've taken an introductory look at a number of these new features in this series, along with a some features that have been around for quite some time (though relatively underused). Now it's time to round out this excerpt series with a look at the new Adobe Media Encoder, the application Flash CS4 now uses exclusively to encode video content.

Adobe Media Encoder used to be known as the Adobe Flash Video Encoder. The name change is deliberate. Adobe came to the conclusion that the Flash brand name was being attached to a lot of stuff, and there was understandable concern that the brand was becoming diluted. The release of Creative Suite 4 starts the process of Adobe's refocusing of the Flash brand. If you have used Flash to encode video in previous iterations of the application, you will find that things have really changed. Let's take a look.

General Business Going From One to Two - Hiring People
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 04/09/2009
Going from one to two is the hardest business decision, however, now is an excellent time to be expanding your business if you have extra work or you're working more than you can handle.

Javascript Appcelerator Entourage - Part 1: An Overview
by: Arman Danesh
Release Date: 04/06/2009
This is the first article in an on-going series about building rich internet applications with Appcelerator Entourage. Appcelerator Entourage is a framework combining client-side JavaScript libraries with server-side service brokers to create fully-integrated applications on a variety of server technologies, ranging from PHP to Rails to .Net.

Entourage was previously known as the Appcelerator SDK, but with its upgrade to Version 3 in later March 2009 not only was the name changed to Entourage but some fundamental redesign of the framework took place as well.

The Appcelerator Entourage Series:
Appcelerator Entourage - Part 1: An Overview
Appcelerator Entourage - Part 2: Getting Started
Appcelerator Entourage - Part 3: The Message Queue
Appcelerator Entourage - Part 4: Expressions
Appcelerator Entourage - Part 5: Expression Conditions

Photography Introducing CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 5: Around the World in 80 Days
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 04/02/2009
We are excited to introduce the CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 5: Around the World in 80 Days, based on the book by Jules Verne (1828-1905).

With the arrival of April, many of us are starting to make plans for summer trips and adventures. This collection of planes, trains, cars, and bikes pretty much covers the various ways you might travel to places near and far.

Flash Using the Bandwidth Profiler - Part 2
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 03/30/2009
As Tom Green mentioned in his end-of-2008 video "A Quick Tour of the Flash CS4 Interface," the latest version of Flash introduces a handful of eye-popping new tools. These are covered in detail in our latest collaborative effort, Foundation Flash CS4 for Designers (ISBN: 1430210931, by Tom Green and David Stiller, published by friends of ED). We've taken an introductory look at some of these new features already in this series — and there's more to come — but no matter what version of Flash you're using, if your content is distributed via the Internet, the time it takes to download and display is totally dependent on two things: a) the assets included in that content, which are under your control, and b) the flow of network traffic, which is not necessarily under your control. This is your chance to fall in love with the user and not the technology.

When we last touched base, we made the acquaintance of a longtime feature of Flash, the Bandwidth Profiler. In that previous article, you learned that the Bandwidth Profiler allows you to simulate various modem speeds in order to test your content as many of your users will experience it. As we continue in this installation — the second last of our Foundation Flash CS4 for Designers excerpt series — you'll learn how to actually use the information provided by the profiler to structure your content for optimized delivery.

Approximate download size: 2.5MB

The Using The Bandwidth Profiler Series:
Using the Bandwidth Profiler - Part 1
Using the Bandwidth Profiler - Part 2

Dreamweaver The Demise of Dreamweaver Has Been Greatly Exaggerated
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 03/20/2009
A recent article by Tom Arah at the PC Pro blog took a provocative stand, to say the least. In the article, I’m sorry but Dreamweaver is dying, Tom lays out an argument that static HTML pages are no longer a viable way to publish to the Web, and with their demise Dreamweaver may very well die right along with it. In its place he sees a place only for content management systems such as Drupal, Joomla, and WordPress. In a follow-on article, A nice chat with Adobe about Dreamweaver, he discusses his conclusions with Devin Fernandez, senior product manager for web products at Adobe. In the end, his opinion remains the same; Dreamweaver and the kind of static HTML it produces is a process that is due to fade away, undone by the rise of dynamic web publishing methods. He even goes so far in his conclusion to the first article to say:

"If you are a Dreamweaver user don’t bother upgrading to the latest version or exploring Adobe’s feeble attempts to graft end user content contribution onto Dreamweaver. Instead save your money and invest your time in getting to grips with the real future of web design: server-based content management systems."

Well. To say that I disagree with Mr. Arah would be a bit of an understatement as well. Let's take a look at some of his central arguments and see where he raises valid points and where his thinking goes off the rails.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Lima
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 03/13/2009
Peru's archaeological heritage and great natural beauty make it a popular travel destination for thousands of visitors each year. Most of them visit Lima, Peru's cultural and business center. The latest CMX JumpStart, CMX JumpStart Lima, will also become an artistic center - for designers. With its neutral color scheme, modern design, and elegant simplicity, it will be a JumpStart you can use again and again to almost instantly create a new site.

CMX JumpStart Lima is a centered, two-column, fixed-width layout that makes extensive use of background images to produce its space age design. The left column navigation is constructed from an unordered list. The header div uses the Fireworks Fade Image (Auto Vector Mask in CS4) command to create a subtle blend whose visual appeal makes a great substitute for the navigation buttons in Gordon's original Mercury Design Element.

That's right - if this design looks familiar, it should. Adrian Senior coded it from Gordon Mackay's Design Element Mercury.

Of course Lima meets the W3C standards for CSS and XHTML, as well as the WAI accessibility requirements, too.

Fireworks Create Your Own Custom CMX Fireworks Course - Updated
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 03/10/2009
When I first wrote this article back in 2007, there were more than 315 Fireworks or Fireworks-related articles available on Community MX. Now, as of March 2009, there are over 400!

Well, we've seen two new versions of Fireworks arrive since January 2007, and I figured it was about time to update what we have available for my favorite imaging application.

This learning guide will group articles into categories, guide you in determining their levels, and help you design your own custom Fireworks course.

Education Community MX as a Course Textbook
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 03/05/2009
If you are an instructor, you probably spend a lot of time deciding what textbooks to use for classes. You probably get literature from textbook companies, and if you're lucky, get desk copies for free so that you're not spending your own funds to try out books. Still, the perfect textbook seems to be an elusive dream that never materializes. There just are too many problems with books:

  • Books, usually written months in advance of their publication, are always a bit out-of-date.
  • Books never have everything you want and need in order to teach your curriculum.
  • Books are usually one size fits all, and students are always at varying levels of development.
  • Books are usually very expensive, especially in relation to their "shelf-life".
  • Students have different learning styles, and the traditional textbook may not work well for many of them.

I'd always supplemented my class materials with articles from Community MX, but I had never actually used CMX as the textbook for a course. When I was asked to teach the Montgomery College GD218 Graphic Design for the Web class - an online class taught in real time through the Elluminate virtual classroom software - I realized that CMX as textbook would be the perfect solution to what I needed to accomplish.

Photography Introducing Masterpiece Photo Collection 4: A Winter's Tale
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 03/03/2009
After the fragrant collection of flowers in our last stock photo collection, it seems a bit retrograde to publish images of winter. This is the season of ricocheting weather, however. Here in the D.C. metropolitan area - after experiencing sunny 60+ degree weather the last couple of days - we're under a winter storm warning with the possibility of sleet, ice pellets, and up to a foot of snow in some locations. And then there are the places that will get snow for many weeks yet to come. CMX Partner Rob Williams lives in Canada near Toronto and loves to go out after a fresh storm and take images before humans and vehicles tarnish the virgin landscape.

CMX A CMX Milestone - 3000 Articles
by: Ray West
Release Date: 02/18/2009
Today, Community MX published our 3000th article. I can remember when we celebrated the 250 and 500 milestones and it was almost unbelievable to think we would one day be in the thousands.

For the last 6 years Community MX has published 2 articles every single business day. I am not aware of anyone else that has this much content targeted at the Adobe and web development community. We have been through several versions of Macromedia/Adobe products and revolutions in the ways we use and program for the web.

Flash ActionScript 3.0 Conversion Chronicles - Part 1: An Introduction to AS3 Migration
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 02/17/2009
Were you ever confused, frustrated or dismayed by a project where you had to convert from ActionScript 1 or 2 and migrate it up to ActionScript 3.0? Finding the right information, the right tips and the right approach can be challenging when you're under the gun and need a solution, fast. This series will guide you through some simple formulas and techniques to convert and migrate legacy Flash ActionScript 1 and 2 code and techniques to ActionScript 3.0.

In this introductory article, before getting into specific strategies and techniques, we'll take a look at some of the issues you may be facing when tasked with converting a project from AS1 or AS2 to AS3.

The ActionScript 3.0 Conversion Chronicles Series:
ActionScript 3.0 Conversion Chronicles - Part 1: An Introduction to AS3 Migration
ActionScript 3.0 Conversion Chronicles - Part 2: Button Events
ActionScript 3.0 Conversion Chronicles - Part 3: TextFields
ActionScript 3.0 Conversion Chronicles - Part 4: Automation Strategies
ActionScript 3.0 Conversion Chronicles - Part 5: Source Navigation Coming soon
ActionScript 3.0 Conversion Chronicles - Part 6: Button Scripts Coming soon

Photography Introducing CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 3: A Rose
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 02/16/2009
We are excited to introduce the CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 3: A Rose, based on a poem by Emily Dickinson (1830 - 1886) called A Rose - A sepal, petal, and a thorn.

It is now mid February and we're all pretty sick of the snow, ice, and cold weather. As sometimes happens in February, we just had a run of extraordinarily mild days with one day climbing to almost 70 degrees here in the Washington, DC metropolitan area. That whets my appetite for the season of the renewal of life.

Spring is coming...and so are the flowers.

General Business The Design Process of a Web Development Team - Part 1: Planning
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 02/11/2009
While many web designers work directly with clients and essentially maintain a one woman (or man) web design company, the great majority of web developers work with other members on a design team.

Working with a team requires that you be organized and have a plan as you go into each project. Everyone on the team needs to understand what the goals of the project are, who is responsible for different phases of the work, and what deadlines need to be met. This often means a different workflow is required than the one that you might use as an independent web designer.

Even though working on a team might present different challenges the process of designing web sites remain the same as they do when you are working alone. In this two part series you will learn how the team design workflow process typically works, and how you can more effectively work in that environment.

The Design Process of a Web Development Team Series:
The Design Process of a Web Development Team - Part 1: Planning
The Design Process of a Web Development Team - Part 2: Executing Your Plan Coming Soon

InDesign New in InDesign CS4 - Part 1: Productivity Enhancements
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 02/04/2009
InDesign CS4, the younger of its more stalwart siblings Photoshop and Illustrator, is a page layout application. Its role in the Adobe Creative Suite is to collate your images, graphics and text on to paper for printing on small or large presses. This is the ideal application for creating brochures, newsletters and even books. Recent additions of InDesign focused on tighter integration with the rest of the Creative Suite. This sixth iteration sees some maturation in the application's designing tools, long document content management and ability to create interactive documents with Flash.

This part will explore the new CS4 features of Live Preflight, Smart Guides and the new Data Merge features.

The New in InDesign CS4 Series
New in InDesign CS4 - Part 1: Productivity Enhancements
New in InDesign CS4 - Part 2: More Productivity Enhancements
New in InDesign CS4 - Part 3: Text Improvements

General Business Tools of the Trade - Part 1: An Introduction
by: Ray West
Release Date: 01/29/2009
I wanted to write a series of articles about the tools of our trade; the trade of computer programmers, and most specifically, of those who program primarily for browser delivery. This will include not only specific tools, but also concepts of which we need to be aware as we interact with clients, contract with customers, program, deploy and deliver the services we provide.

Open Source Appcelerator Titanium: The Open Source Alternative to Adobe AIR?
by: Arman Danesh
Release Date: 01/23/2009
Appcelerator Titanium is a new open source platform for building cross-platform desktop applications using standard web technologies: HTML, CSS, JavaScript and Flash. This places it firmly in the same space as Adobe's AIR, where Titanium could emerge as a serious contender.

This article reviews Appcelerator and Appcelerator Titanium, provides an overview of its main features and API and walks through a simple application example to help readers decide for themselves if Titanium might be for them.

Flash Flash CS4: The Motion Editor Panel - Part 2
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 01/23/2009
As Tom Green mentioned in his end-of-2008 video "A Quick Tour of the Flash CS4 Interface," the latest version of Flash introduces a handful of eye-popping new tools. These are covered in detail in our latest collaborative effort, Foundation Flash CS4 for Designers (ISBN: 1430210931, by Tom Green and David Stiller, published by friends of ED). In this series, we'll be sharing a number of excerpts from this book, in hopes of inspiring you to experiment with the new stuff.

Part 2 of an investigation of the Motion Editor panel, this installment delves into easing and how this feature has changed for new-style motion tweens. The difference comes by way of a series of graphs, rather than the single hot text slider in the Property inspector's version of easing. Let's "ease" on in, shall we?

The Excerpts from Foundation Flash CS4 for Designers Series
Flash CS4: The 3D Rotation Tool
Flash CS4: The 3D Translation Tool
Flash CS4: The Motion Editor Panel - Part 1
Flash CS4: The Motion Editor Panel - Part 2

Photography Introducing Masterpiece Photo Collection 2: The Birds
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 01/21/2009
We are excited to introduce the CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 2: The Birds, themed on a play called, well, The Birds written in 414 BC (yeah, you read that right) by Aristophanes.

Beware: the birds are coming....ten of them in full plumage and full of glorious song.

General Business Client Cheat Sheets for Writing Web Site Content (Article Only - No Cheat Sheets)
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 01/20/2009
I've noticed when designing web sites for businesses that the typical business person tends to assume that the web developer will write the web site content for them. After all, you as the web designer are the one who makes this stuff appear on screen. Right? And you are left thinking, "Well, someone has to write this. It is not my web site."

So who creates the site content (text, photos, illustrations, captions and other media?) If you are to have your clients create their site content, you will likely need to help them. To facilitate broader client learning, I compiled the most significant requirements and tips into a cheat sheet. I also created two worksheets for clients to use for the purpose of focusing the content creation for the site and each page.

This article does not include the cheat sheet and worksheets. If you would like the worksheets and cheat sheet, please check out this article.

Flash Flash CS4: The Motion Editor Panel - Part 1
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 01/19/2009
As Tom Green mentioned in his end-of-2008 video "A Quick Tour of the Flash CS4 Interface," the latest version of Flash introduces a handful of eye-popping new tools. These are covered in detail in our latest collaborative effort, Foundation Flash CS4 for Designers (ISBN: 1430210931, by Tom Green and David Stiller, published by friends of ED). In this series, we'll be sharing a number of excerpts from this book, in hopes of inspiring you to experiment with the new stuff.

Flash animators will notice a significant change with the sort of tweening that used to be called a motion tween. In Flash CS4, motion tweens are now called classic tweens, and the new motion tween is largely managed by something called the Motion Editor panel. The authors suspect there will be a surge of interest in the new-style motion tweens — and there's good reason for that, as you'll see. People will begin to ask, "Which approach is better?" We'll be compelled to reply with the only legitimate answer there is: the best approach depends entirely on whatever works best for the project at hand.

The Excerpts from Foundation Flash CS4 for Designers Series
Flash CS4: The 3D Rotation Tool
Flash CS4: The 3D Translation Tool
Flash CS4: The Motion Editor Panel - Part 1
Flash CS4: The Motion Editor Panel - Part 2

Flash Flash CS4: The 3D Translation Tool
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 01/14/2009
As Tom Green mentioned in his end-of-2008 video "A Quick Tour of the Flash CS4 Interface," the latest version of Flash introduces a handful of eye-popping new tools. These are covered in detail in our latest collaborative effort, Foundation Flash CS4 for Designers (ISBN: 1430210931, by Tom Green and David Stiller, published by friends of ED).

In this series, we'll be sharing a number of excerpts from this book, in hopes of inspiring you to experiment with the new stuff.

Picking up from where we left off, let's continue with the 3D tools. In this article, we'll briefly cover the 3D Translation tool and demonstrate its usefulness. But first, let's take a quick detour to understand something called a "vanishing point."

The Excerpts from Foundation Flash CS4 for Designers Series
Flash CS4: The 3D Rotation Tool
Flash CS4: The 3D Translation Tool
Flash CS4: The Motion Editor Panel - Part 1
Flash CS4: The Motion Editor Panel - Part 2

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart: The New Forest
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 01/08/2009
Where can you stay in a five-star hotel or bed-and-breakfast, experience all kinds of wildlife, visit gardens and museums, go biking, and even get married? How about England's newest National Park The New Forest, where there is, it seems, something for everyone? There is also something for everyone in the latest CMX JumpStart, CMX JumpStart: The New Forest.

CMX JumpStart The New Forest is a centered, two-column or three-column, 770 pixel liquid and fixed-width layout. The content is constrained for optimal line lengths of text, but the outer divs are flexible and expand to the user's window size. The two tier navigation uses the infamous Sliding Door technique for its main navigation. The left column navigation is constructed from an unordered list, which has a generous amount of bottom padding to accommodate a decorative background image. The right column of the three-column version provides space for more content, or, as in our JumpStart, an eye catching image. The header div uses the Fireworks Fade Image (Auto Vector Mask in CS4) command to create a blend of images that has great visual appeal.

Of course The New Forest meets the W3C standards for CSS and XHTML, as well as the WAI accessibility requirements, too.

Flash Flash CS4: The 3D Rotation Tool
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 01/07/2009
As Tom Green mentioned in his end-of-2008 video "A Quick Tour of the Flash CS4 Interface," the latest version of Flash introduces a handful of eye-popping new tools. These are covered in detail in our latest collaborative effort, Foundation Flash CS4 for Designers (ISBN: 1430210931, by Tom Green and David Stiller, published by friends of ED).

In this series, we'll be sharing a number of excerpts from this book, in hopes of inspiring you to experiment with the new stuff.

Let's start with the 3D tools. In terms of visual cool factor, the 3D Rotation tool is sure to please. This tool allows you to quickly and intuitively rotate a movieclip in 3D space. In previous versions of Flash, this was possible only with shapes, and even that technique required a bit of careful nudging with the Free Transform tool. You simply couldn't do this with a symbol. Now you can, and that means you can perform perspective transforms on complex artwork, imported photos, and yes, even video. Kind of makes the corners of the mouth go up, doesn't it?

The Excerpts from Foundation Flash CS4 for Designers Series
Flash CS4: The 3D Rotation Tool
Flash CS4: The 3D Translation Tool
Flash CS4: The Motion Editor Panel - Part 1
Flash CS4: The Motion Editor Panel - Part 2

Photography Introducing the CMX Stock Photo Feature: Masterpiece Photos
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 12/23/2008
It is that "most wonderful time of year", and CMX loves to offer gifts to its subscribers, as well as the web development community at large. While exchanging ideas, we decided it was time to add a much needed feature to Community MX's growing repertoire of subscriber services. We had been wanting to offer stock photos for quite some time, but were waiting for just the right photographer. We found her in Jillian Kossin, a photographer who travels all over the world to get her masterpiece images. It is with great pride that we introduce CMX Masterpiece Photos Collection 1: Two Years Before the Mast, a group of ten images based on boats, trawlers, sailboats, and ships.

Photography CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 1: Two Days Before the Mast
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 12/23/2008
We hope you read Sheri German's article that introduces the concept behind our new CMX stock photo feature. You can read about my equipment and experience, and even learn a little classical literature as a side bonus! Without further ado, we introduce Collection 1, Two Years Before the Mast, ten high resolution images of boats from locations all over the Western Hemisphere.

Approximate download size: 41.5MB

The CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection Series:
CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 1: Two Days Before the Mast
CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 2: The Birds
CMX Masterpiece Photo Collection 3: The Rose

HTML HTML/CSS Crash Primer
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 12/02/2008
This article is intended as a re-introduction to HTML and CSS, and something I have used in the past to give to any new employees who may have had HTML experience, but exhibited some bad habits in actual coding. You may think HTML is simple and you may think you know all you need to know, but HTML is misused daily. Following are some basics to help correct some of the common problems.

Illustrator Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 3: Overview of The Work Area
by: Darren Winder
Release Date: 12/01/2008
Welcome to Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners Series. This is not a tutorial, but a guided tour of the workings and descriptions of Illustrator CS3. I hope you will enjoy this brilliant software as much as I do. Learning about this software will not be an overnight event, it takes time and patience to master this wonderful, creative software. It will bring frustration and headache, but also joy and elation. Stick with it, the end product will be well worth it.

The Adobe Illustrator CS3 For Absolute Beginners Series:
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 1: Overview
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 2: The Tools Panel
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 3: Overview of the Work Area
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 4: Using Panels
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 5A: Panels Overview
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 5B: Panels Overview
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 5C: Panels Overview
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 5D: Panels Overview
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 5E: Panels Overview
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 5F: Panels Overview
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 6: Creating New Documents
Adobe Illustrator CS3 for Absolute Beginners - Part 7: Basic Color

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Nairobi
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 11/26/2008
Nairobi is the capital and largest city in Kenya. The latest U.S. election put focus on Kenya as the President-Elect, Barack Obama, had a Kenyan father. Nairobi is now one of the most important cities in Africa, and we think that the latest CMX JumpStart, CMX JumpStart Nairobi, will become one of your most important JumpStarts as well. Why? Because Nairobi is all about features and flexibility.

Fireworks Designing Interfaces in Fireworks CS4
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 11/25/2008
If you've been reading any of the Fireworks CS4 articles here at CMX, you can see that the application has had some pretty cool new features added to it. That said, however, CS4 is not just about new features. If you're new to the software, learning the basics is equally, if not more, important. In my book Adobe Fireworks CS4 How-To's, my goal was to explain the software in easy to digest techniques. This PDF excerpt from my book - Chapter 12 - covers 10 techniques for designing interfaces using Fireworks, including two new features: Exporting an AIR Prototype and Exporting a CSS-based layout.

General Business Expose Right—Taking the Strange Out of Dynamic Range
by: Knut Kubenz
Release Date: 11/25/2008
You may have heard along the way in your digital photography travels, terms such as Dynamic Range and how when you expose your image you should Expose Right. The purpose of these terms, and they’re specific use in digital photography, might still be a bit of a mystery to you. Hopefully this article will expose them for what they are and shed a little more light on the subject.

Photoshop Photoshop CS4 New Features - Clone Stamp
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 11/07/2008
Need to manipulate campaign photos? Want to drum up some sympathy for your favorite cause or movement? Well, you've come to the right place. The new clone stamp features in Photoshop CS4 Extended may just be cool enough to get some positive light for once. The public at large will be more than happy to suspend belief while looking at your masterful clone jobs!

Dreamweaver It's Goodbye and Good Riddance to .style1 in Dreamweaver CS4
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 11/07/2008
If you've been fooling around with web pages as long as I have, you've seen a real revolution when it comes to the methods that are used for styling pages. From the early abandonment of frame-based sites, to the more prevalent reliance on CSS-positioning versus table-based layouts that we see, these days there has been a constant change in the world of web site design.

Perhaps the last, really nasty throwback to earlier times was the way that Dreamweaver wrote styling information for text when the Properties inspector was used. Beginning in Dreamweaver MX, Macromedia moved away from the use of font tags (Yeah!) for styling text and moved towards a method that used CSS. But the truly ugly means they used to do this was to create, by default, numbered class rules named .style into the head of the document. Every time you styled text, even just a little, a new .style rule was created. Within minutes of the release of Dreamweaver the Web was awash in thousands of .style1's, .style2's, .style3's and so forth.

PHP Blank Pages in PHP
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 11/06/2008
If you are a PHP developer, you are likely familiar with the blank page -- an error page with no error message. PHP has some default settings that prevent any error messages from appearing when you install PHP and do not adjust the error display settings. This article will show how to show your error messages.

General Business Quick Shot - Saving Money Through Your Business
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 11/04/2008
You need to find a way to save on taxes for your business

The author is not a tax lawyer or tax accountant, take all advise to your tax lawyer and tax accountant to verify your business is eligible to use these fringe benefits. This article is written based only upon USA federal tax laws

General Business Browser Support: What should I test?
by: Estelle Weyl
Release Date: 10/31/2008
Do you really need to test all browsers? Is it even possible? Are you still testing in Netscape 4.7 or IE 5? Which browsers are you supposed to test? Which can you ignore? Which browsers need to render your page pixel perfect, and which browsers should render the page, but if they break, you're willing to live with that? What do you need to know about browser support?

General Business Four Contract Clauses You Never See
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 10/24/2008
If you've spent any time working in a creative field, you've probably already experienced the thrilling moment when you sign a contract with a client. Finally! After all your hard work and all the time you've spent learning how to translate your ideas into something tangible, you've found someone who actually wants to pay you for your work! This is heady stuff, no matter if you're creating movies, music, web pages, print campaigns, or just about anything that requires you and your team to think through how something should be and then follow that up with the creation of your ideas. Cool!

And hey, of course you need a contract to take care of the mundane aspects of a project. You know, laying out your payment terms, a delivery schedule, and the expectations of both parties to the contract.

Thing is, apparently when you're working in the creative field there are a great number of unspoken clauses in your contract that will absolutely give you fits. What are those unspoken expectations that your client will have? Read on for more!

Flash What's New In Flash Player 10?
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 10/23/2008
On October 15th, 2008, Adobe Systems unveiled the much anticipated Flash Player 10 to the world, to the great delight of Flash designers and developers everywhere. This new version of the Flash Player is so jam-packed with cool new stuff that you'd have to check out a dozen websites and blogs just to get the full story on all the amazingness bundled into this release.

Or you can read this summary right here, where we'll cover the nitty gritty of all the new features enabled in Flash Player 10 and what it means for both Flash designers and developers.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Tokyo
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 10/16/2008
Want a JumpStart where you need to modify only two graphics AND you can choose a two or three column version that you turn on with the flick of one class? Then welcome to CMX JumpStart Tokyo!

Tokyo is a centered, two-column or three-column, 770 pixel fixed-width layout that has many appealing design features. The left column navigation is constructed from an unordered list, and it is easy to add as many links as you need. The right column of the three-column version has a series of pods that can be used for "teaser text" with thumbnail images.

Flash Adobe Media Encoder CS4
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 10/06/2008
Adobe deep-sixes the Flash Video Encoder and replaces it with a snazzy Media Encoder.

Javascript jQuery's Spotlight - Microsoft and Nokia Get Onboard
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 10/06/2008
If you've been sitting on the fence about which JavaScript library is going to be the most valuable to you in the long run, the scales have just tipped quite heavily. In this article we're going to look at why jQuery is proving itself to be one of the most widely adopted and influential JavaScript libraries and how even some of the big players like Microsoft and Nokia are accepting it as one of the key technologies of the next generation of the web.

Photoshop Photoshop CS4 New Features - Content Aware Scaling
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 10/03/2008
Cropping is for sissies. Get you some manly scaling with Photoshop CS4's new Content Aware Scaling!

Flash A Quick Tour of the Flash CS4 Interface
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 09/24/2008
Flash CS4 sports a rather sleek new look, a few new tools and a somewhat familiar-looking Motion Editor.

Reviews Lensbaby 3G
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 09/12/2008
Put away your fancy autotelezoomincappuccino lenses, and forget letting the camera do your dirty work. Get your hands in shape and calibrate the exposure meter in your eye; we're going to bend it with the Lensbaby 3G!

Flash Flash CS3: What Happened to the WebServiceConnector Component?
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 09/11/2008
Based on the title of this article, you might get the impression that the WebServiceConnection component has disappeared in Flash CS3 — that you can't consume Web services at all after Flash 8 — and that isn't actually true. If you're programming in ActionScript 2.0, you can go right on using any of the data components listed in the Components panel, including the one for web services. The issue described in this article hinges on the way Flash CS3 responds to the version of ActionScript you're using. As soon as you configure a FLA file's publish settings for ActionScript 3.0, the Components panel actually changes the items it displays, causing the data components to vanish. So it's ultimately ActionScript 3.0 that makes a challenge out of using Web services in conjunction with Flash.

The overall number of components in Flash has been reduced for ActionScript 3.0 FLA files. The data components, as mentioned, have been removed completely and now belong to the Flex framework. A handful of user interface (UI) components, such as Accordion, Tree, and Window, are also absent. Again, these components are still available for ActionScript 2.0 documents, but if you want to program in ActionScript 3.0 — which is only possible as of Flash CS3 — you'll need a workaround.

This article, adapted from an excerpt of The ActionScript 3.0 Quick Reference Guide, gives you exactly that, thanks to a free third-party component. This reference book is slated for October, 2008, published by O'Reilly, and written by Community MX partner David Stiller, as well as Rich Shupe, Jen deHaan, and Darren Richardson.

Flash How AS3 Helps You Program with Purpose
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 09/03/2008
ActionScript has historically been a very forgiving language. In some ways, you can draw a comparison between older versions of ActionScript and older versions of HTML. In the early days of web development, HTML was deceptively unfussy. Styling was handled with straightforward <font> tags, which all too often became a redundant jumble. Closing </p> tags were optional, nested tags could be closed out of sequence from how they were opened, and dozens of other lenient practices led — or had the tendency to lead — to overtime headaches.

Popular websites like The Web Standards Project and CSS Zen Garden have since sparked a surge of interest in a practice called semantic markup, in which great care is taken to cleanly separate styling and formatting from content. This separation usually relies on XHTML specifications, which are considerably stricter than HTML, and coupled with Cascading Style Sheets (CSS). Ironic as it may seem, adherence to a stricter standard has gradually made things easier for Web developers. It's a bit like the idea that picking up after yourself throughout the day saves you from facing an overwhelming mess at the end of the week. ActionScript 3.0 is more disciplined than its predecessors in a similarly helpful way.

This article, adapted from an excerpt of The ActionScript 3.0 Quick Reference Guide (ISBN: 0596517351), discusses how the complexities of ActionScript 3.0 can actually be a good thing, because they encourage developers to think about code organzation as they program. This quick answer guide is slated for October, 2008, published by O'Reilly, and is written by Community MX partner David Stiller, as well as Rich Shupe, Jen deHaan, and Darren Richardson.

Dreamweaver The Complete JumpStart Catalog 2008 Update
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 09/02/2008
You asked for it, and it's finally here: a massive update to the CMX JumpStart Complete Catalog. This catalog starts off with a rundown of all the types and features of our inventory of JumpStarts. It then lists each JumpStart in the order we released it, including a summary of its main features, along with an image to help you better visualize it. Each itemized JumpStart also includes links to both its subscriber article, as well as the free introductory article.

General Business Conducting a Group Photo Walk
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 08/27/2008
Want an excuse to get out and take more pictures? Would a little peer pressure help? Of course it will!! And what better way to coax yourself into getting out there than organizing a photo walk?

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Prague
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 08/07/2008
It's that time again! CMX is proud to introduce our latest JumpStart design, CMX JumpStart Prague. CMX JumpStart: Prague is a two-column, centered, 770 pixel fixed-width layout that features rounded corners. Multiple wrappers, used in conjunction with faux column technique, maintain the integrity of the structure even upon text resize. Additionally, the JumpStart provides an attractive example of overlapping areas within a design. This JumpStart filters styles for various versions of Internet Explorer, and includes a separate style sheet to address navigation issues found in IE 5.01. Of course Prague meets the W3C standards for CSS and XHTML, as well as the WAI accessibility requirements, too.

Open Source Customizing a WordPress Blog - Part 1: Editing Header Images
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 07/18/2008
There's little doubt that the fine, free, open source blogging package available from WordPress has enjoyed astounding success. With downloads of well over 50 million, the PHP, MySQL, and Apache powered WordPress package is currently the world's most popular blogging package and is in use by literally millions of designers and developers (and do-it-yourselfers) around the world.

The goal of this series of articles is to show you how to take what is already an awesome package—including an almost limitless supply of free design themes—and customize the look and feel of a WordPress site to meet your goals. Through this series you'll be learning how to use some of the design tools from Adobe, such as Fireworks and Dreamweaver, as well as free open source browser plugins to modify the design of a WordPress installation.

In this first article of the series we'll take a look at some of the basics of using WordPress as well as how to modify the header image in a few available WordPress themes. In future articles we'll take a look at how to examine and modify the CSS that powers the layout and appearance of all WordPress blogs so you can create a truly one-of-a-kind design. Let's get started!

The Customizing a WordPress Blog Series:
Customizing a WordPress Blog - Part 1: Editing Header Images
Customizing a WordPress Blog - Part 2: Examining WordPress Themes with the Firebug Extension for FF
Customizing a WordPress Blog - Part 3: Examining WordPress Themes with the Web Developer's Extension
Customizing a WordPress Blog - Part 4: Creating a Testing Environment Using MAMP and Dreamweaver
Customizing a WordPress Blog - Part 5: Editing WordPress Themes in Dreamweaver CS4
Customizing a WordPress Blog - Part 6: Using the Snapshot Technique for Editing WordPress Themes
Customizing a WordPress Blog - Part 7: Editing the Themes with Fireworks CS4

General Business Designing the Moment
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 07/16/2008
A good user experience is all about good moments. Each moment has the potential to increase a user’s confidence or destroy trust for a product or company, and each one is an important piece of the complete user experience.

In Designing the Moment, Robert Hoekman, Jr., author of the Amazon bestseller Designing the Obvious, presents over 30 stories of design solutions from real projects that show the evolution of each design as it was crafted and reveal the principles and concepts used to arrive at the solutions. Designing the Moment shows us how to look critically at design decisions to ensure that our users can walk away from our software feeling productive, respected, and smart, from the first impression to the last.

Robert Hoekman, Jr., is an interaction designer, writer, presenter, and user-experience evangelist, and the founder of Miskeeto (www.miskeeto.com), a product development and web design consultancy focused on socially conscious projects that improve the world.

He is the author of the Amazon bestseller Designing the Obvious (www.rhjr.net/dto) (New Riders), which focuses on seven guiding principles of great web-based software, and Designing the Moment (www.rhjr.net/dtm) (New Riders), a collection of stories from real projects that show how to put web design principles into action. Learn more about Robert through his blog at www.rhjr.net.

Photoshop Experimenting in Photoshop - Part 1
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 07/14/2008
You seriously don't want to read this article. It's got no pictures, and has some touchy-feely stuff about Photoshop and how to use it. You won't get any shortcuts or actions, and there's not one word about HDR or painting with light.

What it's got is some very esoteric nonsense about experimenting with your favorite pixel pusher. You probably won't enjoy learning about how to make Photoshop an extension of your creativity, nor would you want any insights that will speed up your work.

Nope. I wouldn't bother, if I were you. I'm sure you'll do just fine following the crowds.

Heh...

The Experimenting in Photoshop Series:
Experimenting in Photoshop - Part 1
Experimenting in Photoshop - Part 2: Basic Filter Fun

Open Source Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 1: Introduction
by: Ray West
Release Date: 07/08/2008
There are as many ways to build a web site as there are customers out there. What that usually means is that, as developers, we end up recreating the wheel over and over again. In reality, though, 80% of the customers you come across could likely be serviced quite nicely with relatively minor modifications to a basic site structure that includes the most common functionality. That is the concept behind a Content Management System like Drupal.

Drupal is a framework for creating web applications. As such, it has a wealth of advanced abilities like forums, newsletters, and RSS syndication. But it is also well suited for the building of simpler websites that just need to update their content on a regular basis. If you build sites for clients, chances are there is a portion of your business that could be handled more quickly and more profitably using Drupal.

The Building Web Sites With Drupal Series:
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 1: Introduction
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 2: Installation
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 3: Setting Initial Roles and Permissions
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 4: Adding a Forum
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 5: Creating Content
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 6: Installing a Rich Text Editor
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 7: Adding Polls
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 8: Personalizing Your Site
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 9: Taxonomy 101
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 10: Adding an Event Calendar
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 11: Customizing the Front Page
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 12: Getting Started With Themes
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 13: Cron Jobs
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 14: Taxonomy 201
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 15: Creating a Moderated User Group
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 16: Creating New Content Types
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 17: Setting Up User Blogs
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 18: Backing Up Your Site
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 19a: Theming Your Site
Building Web Sites With Drupal - Part 19b: Allowing Users To Select Their Own Theme

General Business Adobe's Move to Online Services - Part 2: kuler, JamJar, and More
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 07/02/2008
In the last few months Adobe Systems has made some rather remarkable shifts in how they envision their products being used, and how they see the next generation of web and multi-media authors working together. In the first article of this series we explored the the new tools provided by the free Acrobat.com service and saw how Adobe has added the capability to edit documents online and share them with others, as well as conduct video-conferencing through a light version of Acrobat Connect. With these new online services you can collaborate, share, and even teleconference with your colleagues no matter where they are as Adobe moves beyond the desktop and into the world where the web is as much about working with others as it is just showing them things.

In this article we'll examine some of the other services that Adobe is offering—those that are built around the idea of sharing and working online with others as well as taking a quick peek at Adobe's new online service for editing images. And as usual there will be a bit of speculation about where Adobe might be taking these tools in the future. Some of these services are offered only as beta products and may never see the light of day in "production" mode. Others may find their way into existing products as feature-added services, or be launched as entirely new products all their own. What's fascinating about all of these is the move that we see as Adobe goes beyond the desktop and adds new online services that are more than just a means to be creative, but provide online applications that allow others to share and network in some pretty interesting ways.

The Adobe's Move to Online Services Series:
Adobe's Move to Online Services - Part 1: Acrobat.com
Adobe's Move to Online Services - Part 2: kuler, JamJar, and More

Mac Switching to a Mac
by: Ray West
Release Date: 06/27/2008
I recently switched to a MacBook Pro as my main laptop. My whole office is Microsoft based and all of the computers at work are Windows. I was concerned at first about how I would communicate and interface with our network and the software that we used and write. I have found over the past few weeks that alternatives are available for just about everything I need, often better and cheaper (or free!). And there are even answers for the few things I need that only run in Windows. I thought a list of what I have done might help those that are considering making such a move.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart: The Lake District
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 06/20/2008
The Lake District in rural North West England is famous for its gorgeous scenery — and, of course, lakes. It is also associated with the poetry of William Wordsworth and the Lake Poets. It is to that region that we travel for our latest JumpStart design, CMX JumpStart The Lake District.

CMX JumpStart: The Lake District features an accessible split level navigation system. The main navigation is a series of tabs that uses the Sliding Door method as described by Douglas Bowman. The sub navigation is an unordered list based system, and has rounded corners, as well as a decorative background image on the bottom that is reminiscent of CMX JumpStart North Pole. Both navigation systems provide clear "you are here" page markers. The design is a two column layout fixed at 750px wide and utilizes subtle gradients on various page areas.

The color scheme of this layout was selected to make sure that the eye goes to the subject matter rather than the design. Thus, The Lake District is composed of black, gray, and white to help the images pop.

General Business Adobe's Move to Online Services - Part 1: Acrobat.com
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 06/19/2008
In the last few months Adobe Systems has made some rather remarkable shifts in how they envision their products being used, and how they see the next generation of web and multi-media authors working together. In this article you’ll learn a bit more about where Adobe is heading in the world of web-enabled services, and a fair dose of speculation on where this might all be leading as you see a review of the new tools provided by the free Acrobat.com service. With these new online services you can collaborate, share, and even teleconference with your colleagues no matter where they are as Adobe moves beyond the desktop and into the world where the web is as much about working with others as it is just showing them things.

The Adobe's Move to Online Services Series:
Adobe's Move to Online Services - Part 1: Acrobat.com
Adobe's Move to Online Services - Part 2: kuler, JamJar, and More

General Business Things I Learned at TODCon
by: Ray West
Release Date: 06/13/2008
I should probably call this "Things I Started to Learn at TODCon" because I am still trying to come to terms with some of the cool things I saw and learned this year. I organize this conference, and so for me it is mostly work time, making sure everyone's rooms were booked right and George's wireless is working. But even with all that I always manage to pick up some really cool knowledge.

General Business Your Free Marketing Spy: Google Alerts
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 06/11/2008
How would you like to know when your competitor is mentioned in the news? Or when someone mentions your competitor on a blog? How would you like to know when someone mentions your business — whether good or bad? Need to keep up on industry developments and issues? If so, then you need a personal intelligence agent.

A personal intelligence agent is a computerized service which acts on your behalf to find and notify you of information important to you. Google makes this service available to you for free with a feature called Google Alerts. Instead of repeatedly performing Google searches to see if there is new content of interest, Google Alerts automatically emails you when it finds new content which matches your search query. With Google working as your free marketing spy, you can easily track Internet postings about you, your competitors or industry developments.

HTML Mobile Internet Devices - Part 1: An Introduction
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 06/05/2008
We've all heard of "the mobile web, at least in some general context. What most developers haven't become aware of though is just how much that idea of mobile internet is changing, and how we, as website developers and maintainers, need to start changing our paradigms about developing for "devices".

Today we'll take a look at the traditional mobile web, some of the changes that have/are taking place, and some of the ways that we can keep ahead of the curve as web developers.

The Mobile Internet Devices Series:
Mobile Internet Devices - Part 1: An Introduction
Mobile Internet Devices - Part 2: Browser Evolution

General Business Best Practices for Creating Custom Web Site Search Function - Part 1
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 06/04/2008
Having shared my disdain for ineffective web site search functions, I decided to put forth a list of best practices for creating custom web site search functions. This list will focus on the non-technical aspects of designing and implementing a custom search function for your web site.

If you have a custom content database, you will most likely need to create your custom site search function. Search engines like Google make it easy to add their search technology to standard, page-oriented sites. Blog and CMS-based sites have search built in to their systems. This leaves sites with products or specialized content with the need for a custom site search function.

If you have an ecommerce site or just a product catalog, standard page content searching will most likely not meet the particular search needs of your visitors who need functional methods to sift through your catalog. Sites with specialized content, such as events or downloads, have similar needs for functional database search. By functional, I mean the ability to filter or sort results. Standard page content search generally does not allow one to show only results within a certain category nor organize them by date or price. For this, you need to create your own custom site search function.

Dreamweaver Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta: Subversion Integration
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 06/03/2008
Dreamweaver is 10 years old, and Dreamweaver 10 (CS4) has been released as a public beta. Among the many new features is the integration with the Subversion source control and version control system. This has been a much requested feature over the years. With 10 releases in 10 years, it is hard to get major features into a program—the limited time spent on development and testing between releases leaves little room for transformations in functionality, but this is one good step towards turning Dreamweaver into a valid and productive coding environment.

Fireworks Exploring the New Paths Panel in Fireworks CS4 Public Beta
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 05/30/2008
Fireworks has always been a unique tool in the pantheon of image editors. With its ability to work with both vector and bitmap images Fireworks stood alone as the one image editing software product that could combine pixel-level editing and effects with the ability to manipulate shapes by changing the basic properties of the vector paths that defined those shapes.

At least that has always been the promise, but in reality the vector tools that Fireworks has always included were fairly basic, and had never received an overhaul throughout the many revisions and new versions of Fireworks that were released over the years. If you learned how to modify paths in Fireworks 4 you had a pretty good handle on how it was done in Fireworks MX and MX2004, in Fireworks 8, and finally in Fireworks CS3. Basic, simple path operations were available in all of those versions and little changed over the years.

With the impending release the Fireworks public beta all that is about to change as Adobe has added a terrific new bundle of path operation tools into a new panel, cleverly called the Path panel. Finally! No more trips over to Illustrator or even Freehand when you need to perform more complex and creative path operations. As you'll see in this sneak peak from the Fireworks public beta, the changes are quite profound.

Dreamweaver Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta: The Coding Improvements
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 05/30/2008
Like Sheri has been walking you through the features of the new Dreamweaver CS4 beta, I would like to show you some of the features that make me very happy! Since I do a lot of coding work, most of what impresses me is in the source code view. Let's dive right in to it!

Dreamweaver Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta: What's New? - Part 3
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/29/2008
By now you have probably downloaded the public beta of Dreamweaver Beta. I hope you have been playing with some of the new and/or modified features that I have been showing you in this series. Yesterday we explored Related Files and the Code Navigator, and today we will back up a bit and look at the new Dreamweaver Beta interface and workspaces. \

The Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta Series:
Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta: What's New? - Part 1
Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta: What's New? - Part 2
Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta: What's New? - Part 3

Dreamweaver Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta: What's New? - Part 2
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/28/2008
If you haven't already, head over to Adobe Labs and download the public beta of Dreamweaver CS4. Yesterday we explored some of the new CSS features, and today we will look at the Related Files and Code Navigator features, especially as they relate to CSS programming.

The Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta Series:
Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta: What's New? - Part 1
Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta: What's New? - Part 2
Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta: What's New? - Part 3

Dreamweaver Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta: What's New? - Part 1
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/27/2008
It's here - the public beta of Adobe Dreamweaver CS4 is available for immediate download at Adobe Labs. This week Community MX will help you sort out the major new features of the upcoming version of the best web authoring tool on the planet. Today you'll get a sneak peek at some of the new CSS tools and features.

The Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta Series:
Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta: What's New? - Part 1
Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta: What's New? - Part 2
Dreamweaver CS4 Public Beta: What's New? - Part 3

General Business Project Management for Individuals - Part 1
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 05/21/2008
Perhaps you are the kind of person that always gets everything done, on time and under budget. You can leave, now, because you probably already know about project management and apply it to every aspect of your life. It's likely that organizational tools have no place in your well-ordered life. You probably comb your spaghetti, too.

Others of us have spent years wondering how to estimate time and cost properly for bids and contracts, or just give up and charge a flat fee, hoping that we'll guess right more often than not. And some of us use a combination of techniques, gleaned from years of doing similar tasks over and over.

Here are some tips and tricks to using project management tools to help those of us who do not think in Gantt charts or wall paper our bathrooms in full-color value stream maps. And, with careful reading, maybe even the spaghetti combers will get something out of it, too. Keep in mind that the approaches I describe here do not follow rigid methods. Instead, I am presenting a way to do things that I've found helpful. Caveat emptor :)

The Project Management for Individuals Series:

Project Management for Individuals - Part 1
Project Management for Individuals - Part 2: Scheduling

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Bordeaux
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/14/2008
It's May, and for many of us that means lots of end-of-year events. School concerts, graduations, award ceremonies, last meetings till the fall...we celebrate these endings and look forward to the easy lifestyle of summer. Many of our celebrations are accompanied by parties - delicious food, and sometimes a special wine. What more preeminent center of great wine is there than Bordeaux, France? And to that region we dedicate our latest JumpStart design, CMX JumpStart Bordeaux.

CMX JumpStart Bordeaux features an accessible split level navigation system. The main navigation is a series of tabs that use the Sliding Door method as described by Douglas Bowman. The sub navigation is an unordered list based system, and both navigation systems provide clear "you are here" page markers. The design is a two column layout fixed at 740px wide and utilizes gradients on various page areas. Of course Bordeaux meets the W3C standards for CSS and XHTML, as well as the WAI accessibility requirements, too.

General Business 11 Things I Hate About Web Site Search Functions
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 05/12/2008
My wife is an Internet shopping fiend! And because she tells me everything that annoys her, she told about this web site on which she was searching for a product. The product she was looking for was found in twenty different styles each of which found in six different categories. The results of these twenty products ballooned to a result of 120 which was overly repetitious.

Her rant got me to thinking about my own frustrations with web site search functions. Search is currently the dominant computing paradigm. As evidence of this, you merely need to look at how recent versions of operating systems and web browsers have placed search functions in prominent positions on your screen. Look at the latest versions of Mac OS or Windows and you will see that search functions have made their way to the top tier of marketed features. Together with the popularity of search engines, users are indoctrinated into the process of searching instead of looking. The premise of Gmail is that your don't need to file your messages because you can just search for them.

Since more and more web site visitors are expecting to find what they want by searching, you should ensure you provide this feature for them so they don't leave your site and find another which does have a prominent search box.

This article contains a list of my common observations of obstacles to successfully enabling search on your web site.

CMX One Month Until TODCon
by: Ray West
Release Date: 05/09/2008
We just wanted to take the opportunity to remind you that it is only one month until TODCon 2008 in beautiful Orlando, FL. TODCon is a unique and intimate web development conference sponsored by Adobe.

General Business Steal This Article - Please!
by: Ray West
Release Date: 04/23/2008
Of all of the things the Internet has accomplished, blurring the lines regarding the ownership of digital content is likely one of the most lasting and significant. We seem to be raising a generation that, in addition to healthcare, video game consoles, and fancy rims from the rent-to-own wheel store, numbers everything available on the web among the things they have a right to. Far beyond the time when people who go beneath the radar to share boxes of floppy disks full of Sierra-Online games, today people are defiant about their right to whatever they come across.

Bridge Bridge and Non-Adobe Applications
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 04/18/2008
I've written many articles and recorded many videos on the benefits of using Bridge in your Adobe design work flow, but now I'm here to tell you that you're not limited to using Bridge with Adobe products.

That's right. Find out more and learn a few more Bridge tips and tricks by reading this article.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Malé
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 04/10/2008
I grew up at the New Jersey shore, and spent my childhood playing in the surf and sand. I felt, and still feel, a bliss and peace there that I feel no where else in the world. So, when I first viewed Adrian Senior's latest JumpStart design, CMX JumpStart Malé, I was immediately smitten.

CMX JumpStart Malé, one of our most flexible JumpStarts to date, is a fixed-width two and three-column layout. You can show or hide the third column on a page-by-page basis, without having to delve into the code. The left column features a CSS based flyout menu that you can customize with as many levels as you need.

Of course Malé meets the W3C standards for CSS and XHTML, as well as the WAI accessibility requirements, too.

Photoshop Digital Photography - Home Studio DIY Concepts
by: Scott Valentine
Release Date: 04/07/2008
Welcome to the first in a series of articles about setting your own home digital photography studio, and doing it cheaply.

Education The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 4
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 04/07/2008
We all tell stories. Every night my wife and I sit down and, over dinner, tell stories about our frantic lives that day. What my wife and I do is no different from what web developers do every day. The only difference is web developers tell stories to a global audience. In fact did I tell you the one about being mugged by a werewolf on a site I was surfing.....

The Interactive Storyteller Series:
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 1
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 2
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 3
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 4
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 5

Education The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 3
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 04/03/2008
We all tell stories. Every night my wife and I sit down and, over dinner, tell stories about our frantic lives that day. What my wife and I do is no different from what web developers do every day. The only difference is web developers tell stories to a global audience. In fact did I tell you the one about being mugged by a werewolf on a site I was surfing.....

The Interactive Storyteller Series:
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 1
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 2
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 3
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 4
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 5

InDesign Customizing InDesign's Spell Check Features
by: Kim Dudley
Release Date: 03/31/2008
I am the first one to admit that my spelling abilities are less then perfect, and when tight deadlines and late nights are involved simple typos seem to pop up all over the page. But with programs like InDesign, that can be my little secret. InDesign has some great spell check tools that will catch most spelling and typing errors and can also be used to speed up data entry.

In this article we will look at InDesign's Spell Checking tools and learn a little trick we can do using the autocorrect feature.

Education The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 2
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 03/28/2008
We all tell stories. Every night my wife and I sit down and, over dinner, tell stories about our frantic lives that day. What my wife and I do is no different from what web developers do every day. The only difference is web developers tell stories to a global audience. In fact did I tell you the one about being mugged by a werewolf on a site I was surfing.....

The Interactive Storyteller Series:
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 1
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 2
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 3
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 4
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 5

Flex Flash-Flex Integration - Part 1: Workflows
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 03/26/2008
Sometimes, when you're coding a Flex application, don't you just wish you could use a Flash animation, right there? And in Flash, don't you sometimes wish you could use that one class in Flex, or that one component, which would make your life so much easier? It is at such times that a developer encounters the limitations of their tools, be it in Flex or in Flash. This series aims to explore the possibilities inherent in an integrated Flash-Flex workflow, bridging the gap between the two technologies, enabling a greater range of development options.

In this first article, we will introduce the topic by looking at where certain Flash and Flex development scenarios might need to converge into an integrated Flash-Flex workflow. We'll also look some typical strategies to meet the needs of certain Flash Platform development methodologies.

A bird's eye view of the Flash-Flex Workflow.

The Flash-Flex Integration Series:
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 1: Workflows
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 2: Flex 2 Component Skinning
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 3: Flex Component Skinning with Scale-9
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 4: Skinning the Scale-9 Flex Component
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 5: Building the DragPanel Component
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 6: Editing Flash Code in Flex Builder
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 7: Coding With Flash Components in Flex Builder
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 8: Creating Custom Flex Components with Flash CS3
Flash-Flex Integration - Part 9: Using The FLVPlayback Component in Flex

Education The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 1
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 03/25/2008
We all tell stories. Every night my wife and I sit down and, over dinner, tell stories about our frantic lives that day. What my wife and I do is no different from what web developers do every day. The only difference is web developers tell stories to a global audience. In fact did I tell you the one about being mugged by a werewolf on a site I was surfing.....

The Interactive Storyteller Series:
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 1
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 2
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 3
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 4
The Art of the Interactive Storyteller - Part 5

ColdFusion The Mystery of CFC Variables and Properties - Part 1
by: Tom Muck
Release Date: 03/20/2008
If you use ColdFusion you should be using ColdFusion Components (CFCs). One of the more perplexing parts of developing CFCs for the beginning ColdFusion developer is how to define variables and properties. This article will attempt to explain some of the differences between local and global variables as they apply to CFCs. The proper use of variables is important for memory consumption and data integrity. You don't want variables hanging around that aren't needed, or accessed from areas that they should not be accessed from.

The second part of the series will continue the discusion and show a simple CFC framework.

The Mystery of CFC Variables and Properties Series:
The Mystery of CFC Variables and Properties - Part 1
The Mystery of CFC Variables and Properties - Part 2
The Mystery of CFC Variables and Properties - Part 3
The Mystery of CFC Variables and Properties - Part 4

Programming How To Break Your Code and Like It: Testing Procedures
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 03/19/2008
Whether you are creating new scripts or moving existing scripts to a new server, testing each one is an essential step to the success of your project. The following are practical tips for ensuring each of your scripts works properly. Although these steps are not complicated, it is their completion which shows the mark of a good professional. The examples provided here are specifically PHP, but these procedures generically apply to any server-side scripting language including ASP, ColdFusion, Perl or Ruby.

Fireworks Creating 8-bit Alpha Transparent PNG Files
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 03/13/2008
Alpha Transparency is not limited to 32-bit PNG files.

If you're using Fireworks, that is. And if you export an 8-bit PNG file.

Read on to learn how to make use of this feature in Fireworks.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Sydney
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 03/06/2008
It has to be one of the most beautiful opera houses in the world: the Sydney Opera House in Sydney, Australia. Opulence, elegance, and grandeur all come to mind when viewing pictures of the architecture and the city. And now those very same qualities come to you in the latest JumpStart, CMX JumpStart Sydney. Indeed, the header includes an image of the Sydney Opera House under a night sky as the centerpiece of a tasteful and elegant page layout.

CMX JumpStart Sydney is a centered, fixed-width layout that features an absolutely positioned left column with menu system that drapes over the header and content regions. With its quiet color scheme and simplicity of layout, JumpStart Sydney wreaks of class.

Read on to find out what the Sydney package includes and to view a Sydney example modification.

Fireworks Take Control of Your Workspace
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 02/22/2008
There are several ways to increase your productivity within your software applications:

  • Memorize keyboard commands
  • Learn the application inside out
  • Configure the application layout to suit you

This third point is what we'll talk about in this article, using Fireworks as an example. Most Adobe applications offer ways to customize the the workspace. Sometimes these features are obvious, sometimes not.

Read on and learn how to make the workspace work for you.

PHP PHP Phreakout: Troubleshooting Tips for PHP Code
by: Steven Seiller
Release Date: 02/18/2008
I call it the "White Screen of Oblivion." You've seen it. You just finished your new code and you eagerly upload it to the server to watch the magic you just conjured. You load the script and wait. And Wait. That white, blank screen opens like a void and sucks your confidence while the concept quickly sinks in that you have a problem. Ok, but what problem? Not even an error message?

With experiences like that, we can actually be happy when we do receive an error message. Even one which says fatal. At least an error message gives us a line number and some kind of a clue!

So what happens when your PHP code doesn't work as expected? What do those messages mean? Sometimes confusing, sometimes cryptic, those little blurbs declaring that you goofed can actually be helpful! In this article, I will describe the process and some tricks I use to troubleshoot my PHP code during initial development.

ColdFusion Quickshot: How to Parse Submitted Form Fields in ColdFusion
by: Ray West
Release Date: 02/15/2008
Most of the time, when your site submits a form to the server, you constructed that form so you know what fields to expect on the back side. On occasion, though, you may not know exactly what fields to expect when a form is dynamically created or may only contain data for certain fields. In ColdFusion, you can use a couple of methods to determine what fields exist in a form that has been received and what the data is for those fields.

Breeze 10 Tips for a Better Acrobat Connect Meeting
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 02/15/2008
Adobe Acrobat Connect, formerly known as Macromedia Breeze Meeting, is a terrific application when you need to span distance and time and have a live online meeting with anyone anywhere. Since Acrobat Connect runs on any computer that has the Flash Player installed, just about anyone can easily log-in, watch a presentation, view live video and hear audio, and interact through chat, file sharing and live polling. Now in the sixth full release of the software, Acrobat Connect is used by schools, universities, private businesses, and government agencies all over the world. There's even a chance that you've participated in a Connect meeting yourself. If you were fortunate enough to have the meeting conducted by an experienced Connect presenter, you probably had a great experience. Because even though an Acrobat Connect meeting is easy and fun to participate in, the best presentations are done by those who know their way around the interface and have learned the tricks to having better online meetings. In this article you'll learn some of those tips so you too can conduct a more professional and relaxed Connect meeting.

ColdFusion Making Stored Procedures Efficient
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 02/08/2008
As a web application gets larger and needs to handle more traffic, special attention is needed to make sure it is running as efficiently as possible. More often than not, that means taking a look at the way that your data is marshaled from the database. I am constantly amazed at how much effort can be placed in making sure that pages are only so heavy and take X seconds to load on the HTML side, when very little consideration is given to how the database is being accessed.

The two things to remember when dealing with the optimization of your database are minimizing network traffic, and the reuse of execution plans. Both of these are accomplished by the proper use of stored procedures. In this article, we will cover a few tips to help you get the most out of your stored procedures.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Stirling
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 01/24/2008
CMX JumpStart Stirling, a centered, fixed-width layout with a header, is based upon the popular Playa Blanca JumpStart. However, it has some intriguing enhancements, the most notable of which is the use of descendant selectors to flip the design from a two-column layout to a three-column layout on a page-by-page basis. Stirling also positions the main structure in a different way than Playa Blanca in that all of the columns are floated to achieve the design layout. The navigation in the left hand column, on the other hand, is switched to an AP div for older versions of IE in order to enable the bleed into the main content area from the page marker. Of course Stirling meets the W3C standards for CSS and XHTML, as well as the WAI accessibility requirements.

General Business So You Want To Hire a SWF Developer?
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 01/10/2008
In the ever-evolving world of Flash development, designers, developers, hr people and managers need up to date information on skills categories in the current marketplace. With all the aspects which comprise the Adobe ecosystem of design and development technologies, all of which may be located on a developer's resumé — such as Flash, Flex, ActionScript, FLV Video, Flash Media Server, Adobe Integrated Runtime (AIR), LiveCycle Data Services, and Cairngorm, to name a few — what do we call "the person who builds SWF files" for a living?

This is the question which can confuse an HR person enough to inadvertently misrepresent a candidate, may cause a manager to incorrectly assess a potential hire, and precipitate an identity crisis in the web developer wondering how the heck to correctly market themselves. This article is here to help.

CSS Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course - Part Two
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 01/09/2008
On Jan. 4, 2007, we offered a compilation of our CSS articles and tutorials in the article Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course. Its purpose was to make it easier to find the ever-growing number of web standards related articles and tutorials on Community MX.

In the year since the CSS course publication, CMX authors have written almost a hundred more CSS and accessibility related articles, tutorials, technique updates, and extensions. Clearly it is time for the sequel to the first CSS course.

The Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course Series:
Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course - Part 1
Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course - Part 2
Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course - Part 3

Mac A Leisurely Look at Leopard - Part II: Look and Feel, Time and Space
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 01/02/2008
Leopard has introduced many new features to OS X -- more than 300, by Apple's count. This article focuses on some of the most important, including the easiest way to backup ever, multiple workspaces for enhanced productivity, and some controversial interface changes.

CMX Help Wanted
by: CMX
Release Date: 12/19/2007
Thanks to all of our readers and subscribers, Community MX has grown over the past several years, and we plan to grow more in 2008. With the new year right around the corner, we have been discussing several initiatives to expand the services we offer our subscribers and we have discovered something. We need more help!

Fireworks Fireworks Kuler Panel
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 12/10/2007
Making color choices for a web site can at times be a daunting task, especially for those of us not schooled in color harmonics. Help in making those choices has recently gotten much easier with the introduction of the Flash kuler Panel for Fireworks. Ben Pritchard from Pixel Fumes first built a kuler panel for Flash, then Alan Musselman asked him if he would consider creating one for Fireworks. In early August of 2007, Ben had one for all us faithful FW users.

Design Tools for Designers: del.icio.us and Flickr'
by: Derrick Ypenburg
Release Date: 12/07/2007
This article is the result of me trying to put together a design and idea resource system for my growing company. I want all of our associates to use and share their ideas, inspiration and bank of design bookmarks that inspire them. I find it extremely important for myself, and my team, to take time every day to find inspiration, new code, products and designs and share them. In our constant search for these gems, ideas and inspirations, the best ones and those rare finds make it to our bookmark list for future reference. The problem is, these bookmarks are in one browser only. How do we share these bookmarks and design gems with our peers? Further and most importantly, how can I do this without spending money and having to maintain some kind internal server, wiki, collaboration, crap app that no one will use after a week. This is when I found valuable uses for del.icio.us and Flickr'.

CSS JumpStarts Fix: IE7 Zoom Body Background Image Bug
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 12/03/2007
This is a fix for all JumpStarts [and any other web page design] that use background images set against the body tag.

The zoom bug only exists in IE7 and therefore the fix is only required for IE7. The bug manifests itself when the keyboard short-cut ctrl + + is used to zoom the web page, this is very different to altering text size in IE7 via the view menu.

Mac A Leisurely Look at Leopard - Part I: Installation and New Features Overview
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 11/26/2007
If you have a recent Mac but don't yet have Leopard (the newest, 10.5 iteration of OS X), you're undoubtedly wondering whether to buy and install it. Some PC users too may also be wondering if the newest version of the Mac operating system warrants the switch they have been contemplating. This article will try to help answer such questions -- the short answer is "yes" -- by walking you through a Leopard upgrade installation and briefly describing some of Leopard's major new features. A future installment will cover key features in more detail.

Design Ten Tips for Overcoming Creative Block
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 11/21/2007
What can we do to get inspiration for a new site design? What can we do when serious creative block strikes, but the client expects a mockup within the week? Something in this quick list of ten tips will help get you going again.

Dreamweaver Building a Reservation System - From Discovery to Deployment: Part 1
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 11/20/2007
Making a reservation system is a complex task. This article series will walk you through the four D's of projects, Discovery, Design, Develop and Deploy.

This article is on the discovery process, a dialog between the decision makers and stakeholders to uncover what the project should entail and start to get the scope down.

The Building a Reservation System Series:
Building a Reservation System From Discovery to Deployment - Part 1
Building a Reservation System From Discovery to Deployment - Part 2
Buildiing a Reservation System from Discovery to Deployment - Part 3
Building a Reservation System - From Discovery to Deployment - Part 4

Fireworks Fitting Fireworks CS3 into the Design Work Flow
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 11/02/2007
In my last article, I talked about the decision process between when to use Photoshop or Fireworks in your projects.

Really, what I'm talking about here is freedom of choice. Knowing your options and where different applications fit together can help you work faster and smarter in your day to day production work flow. And - happily, Fireworks can fit in quite nicely in the digital workflow of many professionals, even if they don't know it yet!

This article, based on my talk at Adobe Max 2007, gives an overview of the integration between Fireworks and the other core Adobe products such as Photoshop, Illustrator, Flash, Dreamweaver and Bridge. I thought it would be good have an overview of the features in a single location. Where relevant, I have included links to other CMX articles that dig deeper into the topics.

CSS Introducing CMX JumpStart: Playa Blanca
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 11/01/2007

I admit it: this JumpStart city necessitated that I do a little geography lesson. Adrian Senior, creator of the latest CMX JumpStart Playa Blanca gave me clues to googling for Playa Blanca information in the introduction to his article:

While not exactly a city, Playa Blanca is a beautiful town that can be found on the southern tip of Lanzarote. Lanzarote is one of a group of small volcanic islands that despite sitting off the African coast come under Spanish sovereignty.

All right! A beautiful beach resort that brought me back to my summer trip in Hawaii. Now on to the latest JumpStart....Playa Blanca is a centered, two-column, fixed-width layout with header and footer, but it is a more complex variation of that common layout type. It uses a series of nested divs that create the illusion of the secondary navigation effect that bleeds the appropriate button into the related content region. Of course Playa Blanca meets the W3C standards for CSS and XHTML, as well as the WAI accessibility requirements.

Fireworks Fireworks or Photoshop?
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 10/25/2007
A common question that comes up from new users is, "How do I decide whether to use Fireworks or Photoshop for a project?"

It's a good question. In fact, the answer may not be completely black and white (or RGB).

By answering the 5 questions in this article, you will be better prepared to decide not only what software application is best suited to the job at hand, where Fireworks can reside in your creative or production workflow.

Some of these questions you can answer yourself, while some may need to be posed to the client, or even other production partners.

Are you ready? Sharpen your pencil and let's go!

PHP Controlling the Serial Port with PHP
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 10/19/2007
When you think about the things a web server can do, they typically tend to be related strictly to the virtual world of web sites and electronic content. There are times however when a web server can do what most people would never expect: interact with the real world!

In this article we're going to take a look at an how we can use PHP to control other, non-web related systems, using a serial port.

Accessibility Alternative Text for Complex Graphics
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 10/09/2007
Providing alternative text for images, a web accessibility cornerstone, is usually accomplished using the alt attribute. However, sometimes the amount of information that an image conveys is huge, much more than is useful in an alt attribute. For instance, charts, graphs, maps and diagrams can contain great amounts of information that would take several hundred words to adequately convey. While there's no limit on the amount of characters you can place in an alt attribute, they are meant to be kept very short and cannot contain additional (X)HTML markup within the attribute value itself. This can really limit your ability to adequately describe complex images. In this article, you'll learn a few ways to get around these limitations of the alt attribute to provide appropriate text equivalents for complex graphics in alternative ways.

Note: While this article does not deal directly with the alt attribute, it's a good idea to understand the principles behind writing proper alt text before reading this article. You can learn more about proper alt text at Debunking Alt Text Myths.

CMX We Need Your Help
by: Ray West
Release Date: 10/08/2007
Community MX is approaching 5 years of service and almost 2500 articles, tutorials and extensions. We have covered everything from Dreamweaver to CSS to SQL Server and now are extending our subjects to include more and more of the Adobe family of products. And we need your help.

In trying to cover all of the new features of so many products and the cool new technologies that keep appearing, it is sometimes easy to forget that there are a lot of more basic things that you might want more information about. We might be missing things that we are taking for granted but that you need help with. And we want you to tell us about it.

SQL Easy Eclipse Database Access, with QuantumDB
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 10/02/2007
The open source Eclipse platform is increasingly popular for developers of every stripe, and one of the chief reasons for this is its rich extensibility. This article will show you how to install and use the popular QuantumDB plug-in for database access, together with the PHPEclipse plug-in, to create a complete and flexible PHP-MySQL development environment. You'll be able to flip between PHP and SQL code with incredible ease!

Flex builders: you can play, too!

HTML Declaring the Language of Your (X)HTML Content
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 09/28/2007
Defining the language of your web content is an essential but often overlooked step in making your web pages standards-compliant. Even if your pages are all written in a single language and you are certain that all members of your audience speak that same language, it's still a good idea to specify the language so that a variety of user agents and tools can correctly interpret and display the content.

In this article, you'll learn how to declare the language of your content in both HTML and XHTML. We'll go over how to declare a default language for the page as a whole as well as how to indicate where the language changes within the page, whether for an entire section or just a word.

Programming Hybrid Applications: AIR, Silverlight, et al in Perspective
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 09/27/2007
Recently there has been a lot of buzz surrounding the idea of "hybrid" applications; programs and sites built for and delivered across the internet, but that act and operate as if they were independant standalone programs. The idea, as we'll explore in this article, really isn't that new but it's receiving a great deal more focus than in the past, due to some key technologies being developed and pushed out by some of the major players in web development. This is not by anymeans an "Adobe VS Microsoft" debate, but rather an investigation into the concepts, technologies and possibilities that surround hybrid applications.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Madrid
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 09/20/2007
Madrid, Spain, capital of Spain and one of Europe's major political and financial centers, is home to some of the most captivating museums and cultural events in the world. Like the atmosphere that pervades the city, we are pleased to introduce the equally warm and vibrant CMX JumpStart Madrid!

Madrid is a three-column, elastic layout that includes a background image in the content region that uses the background attachment property set to a value of fixed, an expandable header region, and a dual navigation system. The main navigation consists of an inline unordered list at the top of the design, and vertical sub navigation buttons in the left column. As with all the CMX JumpStarts, Madrid meets the W3C standards for CSS and XHTML, as well as for WAI and 508 accessibility.

CMX Happy Labor Day!
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 09/03/2007
Community MX is taking the day off to spend with our families and will return with fresh content tomorrow.

Video What AVC/H.264 Means for the Future of Flash Video
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 08/27/2007
During the week of August 20th, Adobe announced its plans to support the AVC/H.264 video standard in the final release of Flash Player 9 update 3. You can currently download beta 2 of Flash Player 9 update 3 on the Adobe Labs site. This beta contains the AVC/H.264 codec, which enables you to test MPEG-4 files using the H.264 codec right now! I won't recap the information already provided by Adobe, but I'll provide a context for this announcement with existing Flash Video codecs and the world of Internet-delivered video.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Palm Springs
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 08/16/2007

Palm Springs, California, a desert city that is about 110 miles east of Los Angeles, is home to some of the most famous golf courses in the country. With that in mind, we have a new JumpStart that should especially appeal to all the golf fans among us. Welcome to CMX JumpStart Palm Springs!

Palm Springs is a three-column, fixed-width layout that includes a dual navigation system. The main navigation consists of horizontal tabs at the top of the design, and vertical sub navigation buttons in the left column. The design also features pre-prepared login and subscribe form layout elements. As with all the CMX JumpStarts, Palm Springs meets the W3C standards for CSS and XHTML, as well as for WAI and 508 accessibility.

Flex Flex 101: Part 2 - What's New in Flash Player 9
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 08/15/2007
Learning Flex 2 can seem overwhelming at first glance, considering all the elements that go into the making of a Flex application, from the Flex product line, the development IDE, the source files, the runtime and the APIs, not to mention the abundance of documentation, examples and blog entries to choose from, not all of which are intended for novices. This series aims to take some of the mystery and confusion out of learning Flex 2, providing both a beginner's overview of building applications in Flex, as well as some in-depth examination of the basics for intermediate Flex developers.

In this article, we will look at what's new in ActionScript 3.0 and the Flash 9 player, how Flex compiles applications, and where Flex fits in with traditional Flash Development.

The Flex 101 Series:
Flex 101: Part 1 - Introducing Adobe Flex 2
Flex 101: Part 2 - What's New In Flash Player 9
Flex 101: Part 3 - Using Flex Builder 2
Flex 101: Part 4 - Building in Design Mode
Flex 101: Part 5 - Using MXML
Flex 101: Part 6 - Components and Databinding
Flex 101: Part 7 - Events
Flex 101: Part 8 - AS3 in MXML
Flex 101: Part 9 - Custom MXML Components
Flex 101: Part 10 - Databinding Custom Components
Flex 101: Part 11 - The Event Class
Flex 101: Part 12 - Using the Flex 2 Debugger
Flex 101: Part 13 - Declaring Events in AS3
Flex 101: Part 14 - Using the Event Subclasses
Flex 101: Part 15 - Simple Controls
Flex 101: Part 16 - Layout Containers Coming Soon

CSS CSS Cheat Sheet: Inheritance, Cascade, Specificity
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 08/09/2007
Even seasoned CSS developers need a quick refresher course in CSS concepts and techniques from time to time. This CSS Cheat Sheet is designed for just that need. Use it as a reference on topics that you've already learned about in-depth but need a few reminders on. If you're still a beginner to CSS, use it to learn the nuts and bolts of working with CSS, then use our other articles, listed at the end of this one, to extend your learning and practice your new skills.

This Cheat Sheet reviews how the fundamental CSS concepts of inheritance, cascading and specificity work. It also contains a printable PDF illustration of the rules of the cascade that you can download and keep handy for continued reference.

Flex Flex 101: Part 1 - Introducing Adobe Flex 2
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 08/07/2007
Learning Flex 2 can be can seem overwhelming at first glance, considering all the elements that go into the making of a Flex application, from the Flex product line, the development IDE, the source files, the runtime and the APIs, not to mention the abundance of documentation, examples and blog entries to choose from, not all of which are intended for novices. This series aims to take some of the mystery and confusion out of learning Flex 2, providing both a beginner's overview of building applications in Flex, as well as some in-depth examination of the basics for intermediate Flex developers.

In this article, we will look at the evolution and history of Flex, what is Flex as a technology and its range of products.

The Flex 101 Series:
Flex 101: Part 1 - Introducing Adobe Flex 2
Flex 101: Part 2 - What's New In Flash Player 9
Flex 101: Part 3 - Using Flex Builder 2
Flex 101: Part 4 - Building in Design Mode
Flex 101: Part 5 - Using MXML
Flex 101: Part 6 - Components and Databinding
Flex 101: Part 7 - Events
Flex 101: Part 8 - AS3 in MXML
Flex 101: Part 9 - Custom MXML Components
Flex 101: Part 10 - Databinding Custom Components
Flex 101: Part 11 - The Event Class
Flex 101: Part 12 - Using the Flex 2 Debugger
Flex 101: Part 13 - Declaring Events in AS3
Flex 101: Part 14 - Using the Event Subclasses
Flex 101: Part 15 - Simple Controls
Flex 101: Part 16 - Layout Containers Coming Soon

Mac Triple Threat III: Tri-Platform Perfection
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 08/06/2007
Although VMware Fusion is not as well known as Parallels, it gives you -- together with Apple's Boot Camp -- the smoothest, most polished way to run a killer three-platform developer machine.

The Triple Threat Series:
Triple Threat: Adding a Third OS to Your Dual-Boot Mac
Triple Threat II: Tiger, Vista & Ubuntu
Triple Threat III: Tri-Platform Perfection

Flash Create a Soft Mask in Flash CS3
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 07/30/2007
Masks with hard edges are easy to do in Flash. What about masks with feathered edges? That's another story. Learn how in this sixth excerpt written by Community MX partners David Stiller and Tom Green in the new book -Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers- from friendsofED

The Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers Excerpts
Motion Tween Effects in Flash CS3
Optimizing Flash Content for Use in Video
Adding Audio to Flash CS3
XML Captions for Video
Notes from the Photoshop File Importer
Create a Soft Mask in Flash CS3
Going Mobile in Flash CS3
Using XML in Flash CS3 to Build a Slideshow

Flash Notes From the Photoshop File Importer Front
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 07/26/2007
In this, the fifth of eight excerpts from their new friendsofED book- Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers- Community MX partners David Stiller and Tom Green examine a new feature of Flash CS3. The Photoshop File Importer in Flash CS3 is a welcome addition to Flash CS3. Just be aware there are a couple of "gotcha's" you need to know.

The Foundation Flash CS3 for Designers Excerpts
Motion Tween Effects in Flash CS3
Optimizing Flash Content for Use in Video
Adding Audio to Flash CS3
XML Captions for Video
Notes from the Photoshop File Importer
Create a Soft Mask in Flash CS3
Going Mobile in Flash CS3
Using XML in Flash CS3 to Build a Slideshow

Javascript Javascript & AJAX - Zero to Hero at CMX
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 07/25/2007
JavaScript and AJAX tend to be some of those "mystery technologies"; many developers talk about them as being important, most new developers are interested in learning them, but nobody really knows where to go to find out about them. Every now and again you'll run into a "JavaScript guru" who will let you know some important little tidbit, but if you want to learn, really learn, where do you go?

Fortunately here at CMX we've got you covered! Today I'm going to lay out a course outline, using articles and resources available here at CMX, that will allow anyone to go from zero experience to a full fledged JavaScript/AJAX hero in an ordered, concise and easy to follow process. If you've always wanted to learn these technologies but never quite known where to go or where to start, this is for you.

Fireworks Must-Have Extensions for Fireworks CS3
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 07/19/2007
A new software release is always kind of exciting, but with the release of products like Fireworks and Dreamweaver, it's even better. Not only can you expect new goodies in the application itself, but you can expect extension developers to create other cool commands and tools for the applications.

Fireworks CS3 has only been out for a short time, and already there is already an impressive list of new extensions we can make use of. This article will outline some of those extensions and point you to where you can find them.

And did I mention that all these extensions and commands are FREE?

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Washington, D.C.
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 07/12/2007
Washington, D.C. is, of course, significant for being the capital of the United States, but it has also been my "hometown" since I was seventeen years old. I have lived in the city or one of its suburbs for all of my adult life. It is with the greatest pleasure, therefore, that I introduce the newest JumpStart, designed and coded by Adrian Senior, CMX JumpStart Washington, D.C.

Washington, D.C. is a two-column, fixed-width design that employs a horizontal band method for the header and footer areas. It has a main navigation level that uses the popular tabbed sliding doors technique. CSS based buttons on the left form the secondary navigation. Washington, D.C. meets the standards for CSS, XHTML and Accessibility, thus ensuring that you have a good solid layout on which to base a client site.

Mac Triple Threat II: Tiger, Vista & Ubuntu
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 07/10/2007
Are you using Parallels to run Windows on your Mac, or thinking about it? Then why not a Linux virtual machine as well?

The Triple Threat Series:
Triple Threat: Adding a Third OS to Your Dual-Boot Mac
Triple Threat II: Tiger, Vista & Ubuntu

Accessibility Accessibility and 508: A Guide to Web Standards and Government Regulations
by: Bevi Chagnon
Release Date: 07/06/2007
The buzzwords flying around this topic seem endless...usability...accessibility...Web standards...WCAG...WAI. Add government regulations to the mix — such as US Section 508 and Access Board Standards, Canadian CLF Standards, and the European Commission's e-Inclusion policy — and it's enough to drive you crazy!

This comprehensive overview clears up the confusion by reviewing what the standards are, who's affected by the government regulations, and what you must do — or are encouraged to do — to be compliant.

Although the Web standards are voluntary international standards, Section 508 regulations are only for US Federal government web sites and are required by federal law. And Canada's Content Look and Feel Standards affect only Canadian government websites. WCAG standards are not quite the same as US 508-accessibility standards, but this article shows were they converge...and where they don't.

Links to other US Federal, state, and local regulations are included, as well as several international government regulations, and relevant CMX articles and tutorials.

This article is for:

  • web developers and designers
  • audio, video, and animation developers
  • web masters
  • project managers
  • usability specialists
  • GUI (interface) designers
  • government contractors
  • government contracting officers, procurement specialists, and FAR specialists

Topics covered in this article:

  • Web standards, regulations, and entities: what's what and who's who.
  • When must you adhere to the standards
  • And when it's "smart" to meet the standards
  • WCAG guidelines and checkpoints
  • Comparison of WCAG guidelines and US Federal 508-accessibility requirements
  • Resources: Catalog of CMX articles and tutorials on building accessibility into your websites
  • Resources: Links to US Federal, local, state websites on accessibility
  • Resources: Links to international websites on accessibility

Flex Flex Community MX RSS Reader - Part 1
by: Chaz Chumley
Release Date: 06/25/2007
If you have an RSS Reader then you might already know that Community MX provides a RSS feed located here, which you can subscribe to. Also, whenever you perform a search on a particular topic with the Community MX site you have an option to view the results as a RSS feed at the bottom of your search results.

We are going to take this RSS feed and build a RSS Reader in Flex that, by default, will return the last 30 days of content. We will provide the user with a search capability to filter the results from Community MX which will display in a data grid the Title, Category and Publish Date. The data grid will give the user the ability to sort the columns headers as well as rearrange the column orders. Once the user highlights and selects an article, we will display the description of that article along with the link to where the full article can be found.

We will be doing this in a series of steps. So let's get started by creating our Flex project, which we will call "CMXRss". If you are unfamiliar with how to create a Flex project please refer to the following articles:

Flex 2.0 - Part 1: Exploring the IDE
Flex 2.0 - Part 2: Building a Simple Application

The Flex Community MX RSS Reader Series:
Flex Community MX RSS Reader - Part 1
Flex Community MX RSS Reader - Part 2

General Business TODCon 9: Day Three
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 06/22/2007
As I mentioned in my TODCon summary, the topic coverage at TODCon was far ranging. Wednesday, the final day, was no different in this regard. There were ten sessions one could attend on the final day. This overview will give you some insight into the topics covered on the final day of TODCon 2007.

Reviews TODCon 9: Day Two
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 06/21/2007
The Las Vegas strip is lit up at all times. While this is certainly a true statement, the phrase "lit up" merely hints at the teaming magnetism of the neon dynamos that whirl, blink, and jitterbug off every building, billboard, and casino slot machine. If you remember the "Sorcerer's Apprentice" segment in Disney's Fantasia — where Mickey unwittingly awakens a swarm of enthusiastic broomsticks — you'll have an inkling of the sort of enchantment that has here awakened the humble light bulb. Think of it as a chorus line of <blink> tags personified. Every last one alluring, all vying for your attention.

In light of this (hey, a pun!) it wasn't until day two of TODCon that I found myself able to instinctively locate the conference meeting rooms. Until then, I had been adrift among the brilliance, veering from this placard to that, winding my way — always distracted! — toward the escalators that led to the stairs that led to the breakfast buffet that led to the rooms.

General Business TODCon 9: Day One
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 06/20/2007
Religious revival, surly greetings to the U.S., ugliness at the restaurant and enough information to make your head explode. Yep. TODCon, Day One.

Dreamweaver TODCon 9 Session - Tabbed Content Switching Using JavaScript & AJAX Techniques
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 06/15/2007
The download file for this article contains my PowerPoint presentation from the TODCon session on Tabbed content switching using JavaScript & AJAX techniques. The content includes a RSS feed, both local and remote, and AJAX content, both on demand and continually updated. Utilizes the Spry framework from Adobe Labs.

Javascript TODCon 9 Session - Better Scripting Through DOM JavaScript Coding
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 06/15/2007
Here is my PowerPoint presentation from the TODCon session on Better Scripting through DOM JavaScript coding. It will cover the reasons why DOM coding is good, go over libraries and why to do them and introduce (although not provide) several scripts that have been written to take advantage of the DOM scripting.

Mac Triple Threat: Adding a Third OS to Your Dual-Boot Mac
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 06/12/2007
Think you're cool for running Tiger and Vista on the same machine? Try this on for size.

The Triple Threat Series:
Triple Threat: Adding a Third OS to Your Dual-Boot Mac
Triple Threat II: Tiger, Vista & Ubuntu

Dreamweaver Spry Table
by: Chaz Chumley
Release Date: 06/11/2007
Adobe has created a great and easy to use AJAX framework in Spry. The integration into Dreamweaver CS3 makes creating Ajax based web pages a breeze. Keep in mind that you don't have to have Dreamweaver CS3 to utilize this framework, but it helps.

In our Spry XML Series we have taken a look at the various methods to grab and populate XML data from both a static and dynamic XML dataset. To finish off the series we will take a look at the Spry Table which allows us to display tabular data, sort the data and format even/odd rows, hover and selection effects with CSS integration.

The Spry XML Series:
Spry XML Data Set
Spry Region and Repeat
Spry Repeat List
Spry Table

CMX How are we doing?
by: Ray West
Release Date: 06/04/2007
As we enter our 5th year here at Community MX we want to hear what you have to say about how we're doing so far. Anything you'd like us to do that we aren't? Something you'd like to see covered that isn't? A topic we cover that you'd like to see more on?

Now's your chance to let us know exactly what you'd like to see and what you think. We want to hear what you have to say, the good...the bad....and yes, even the ugly. :-)

General Business Rule #1 For Busy Freelancers to Follow: Don't be Everything to Everybody
by: Derrick Ypenburg
Release Date: 05/30/2007
Are you struggling with your personal business in the new age of Web 2.0? Well you're not alone. I've come to a crossroads where I need to re-evaluate what I'm doing, and what I need to change/do to keep up in these busy times. To help me with the growing pains, I will be writing each part of this series as a new rule for me to follow. I hope these rules help you as well in your new media business.

The Rules for Busy Freelancers Series:
Rule #1 For Busy Freelancers to Follow: Don't Be Everything to Everybody
Rule #2 For Busy Freelancers to Follow: Be Honest with Your Scheduling
Rule #3 For Busy Freelancers to Follow: Manage Your Client as Well as the Project
Rule #4 For Busy Freelancers to Follow: Self-Preservation

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Tahoe
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/18/2007

If you've been around a while, you may remember the CMX JumpStart Vegas that was released in the summer of 2005 by Stephanie Sullivan and Linda Rathgeber. As one of our most popular JumpStarts, it inspired some CMX subscribers to request a fluid version of this fixed-width design. Zoe Gillenwater, one of our great CSS gurus, happily complied with our newest CMX JumpStart Tahoe, a JumpStart modification. Tahoe, like Vegas, is located in Nevada, and because it shares many of the same kinds of entertainment centers, seems like a fitting city for a permutation of the Vegas design. And Tahoe has one thing that Vegas doesn't - the beautiful Lake Tahoe that gives literal meaning to the tagline in the Tahoe JumpStart: "Like Vegas, only fluid."

Tahoe uses valid XHTML 1.0 and CSS 2.1 markup and follows WAI and Section 508 accessibility guidelines to provide you with a solid foundation for any design you may wish to use it for. Tahoe is a two column elastic layout, which means it expands in width based on the user's font size. This allows the overall proportions of the page to stay intact regardless of the visitor's window or font size. The design also features a subhead area, skip link, a styled list as a navigation menu, and floated images.

InDesign InDesign CS3: New and Improved Features for Power Users and Publishers
by: Bevi Chagnon
Release Date: 04/30/2007
InDesign CS3 adds many features for power-users and publishers of books, magazines, and technical publications. Tools for formatting tables (table styles and cell styles), nested InDesign documents, and electronic notes are just a few of the new utilities that boost productivity. Toss a few more features into the mix, like multi-level numbered lists and variable data fields, and InDesign now has the tools to tackle just about any type of long document out there, including catalogs, directories, technical manuals, and SMT books.

Flash Flash PowerTools: Code Automation with SEPY
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 04/26/2007
Out there in the Flash design and development world, there are many tools available to assist in creating projects. These are "power tools" that supercharge the task of designing, coding, compiling, testing and documenting, allowing you to save time and present ideas much more effectively. Some have been around for a few years, and some are pretty new. This series highlights some of the open source tools and techniques which have made my life as a Flash developer much more effective.

When coding an object-oriented project involving many external ActionScript files, using the SEPY ActionScript Editor has been quite simply a boon to my life as a Flash developer, whose features have saved me a lot of time and headaches. One of those features is the ability to automate code creation. In this article we will look at how SEPY can make your job as a Flash developer a whole lot easier.


The SEPY Snippets panel

The Flash PowerTools Series:
Flash PowerTools: Code Automation with SEPY
Flash PowerTools: FlashTracer for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Standalone FLV Players
Flash PowerTools: Transition and Tween Explorer
Flash PowerTools: Flash Switcher for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Exploring Gradients
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 1
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 2 Coming Soon

Dreamweaver Spry Tabbed Panels
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 04/24/2007
The release of Dreamweaver CS3 saw the integration of the new Spry widgets, in this article we will look at the Spry Tabbed Panels. We will look at how we can action and edit the widgets and see just how easy they are to edit and build on.

Photoshop A Photoshop CS3 Sneak Peek - New Features
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 04/20/2007
There are indeed many new things coming with the release of Photoshop CS3. The phrase "jam-packed" comes to mind. Between new features and improvements to existing features and tools, this is one pretty amazing upgrade. Perhaps the most noticeable is the fact there will be two versions of Photoshop: Photoshop CS3 and Photoshop CS3 Extended.

I'll start with Photoshop CS3 and then give a brief overview of the extra goodies in CS3 Extended.

Tag along and see what's in store.

CSS How To Attack An Internet Explorer Display Bug -Revised for IE7
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 04/11/2007
Many authors who desire to make the switch to tableless design can be brought up short when they encounter various browser bugs. Internet Explorer for Windows can present some significant challenges to this switch, exhibiting a variety of display problems. Although a full understanding of how IE "gets it wrong" may not be within reach for everyone, it is possible to get by with a few key bug fixing tools.

The original article was written with IE6 and lower browsers in mind, but there's a new player in the arena, IE7. While many of the display problems have been dealt with, this new browser may still need some special treatment.

So, we've revised, updated and rewritten this article, with a focus on how to bring IE7 along when it needs bug fixing like its older siblings. This is information you need to know!

Flash Flash PowerTools: FlashTracer for Firefox
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 04/06/2007
Out there in the Flash design and development world, there are many tools available to assist in creating projects. These are "power tools" that supercharge the task of designing, coding, compiling, testing and documenting, allowing you to save time and present ideas much more effectively. Some have been around for a few years, and some are pretty new. This series highlights some of the open source tools and techniques which have made my life as a Flash developer much more effective.

This article covers a utility which I consider to be paramount to any Flash developer's toolkit: the FlashTracer extension for Firefox.



The Flash PowerTools Series:
Flash PowerTools: Code Automation with SEPY
Flash PowerTools: FlashTracer for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Standalone FLV Players
Flash PowerTools: Transition and Tween Explorer
Flash PowerTools: Flash Switcher for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Exploring Gradients
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 1
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 2 Coming Soon

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Detroit
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 04/05/2007
We are pleased to introduce our latest CMX JumpStart: Detroit. Created by Adrian "JoJo" Senior, it has all the trademarks of his designs: clean with no-fuss CSS, easy to modify, and always professional looking. This two-column, centered, fixed-width layout includes a shadowed, tapering background image on the main column that gives the effect of a raised platform for the content. Like all JumpStarts, Detroit uses valid XHTML 1.0 and CSS 2.1 markup and follows WAI and Section 508 accessibility guidelines.

Flash Flash PowerTools: Standalone FLV Players
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 04/04/2007
Out there in the Flash design and development world, there are many tools available to assist in creating projects. These are "power tools" that supercharge the task of designing, coding, compiling, testing and documenting, allowing you to save time and present ideas much more effectively. Some have been around for a few years, and some are pretty new. This series highlights some of the open source tools and techniques which have made my life as a Flash developer much more effective.

Many times in the past I found myself wanting to preview an FLV video, either for pre-selection during development, or simply to watch a video I had downloaded from the net. Problem is, Flash does not come with a standalone FLV player out of the box. The solution: use a standalone FLV player. This article will cover three popular, free standalone FLV players, by Martijn Devisser, Nothing Media and Blitz Labs (Windows only).

The Flash PowerTools Series:
Flash PowerTools: Code Automation with SEPY
Flash PowerTools: FlashTracer for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Standalone FLV Players
Flash PowerTools: Transition and Tween Explorer
Flash PowerTools: Flash Switcher for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Exploring Gradients
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 1
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 2 Coming Soon

Illustrator The New and the Improved in Illustrator CS3
by: Kim Dudley
Release Date: 03/29/2007
Adobe Illustrator is a vector drawing tool that has always been quite flexible in terms of creating artwork. Using Illustrator's drawing tools and effects, an unlimited variety of graphics can be created and saved or exported for use in many different mediums. In addition, Illustrator's layout, typographic and prepress tools make it possible to create complete layouts within the application.

With the introduction of Illustrator CS3 Adobe expands Illustrator's flexibility and most importantly, streamlines the way you work in Illustrator. This upgrade is all about productivity and the updates are a welcome enhancement to Illustrator's existing toolset.

Illustrator CS3 has many updates and additions, in this article we will look at 10 of my favorites.

Dreamweaver CS3 Sneak Preview: Device Central
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 03/29/2007
Integrated with Dreamweaver CS3 as well as throughout the family of Creative Suite 3 software, Adobe Device Central simplifies the creation of mobile content with built-in mobile device skins and regularly updated device profiles. Besides the ability to quickly access essential technical specifications for each device, Adobe Device Central displays HTML content and allows you to scroll using the buttons on the device. The Small Screen Rendering (SSR) mode will shrink the text and images to show accurate rendering as it would appear on the device. Now you can easily design, preview, and test engaging mobile content and rich user interfaces.

Dreamweaver CS3 Sneak Preview: The CSS Panel
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 03/28/2007
Not everyone can create the right CSS rules, in the right place, on the first try. To get things right, it’s often necessary to move, rename, or otherwise change the structure of your CSS. Additionally, many people like to introduce CSS changes incrementally to a site, first by getting the CSS working on a single page, and then working on the entire site. Others prefer to step back further and get the CSS working on a single element before trying to make it work for a whole page. The Manage CSS feature makes it easier for you to move CSS rules from document to document, from the head of a document to an external sheet, between external CSS files, and more. You can also convert inline CSS to CSS rules, and place them where you need them—just by dragging and dropping.

Fireworks A Fireworks CS3 Sneak Peek - Multiple Pages and Hierarchical Layers
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 03/28/2007
Presented for your consideration; a world where there is no more:

  • Showing and hiding different sized and/or colored overlapping web slices
  • Hiding and showing layers on specific frames to ensure your overlapping slices are exported correctly
  • Juggling web layer hierarchy for the same reason
  • Using frames as a comping tool for multiple designs
  • Creating multiple PNG files for each different web interface design

You haven't entered the Twilight Zone. You've been warped into the Adobe Zone, and specifically (big surprise for those of you who read my articles) Fireworks CS3.

Fireworks CS3 includes many updates. It's probably the biggest feature release in years for Fireworks. And while those features don't include much needed changes to the main bitmap or vector tool set, other very significant tools have been added. Indeed, Adobe has put Fireworks on a path that I believe will keep the app around for a long time.

The addition of hierarchical layers, multiple page and multiple web layers support are only a few of the features that put Fireworks on the path as one of the best graphical rapid prototyping tools out there.

Video Flash Video: Move Over?
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 03/27/2007
In November 2006, I wrote an article title "Flash Video: Why the Other Players Don't Get It", wherein I made a case for Flash Video on the web. Indeed, Flash Video is everywhere on the web, from Google to YouTube to Blip.tv. However, within the last couple of weeks, Flash Video suffered a casualty: ABC.com replaced Flash Video as the video player technology on their showcase Full Episode Streaming site. I initially blogged about the event, chiding Adobe for not moving faster to address widely known concerns about Flash Video streaming on the web, especially by providers who want to protect their content. After my post received over 1000 web views within 12 hours, I got the feeling that I should write more about my thoughts on Flash Video, and how it might suffer more casualties if Adobe doesn't take their customers (especially their big customers, like ABC.com) more seriously. (Or should I be so bold as to say they shouldn't take them for granted?)

NOTE: This article is an editorial reflecting my personal concerns about Flash Video technology, and does not reflect the views and opinions of any other entity.

CSS Methods for Testing in Multiple Versions of IE - **Updated**
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 03/22/2007
Internet Explorer 7 (IE), released in October 2006, greatly improves its CSS rendering capabilities. However, it's only available for Windows XP and Vista, so we still have to support IE 6 — and possibly IE 5.5 and 5.0, depending on your site's audience — for some time to come. Unfortunately, the integration of IE into the Windows operating system, and Microsoft's refusal to allow multiple versions of it to run at the same time, have made testing web sites in various versions of the ubiquitous browser difficult. There are, however, ways it can be done, and the advent of IE 7 has brought some new methods out for our consideration.

In this article I'll provide an overview of the current methods available for testing multiple versions of Windows IE and provide the pros and cons of each method so you can decide which suits you best.

Note: This article was originally written in late November 2006. Right after it was written, Microsoft released a free virtual machine image for Virtual PC, making it easier for developers to use the software. Thus, the section on Microsoft Virtual PC has been revised from the original, with other small changes throughout. My recommendations remain virtually (no pun intended) the same. You can view the original article here.

General Business Using Your iPod with Your Digital Camera
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 03/19/2007
As you may have noticed in some of my blogs, I've pretty much become an iPod junkie. From tunes, to Podcasts, to adding photos from my computer, I'm having a blast. Recently, I've found even more reasons to love my iPod. The iPod Camera Connector for the video iPod.

This little accessory has opened up even more flexibility for my digital photography needs. As long as I have my iPod with me (and enough space on it) I no longer have to worry about switching memory cards in my camera. I just connect the camera's USB cable to the connector, and I can import files directly from the camera to my iPod. It's fast and easy, especially with JPEG files.

Flash Flash PowerTools: Transition and Tween Explorer
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 03/16/2007
Out there in the Flash design and development world, there are many tools available to assist in creating projects. These are "power tools" that supercharge the task of designing, coding, compiling, testing and documenting, allowing you to save time and present ideas much more effectively. Some have been around for a few years, and some are pretty new. This series highlights some of the open source tools and techniques which have made my life as a Flash developer much more effective.

Implementing code-generated graphics or animations can be greatly facilitated with the aid of an "explorer," showing a live example of certain effects, and the code required to create the effect at runtime. This can greatly expedite code generation, and provide an essential learning tool. In this article we'll look at a little-known but very useful utility created by Adobe called the Transition and Tween Explorer.


The Adobe Transition and Tween Explorer

The Flash PowerTools Series:
Flash PowerTools: Code Automation with SEPY
Flash PowerTools: FlashTracer for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Standalone FLV Players
Flash PowerTools: Transition and Tween Explorer
Flash PowerTools: Flash Switcher for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Exploring Gradients
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 1
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 2 Coming Soon

Design Coloring Your World - Part 1: Color Basics
by: Derrick Ypenburg
Release Date: 03/13/2007
Part of our job as professional communicators is to work with color every single day, whether it is starting from scratch to create a unique logo and color scheme for a client, sending a multitude of colors from a website out to the world, or ensuring a Pantone color match is adhered to. I love color and I thought it was time to discuss the basics of color for those of us who struggle with it, don't quite understand the basics, or are just stuck in a rut. As well, I luckily work with a print designer as my business partner, so I've come to learn about bringing the world of print and multimedia together and would like to share that with you on a basic level as well.

In this first part of a three part series, let’s go through the color basics.

The Coloring Your World Series
Coloring Your World - Part 1: Color Basics
Coloring Your World - Part 2: Two Worlds of Color - Digital vs Print
Coloring Your World - Part 3: Color Trends and Possibilities

Flash Dude, Where Do I Put My Code? - Part 1
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 03/08/2007
Beginners to Flash programming often find themselves asking a fundamental question: "Dude, where do I put my code?" A quick sweep of the 100s of Community MX Flash tutorials, as well as other code repositories on the Web, reveals quite a few choices. You can put ActionScript into keyframes; attach it directly to objects, such as buttons; put it into external text files; and even write a special kind of external file called a class. So, which approach is best? Are some better than others?

To arrive at an answer, let's take a stroll among the various techniques mentioned. This is not an article on ActionScript syntax or how to program. If you were an aspiring chef, this might be a tour of various kitchen facilities, to give you a feel for what's available at each venue. After a brief look at the options, you may just find that the best approach is simply the one that makes you the most comfortable, even on a project-by-project basis. We'll start with timeline code, here in Part 1, then address the other procedures in subsequent articles.

The Dude Where Do I Put My Code Series:
Dude, Where Do I Put My Code? - Part 1
Dude, Where Do I Put My Code? - Part 2
Dude, Where Do I Put My Code? - Part 3

Acrobat Acrobat PDF 101: What’s a PDF and What Do I Use to Make One?
by: Bevi Chagnon
Release Date: 03/06/2007
Acrobat. Reader. PDF. Adobe... lots of names for an incredible technology. This short introduction shows how Acrobat PDFs are used and how to choose which software to create them.

The Acrobat PDF Series
Acrobat PDF 101: What’s a PDF and What Do I Use to Make One?
Acrobat PDF 102: PDF Ground Rules for Press, Print and Web
Press-Quality PDFs: Making Acrobat PDFs from InDesign and Other Creative Suite Programs

Flash Flash Power Tools: Flash Switcher for Firefox
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 03/05/2007
Out there in the Flash design and development world, there are many tools available to assist in creating projects. These are "power tools" that supercharge the task of designing, coding, compiling, testing and documenting, allowing you to save time and present ideas much more effectively. Some have been around for a few years, and some are pretty new. This series highlights some of the open source tools and techniques which have made my life as a Flash developer much more effective.

This article covers a utility which I consider to be paramount to any Flash developer's toolkit: the Flash Switcher extension for Firefox. (Windows only)



The Flash PowerTools Series:
Flash PowerTools: Code Automation with SEPY
Flash PowerTools: FlashTracer for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Standalone FLV Players
Flash PowerTools: Transition and Tween Explorer
Flash PowerTools: Flash Switcher for Firefox
Flash PowerTools: Exploring Gradients
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 1
Flash PowerTools: Kuler Color - Part 2 Coming Soon

General Business Profiting Through Tax-Free Fringe Benefits
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 02/28/2007
Fringe benefits you can use to turn some personal after tax expenses into business expenses tax free!

The author is not a tax lawyer or tax accountant, take all advise to your tax lawyer and tax accountant to verify your business is eligible to use these fringe benefits. This article is written based only upon USA federal tax laws

CSS CMX JumpStart: Kansas City
by: Heidi Bautista
Release Date: 02/20/2007
Welcome to the next design in the CMX JumpStarts series, Kansas City, located in the wide, open great plains of the U.S.

The Kansas City JumpStart is a two-column design based on Zoe Gillenwater’s Horizontal Band Layout. The content is centered and fixed-width. The bands of color behind the header, footer, and main navigation bar stretch across the entire browser giving the design a wide, open feeling. Much like driving through the miles and miles of wheat fields in Kansas.

wheat field

As with all of our JumpStarts, Kansas City can be used in any way you wish, commercial or personal, and includes several tutorials, an extension, and source PNG.

Kansas City is structured to be as hack-free and straightforward as possible. So, if you've been looking for a smooth transition into using CSS for positioning as well as aesthetics, this may be just the JumpStart for you.

Kansas City JumpStart pages

Kansas City comes with a starter page and a nicely styled form page. Of course, both use valid XHTML 1.0 Transitional and CSS 2 markup and follow WAI and Section 508 accessibility guidelines making it ready for you to customize to suit your own requirements.

Dreamweaver Using Background Images in a Horizontal Band Design
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 02/20/2007
Zoe's part two of the Horizontal Band Layout series describes ways to set additional background images on various areas of the design. While Heidi Bautista's JumpStart Kansas City focuses on the layout that Zoe described in part one of her series, the design that I created as the companion site for the Graphic Design for the Web class that I am now teaching focuses on the techniques in part two. Taken together, these two free articles that we're offering on the day that Community MX reaches its second grand milestone should give you plenty of ideas about how to capitalize on the horizontal band layout technique.

General Business You Owe Them Documentation
by: Ray West
Release Date: 02/16/2007
There seems to be a tendency among programmers to try to tie the maintenance and further development of a project to themselves by providing as little information as possible that might allow the client to look elsewhere. Sort of like the local photographer who somehow feels that he owns the copyright to my image when I pay him to take pictures. But if you are developing under a work-for-hire contract, as most freelancers do, you retain no rights to the code you produce and the client is free to use whomever he likes to continue the project.

That makes thorough documentation an integral part of the product you deliver to your client. It is more than a nicety or an added bonus, it is the only thing that really makes the application they paid for theirs because it allows them to use and further develop it as they see fit.

Fireworks Design Your Own Custom CMX Fireworks Course
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 02/09/2007
Note: This article has been updated on 3/10/2009. Check out the updated article

The Basics
You gotta walk before you can run, as they say. The articles in this section go over the basics of the Fireworks interface and standard workflow/best practices concepts. These articles should help you get comfortable working with the program if you're new to it, or may remind you of features you'd forgotten about if you are an expereienced user.

Production and Workflow
Batch processing, Symbols and Instances, advanced articles on slicing, optimizing and exporting, Fireworks extensions

Design and Layout
Articles on creating layouts within FW, or graphics for use in web page designs,

Retouching and Photo Manipulation Fireworks has a pretty solid set of bitmap tools. While not as extensive as Photoshop's tool set, these creative and corrective tools can do quite a lot and may be all you need for screen based graphics.

Vectors
Vectors are one of Fireworks key strengths. articles on creating and editing vector paths and shapes will be in this section

Masking
Vector and bitmap masking are two other major strengths of Fireworks. Both types of masking give you the flexibility to show or hide parts of your image or design, without permanently damaging anything.

Projects
Image collages, conceptual pieces and just plain old fun things to do in Fireworks, from creating an e-card deisgn for your Mom, to desigining holiday ornaments and bringing scary monsters to sceen life.

Fireworks Related
Many of our JumpStart articles include some Fireworks related tips and techniques. Flash and Fireworks also integrate well. Photoshop and Fireworks also talk to each other fairly well (although some things are lost in the translation). In this section, look for articles where Fireworks ties in with other software or where Fireworks techniques are covered as part of a larger article.

You can bookmark the page on CMX making it easy to use this article as a Fireworks reference. And by the way: if you're not a CMX subscriber, you can still glean a lot from our free (80 and counting in the Fireworks category) articles. Those are identified so that you'll be able to easily access them.

Design Using Kerning for Better Headlines
by: Kim Dudley
Release Date: 02/07/2007
The success of a promotional piece is often dependent upon the setup of the text. If the spacing between the lines in a paragraph is too tight, causing the text to be hard to read, it is likely a potential client will skip over much of the content. On the other hand, if the text is set up well it not only effectively delivers the information but it can also portray a specific image or style for the company.

The choice of fonts and the spacing of that font's characters goes a long way in the legibility of the text. In this article we will look at how different applications work with a font's kerning information and how you can manually kern your titles and headlines for a more professional look.

General Business Google Analytics Part 2: Examining Analytical Data
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 01/30/2007
There are two fundamental questions regarding web site design and functionality that every site designer needs to answer: Who is your target audience and what is it that you want them to do at your site? The answers to those two questions go a long way towards driving site design as they affect everything from the colors you choose, the kind of navigation you select, and the services that you offer. During the design process the savvy designer/developer keeps these questions firmly in mind as they make their decisions, making assumptions based on what they think people will do at the site.

You can take the guess work out of this process by using the new, and completely free service offered by Google called Google Analytics.

In this article you'll see how data is organized by Google Analytics for your quick review and how you can drill down to get even more information. Be forewarned though. The kinds of data analysis you can do on a site can be somewhat addictive, and you may find yourself spending a considerable amount of time looking at all the information Google Analytics provides on your sites.

General Business Bulletproof Your Home Business Deduction
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 01/29/2007
If you are in the USA and you have a home office, but you are afraid to deduct it or you would like to see how to deduct it more effectively, without fearing an IRA audit, check out the tips in this article

(Please note: The author is not a tax lawyer or accountant and the advice that is given should not be considered as legal or accounting advice. Discuss all of these suggestions with your accountant or legal adviser. Your state laws may be substantially different)

Flash Understanding Design Patterns - Part 1: An Introduction
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 01/19/2007
In the evolution of many a Flash developer, eventually one will discover that projects have become too complex, too feature-rich, to be built using the timeline metaphor of classic Flash programming. Taking ActionScript that extra step requires using class files. However, even using class files and OOP principles, without a plan, a way of structuring those classes, things can quickly become very convoluted and lead to unmanageable code.

Whether you know it or not, every time you use the Flash v2 Component Architecture, or a third party Flash component set — in fact, every time you use the ActionScript 2 event model in a class file — you are most likely using design patterns.

So what are design patterns and how can we use them in Flash? In this series we will explore design patterns commonly used in Flash ActionScript applications and their implementation. This series assumes the reader is familiar with creating and using custom classes in Flash along with the basics of object-oriented programming.

The Understanding Design Patterns Series:
Understanding Design Patterns - Part 1: An Introduction
Understanding Design Patterns - Part 2: The Singleton Pattern
Understanding Design Patterns - Part 3: A Singleton Application
Understanding Design Patterns - Part 4: Coding the Singleton Application

Dreamweaver The CMX Mobile Device Reference Resource
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 01/18/2007
Information in general on CSS support for mobile browsers is scarce, often such browsers do not look for handheld media types and instead use the screen CSS to display the target page. The goal of the the CMX Mobile Device Reference Resource is to build an accurate resource for information on handheld devices. You will be able to search devices by: Manufacturer, Model names/numbers, Browser types and User Agent Strings. You can also check for CSS support, linked handheld and screen media, @import handheld and screen media and CSS 3s content switching support.

Dreamweaver The Mobile Internet - Part 1: An Introduction
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 01/11/2007
In this article you will look at some of the problems that we can expect when designing for mobile devices. You will see some of the common viewing options that are available and how different handheld browsers cope with different situations.

In Part 2 of this series we will begin to complete some practical work and look at how we can overcome problems that we might meet in the small screen world of mobile browsing.

The Mobile Internet Series:
The Mobile Internet - Part 1: An Introduction
The Mobile Internet - Part 2: Image Display & Filtering
The Mobile Internet - Part 3: Background Images & A Different Breed of Mobile Browser
The Mobile Internet - Part 4: Text Elements
The Mobile Internet - Part 5: Sniffing for Operating Systems

General Business Using Metadata Templates with Adobe Applications
by: Kim Dudley
Release Date: 01/08/2007
Metadata ia a word that first appeared in the late sixties-early seventies. It is usually defined as "data about data" but when speaking about Metadata in relation to the Adobe Suite of products it can be described as information about the file. This information may include the file's author, resolution, color space, copyright and keywords applied to it. Since all the Adobe Creative Suite applications, including Bridge, use Metadata information in a standardized way it can help streamline your workflow by organizing and tracking your files created in different applications. The Metadata information is stored using the Extensible Metadata Platform (XMP) standard on which the Adobe Creative Suite applications are built.

In this tutorial we will look at how to add Metadata to files and how to create Metadata templates that will be available when creating files in the Adobe Creative Suite applications.

General Business Are you Google-Friendly?
by: Heidi Bautista
Release Date: 01/05/2007
Is it possible to ensure that Google finds, crawls, and indexes your site? Well, no, there's no way to guarantee your site will be included in Google's index but you can make your site Google-friendly, thus improving your chances.

Google even provides the guidelines and tools. This article provides an overview of Google's Webmaster Tools and how you can use them to increase your Google-friendliness and in the process, hopefully, increase your ranking in the search results.

Added bonus for ASP.NET developers: learn about a freely available HTTP handler that converts your Web.sitemap to Google's preferred sitemap protocol.

CSS Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course - Part 1
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 01/04/2007
A common question on the forums is for the recommendation of the name of a good CSS book. There are certainly valuable CSS books on the bookshelves of Borders or Barnes and Noble and the virtual bookshelves of Amazon, but why not start right here with the scores of CSS articles on CMX? Perhaps it has been hard to keep track of them all, and even harder to know where to start from among so much bounty. That is where this learning guide comes in. It will group articles into categories, guide you in determining their levels, and help you design your own custom CSS course.

The Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course Series:
Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course - Part 1
Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course - Part 2
Design Your Own Custom CMX CSS Course - Part 3

CMX Happy New Year from Community MX!
by: CMX
Release Date: 01/01/2007

Happy New Year from all of us at Community MX!

Wishing everyone a safe, healthy and prosperous 2007!

Recipe For A Happy New Year

Author Unknown

To leave the old with a burst of song
To recall the right and forgive the wrong;
To forget the thing that binds you fast
To the vain regrets of the year that's past;
To have the strength to let go your hold
Of the not worthwhile of the days grown old,
To dare to go forth with a purpose true,
To the unknown task of the year that's new;
To help your brother along the road
To do his work and lift his load;
To add your gift to the world's good cheer,
Is to have and to give a Happy New Year.

General Business Digital Photography for Beginners - More Tips and Tricks
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 12/28/2006
Back in April of 2004, I wrote an article called Digital Photography Tips and Tricks. While the advice still applies, even a couple years later, I thought it time to add some updates. The digital camera market has flourished in the past couple years; cameras are getting better, cheaper and more commonplace. Film is fading into the category of "fine art."

One big advantage to digital photography is that digital cameras and their media are not affected by airport x-ray machines. Unprocessed film is affected by X-Ray machines and several passes through these devices can ruin your holiday pics.

So let's look at some additional ways to improve your digital photography.

CMX Happy Holidays from Community MX!
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 12/25/2006
The partners at Community MX would like to wish all of our readers a joyous and happy holiday season.

So that our partners can enjoy the holiday with their families and friends, we will not be releasing new content Monday, Christmas Day. However, we will be back Tuesday with two new articles. Enjoy your holiday, and we'll see you on Tuesday!

Flash From Final Product to Upload in Flash Professional 8: Part 2
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 12/20/2006
In January, 2007, friendsofED will be releasing a ground breaking book: From After Effects to Flash: Poetry in Motion Graphics. Written by Community MX Partner, Tom Green and Community MX contributer, Tiago Dias, the book is the first exploration of how After Effects and Flash are about to become a motion graphics power house.

Over the next few weeks, we will be presenting the first two chapters of the book. These two chapters are designed to explore the emerging workflow between After Effects and Flash and they take you from concept to upload. In this second excerpt, from Chapter 2, you convert the project created in the previous chapter into an FLV.

Approximate download size: 3.1MB

Dreamweaver The Complete JumpStart Catalog Update
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 12/15/2006
We now have 20 JumpStarts and are still counting. For anyone who has ever agonized over which to use for a current project, this article is for you. Updated from an article we released a year ago, the newly expanded and refreshed catalog should help you make the tough decisions about which layout and features will work for your latest client's site.

Flash From Final Product to Upload in Flash Professional 8
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 12/05/2006
You have created a video in After Effects. Now it is time to encode it and prepare it for playback through Flash.

Approximate download size: 13.6MB

CSS Methods for Testing in Multiple Versions of IE
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 12/04/2006
Internet Explorer 7 (IE), released in October 2006, greatly improves its CSS rendering capabilities. However, it's only available for Windows XP and Vista, so we still have to support IE 6 — and possibly IE 5.5 and 5.0, depending on your site's audience — for some time to come. Unfortunately, the integration of IE into the Windows operating system, and Microsoft's refusal to allow multiple versions of it to run at the same time, have made testing web sites in various versions of the ubiquitous browser difficult. There are, however, ways it can be done, and the advent of IE 7 has brought some new methods out for our consideration.

In this article I'll provide an overview of the current methods available for testing multiple versions of Windows IE and provide the pros and cons of each method so you can decide which suits you best.

After Effects From After Effects to Flash: Poetry in Motion Graphics
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 12/01/2006
In this last installment of Chapter One we examine how to prepare an After Effects Video for encoding in Flash.

Flash Flash Video: Why the Other Players Don't Get It
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 11/27/2006
Flash Video has taken over the web video industry. There should be little doubt by now that Flash Video is a major player—in any sense of the word—with online distribution of video. I've personally worked on several high-profile Flash Video deployments, and you can see the evidence of Flash Video on just about every major video-enhanced web site.

CMX Happy Thanksgiving from Community MX!
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 11/24/2006


The partners of Community MX would like to wish all of our readers a safe and joyous Thanksgiving!

So that our partners can enjoy the holiday with their families and friends, we will not be releasing new content Thursday or Friday. However, we will be back Monday with two new articles.

Enjoy your holiday, and we'll see you on Monday!

CMX Happy Thanksgiving from Community MX!
by: CMX
Release Date: 11/23/2006


The partners of Community MX would like to wish all of our readers a safe and joyous Thanksgiving!

So that our partners can enjoy the holiday with their families and friends, we will not be releasing new content Thursday or Friday. However, we will be back Monday with two new articles.

Enjoy your holiday, and we'll see you on Monday!

Design Introducing CMX JumpStart Metropolis
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 11/22/2006
Metropolis. Home of the Man of Steel. Where looking up in the sky means you could see something other than a bird or a a plane. This symbol of a thriving cosmopolitan American city complete with villains and heroes, is now the feature of our latest JumpStart. Metropolis is based on the Gordon Mackay's CMX Design Element, Krypton (Hmmm, I sense a theme . . .). Sheri German has sliced up the Krypton PNG file and created all the necessary components to make Metropolis a solid, standards-based design that holds up well in even the latest browser, I.E. 7. In fact, it's just super!

Read on to find out what Metropolis includes and get some tips about how you can adapt it in unique ways. We'll even include our own Metropolis adaptation to give you inspiration to build your own design, faster than a speeding bullet. At the end of this article we'll provide the link for you to download Metropolis so you can get started today!

ColdFusion Announcing My CF Photo Gallery
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 11/21/2006
It is the holiday season, and you will problaby be taking a lot of pictures. Need a way to easily manage and display your photo galleries online? Read all about the new CMX application: My CF Photo Gallery. With the CF Photo Gallery and a ColdFusion server, you or a client can upload and manage image galleries right from a browser window.

Video From Concept to Final Product in After Effects 7
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 11/17/2006
In January, 2007, friendsofED will be releasing a ground breaking book: From After Effects to Flash: Poetry in Motion Graphics. Written by Community MX Partner, Tom Green and Comunity MX contributer, Tiago Dias, the book is the first exploration of how After Effects and Flash are about to become a motion graphics power house.

Over the next few weeks, we will be presenting the first two chapters of the book. These two chapters are designed to explore the emerging workflow between After Effects and Flash and they take you from concept to upload. In this first excerpt, from Chapter 1, you are introduced to the After Effects work space and how Projects and Compositions are created in After Effects.

CSS Newly Supported CSS Selectors in IE7
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 11/08/2006
If you know a little about CSS selectors, you have probably discovered how limiting they can be in some ways. Well get ready to expand your CSS horizons, because IE7 has extended its selector support quite a bit, and we want you to become aware of the things these newly supported CSS combinator tools will do for you. All too soon we coders will be expected to know and use this stuff, so put on that thinking-cap and set the selector to "Combinators." Here we go...

ASP.NET Why You Should Use HeaderTemplate and FooterTemplate in a Repeater
by: Heidi Bautista
Release Date: 11/08/2006
When it's possible to accomplish a goal in multiple ways, how do you decide which pattern to follow? In this article we'll explore one such conundrum: Let's say you have an asp:repeater than repeats the data using an unordered list. The question is: Where do you put the open and close ul elements? Do you really need a header and footer template? The answer is: yes! Sure, it sounds simple (and it is) but the example demonstrates an important coding practice that good programmers should recognize.

ColdFusion ColdFusion Report Builder - Part 1: Exploring the IDE
by: Chaz Chumley
Release Date: 10/31/2006
With the introduction of ColdFusion MX 7, Adobe gave developers the ability to create simple to advanced reports using a new tool called ColdFusion Report Builder. While you can still utilize tags such as to generate PDF and FlashPaper reports from existing XHTML content, there are times when your client needs something a little more.

In this series of articles we will be walking you through the interface, simple report layouts, and even advanced topics such as sub reports, parameterization and tips and tricks that every ColdFusion Report writer needs to know.

If you are not familiar with ColdFusion Report Builder then you are in the right place. A quick overview of the product, it is a tool for allowing the user to create banded reports similar to Microsoft Access reports but for ColdFusion. These reports contain definitions with built-in SQL queries, grouping and placement and custom functions and styling that result in a very professional looking report. These ColdFusion Reports are saved with .CFR extension and are then displayed by using the tag.

In Part 1 we will introduce the ColdFusion Report Builder interface to get you familiar where things are laid out.

The ColdFusion Report Builder Series:
ColdFusion Report Builder - Part 1: Exploring the IDE
ColdFusion Report Builder - Part 2: Building a Simple Report
ColdFusion Report Builder - Part 3a: Input Parameters
ColdFusion Report Builder - Part 3b: Input Parameters
ColdFusion Report Builder - Part 3c: Input Parameters

Education Technology in Music Education
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 10/20/2006
This article will look at some of the ways that the music department of Howard County, MD is integrating computers and technology into music education. Software programs, the Web, Flash video, and other technologies team up with teachers, kids, and parents to form a perfect partnership.

Dreamweaver Converting the Santorini JumpStart to Use Two Columns Instead of Three
by: Heidi Bautista
Release Date: 10/18/2006
The Santorini JumpStart - 18th in our ongoing series - provides you with a simple 3-column fluid layout. But what if you wanted just two columns? No problem. This article shows you exactly what you need to change. And it's only three things! Isn't it nice when things are simple for a change? That's the whole idea behind our JumpStarts. If Santorini doesn't meet your needs, be sure to check out our other designs.

Dreamweaver CMX JumpStarts: Santorini
by: Heidi Bautista
Release Date: 10/05/2006
Welcome to the next design in the CMX JumpStarts series, Santorini, a sun-kissed island in legendary Greece.

View of bay of Caldera, island of Santorini, in Greece.

The Santorini JumpStart is a three-column design that leverages the entire width of the browser. The center (main content) column widens and shrinks as the user resizes his window. But the two outer columns are fixed width so your links and extra info is always visible to the user.

As always, the Santorini CMX JumpStart can be used in any way you wish. commercial or personal, and includes several tutorials and an extension.
CMX JumpStart:Santorini.
Santorini is structured to be as hack-free and straightforward as possible. So, if you've been looking for a relatively painfree way of getting started with CSS layouts this may be just the JumpStart for you.

The source PNG included with Santorini is pretty simple too in that it doesn't have any complicated images that you need to slice up and shoehorn into the design. What you get with Santorini is a starter page that uses valid XHTML 1.0 Strict and CSS 3 markup and follows WAI and Section 508 accessibility guidelines making it ready for you to customize to suit your own requirements.

Approximate download size: 2.9MB

Dreamweaver CMX Announces a JumpStart Contest and FREE JumpStart
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 10/05/2006
The Greek island of Santorini is considered by some to be the location of the legendary Atlantis. Atlantis still fascinates and inspires everything from literature and art to movies and music. Now, as the latest Community MX JumpStart, we hope that Santorini will inspire your Web designs, too.

Santorini is our 18th JumpStart, and we think that this is a nice "coming of age" number. To celebrate, we're going to give Santorini away for free AND hold a JumpStart contest. Read on to learn more about our latest JumpStart and to get all the contest rules.

Flash Building a Flash Video Kaleidoscope - Part 1: Video Reflection
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 09/22/2006
The ideas that sparked this series came about in an unexpected manner.

Having just completed an article on the subject of creating reflections in Flash, I started thinking about how it could be done using video instead of images. In typical Community MX fashion, I bounced my question off of our Flash guy Joseph Balderson, and we rapidly solved the problem. (That's happens when a couple of "Tech weenies" get hold of Flash Video.) By that I mean we have a fascination with what we can do with this technology. As such the two of us starting thinking:, "Yeah that is interesting but, really, what more can we do with this basic technique?"

It turns out there is quite a bit more you can do with the video reflection technique. At one point in our discussion Joe said, "Hey, now that we have one reflection working, why not add a few more? Let's show 'em how to build a video kaleidoscope too!!" And so this series was born.

Approximate download size: 4.2MB

Video FLV Data Rate and Bandwidth... Demysitifed.
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 09/20/2006
The issue really isn't getting an FLV to play on your web page. The issue is properly creating that FLV before it hits the browser.

Photoshop Getting Organized with Adobe Bridge - Part 1: Batch Renaming
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 09/07/2006
As a commercial photographer, one of my ongoing challenges is to keep my images organized so that I can sort and find images quickly for myself or a client. This is a concept that is—in my opinion—important for anyone involved in the professional graphics industry: graphic and web designers, retouchers, artists . . we can all benefit from a little more organization and structure.

This is where Adobe's Bridge comes in very handy. This piece of software comes bundled with Photoshop® CS2, Adobe Photoshop® CS2, Illustrator® CS2, InDesign® CS2, and GoLive® CS2 or any of Adobe's Creative Suites. In fact it's one of the few—if not the only—Adobe software product which cannot be purchased as a standalone item.

The Bridge is based on the File Browser that was part of Photoshop 7.0, but goes much further than a simple file searching utility. In this short article, we will look at how to work with work with the Batch rename function to help you organize your imaging work.

One of the strengths of Bridge is easy Batch Renaming. This is often one of the first steps I take when tying in a series of images for a specific project or client. Even for my personal work, I find it helpful to batch rename files based on the event or subject matter.

This article will detail the process of Batch Renaming and give a few tips on filenaming structure

The Getting Organized with Adobe Bridge Series:
Getting Organized with Adobe Bridge - Part 1: Batch Renaming
Getting Organized with Adobe Bridge - Part 2: Working with Metadata
Getting Organized with Adobe Bridge - Part 3: Keywords and Searches and Collections - Oh My! Coming Soon

Open Source Jotforms: Free and Easy Forms for Your Site
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 09/05/2006
For some of us, the task of getting even the simplest forms developed and online can be more of a chore than we're prepare rd to face. Perhaps you just don't fully grasp, or want to learn, all the steps required to connect to a database or to tweak free scripts to get an online form prepared for user entry. Maybe you work in an organization where the job of getting databases created and configured and accessible is handled by someone else, and you can't get things done in a timely manner. Or perhaps you just want to toss up a quick online form for casual purposes like a quickie poll or registration page. For example, a form that allows your friends to sign up for the next potluck dinner and indicate what they're going to bring.

Whatever the barrier you may have faced in the past to getting forms online, there's a new service available that can take much of the work out of the job. Best of all, it's free, easy to use, and quite flexible.

CMX Happy Labor Day
by: CMX
Release Date: 09/04/2006
Community MX is taking the day off to spend with our families and will return with fresh content tomorrow.

General Business Cogs in the Machine
by: Paul Davis
Release Date: 08/29/2006
If you want something done right do it yourself. That may be a cliché, but learn how to change it to "If you want something done right, provide the process to do it" and enjoy the benefit of letting someone else do the work you're not needed to do.

Open Source Content Control with .htaccess - Part 1
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 08/11/2006
There are many different ways to approach access control on web sites; although the most common idea is to protect content based on user names and passwords, this is certainly not the only criteria that can be used. In this article we'll explore some of the other options that you can use to control who is allowed to access different types of content on your site.

The Content Control with .htaccess Series
Content Control with .htaccess - Part 1
Content Control with .htaccess - Part 2

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX Jumpstart Greenville
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 08/10/2006
The name Greenville evokes the radiant ambiance of gardens, nurseries, and landscapes. And that is just how Heidi Bautista paints it in our latest Community MX JumpStart: Greenville, NC. Let's take a closer look at this bloomingly lovely design to see what new treasure we've added to our JumpStart collection.

General Business The Real Story Behind Web 2.0
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 08/02/2006
There's little doubt that the hottest buzz word to hit the Web in recent memory is the now ubiquitous Web 2.0. The term was originally coined as the name for a conference held in 2004 as Tim O'Reilly of O'Reilly Publishing fame explains in this article. Built around the idea that there is a new paradigm on the web, O'Reilly wonders in the referenced article (that many cite as the definitive explanation of what Web 2.0 is) if "the dot-com collapse marked some kind of turning point for the web, such that a call to action such as "Web 2.0" might make sense?"

Since the launch of the conference and the discussion that O'Reilly's article sparked, everyone and their brother or sister seems to be trying to get a handle on exactly what Web 2.0 is. In many cases the notion that there is a new version of the Web may have become marketing hype in some cases, but you can't escape the fact that the idea of Web 2.0 resonated with enough people that there must be some authenticity in its existence.

I have my own take on that definition, and I find that my thinking runs more towards what these emerging technologies allow people to do, rather than what applications and services are being developed. In that context, I see Web 2.0 as something I like to call Web 4C. A set of technologies that allow vast numbers of people to Connect, Communicate, Collaborate, and Create.

In this article I'll take a look at each of those broad themes and relate them to how people are actually using the new technologies that are available.

Open Source Ubuntu & You, Part 6: The Dapper Difference
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 07/24/2006
Ubuntu is the most popular Linux distribution on the planet, and the recently released 6.06 ("Dapper Drake") version is the best yet. This article looks at what's new in the latest version, explains what sets Ubuntu apart from other Linux distributions, and suggests ways you might benefit by using Ubuntu for Web development. The article also contains capsule reviews of two new Ubuntu books.

The Ubuntu & You Series:
Ubuntu & You - Part 1: Trying Today's Most Popular Linux Distribution
Ubuntu & You - Part 2: Using Today's Most Popular Linux Distribution
Ubuntu & You - Part 3: Breezy is Easy
Ubuntu & You - Part 4: Breezy is Better
Ubuntu & You - Part 5: Be A Dapper Dude (or Dudette)
Ubuntu & You - Part 6: The Dapper Difference
Ubuntu & You - Part 7: An Ugly Upgrade

Education Podcasting for Teachers
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 07/19/2006

Trinity University teamed up with Teach for America to provide a Masters in Education program for some of its teachers in Washington, D.C. Throughout the month of June, I taught 28 young, eager K-12 teachers - mostly of special education students - how to better utilize technology in the classroom. One of our projects was the podcast. This article will tell you all about how we built our podcasts from completely free resources.

Open Source Ubuntu & You, Part 5: Be a Dapper Dude (or Dude-ette)
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 07/10/2006
There's a new version of Ubuntu, the world's most popular Linux distribution, and it's better than ever! This article will show you how to take the new "Dapper" distribution for a test run. It will also provide an overview of the different versions of Ubuntu so you can select the one that's right for you. Finally, the article will provide a review of Ubuntu installation options, including a brand-new install, a dual-boot scenario or an upgrade.

The Ubuntu & You Series:
Ubuntu & You - Part 1: Trying Today's Most Popular Linux Distribution
Ubuntu & You - Part 2: Using Today's Most Popular Linux Distribution
Ubuntu & You - Part 3: Breezy is Easy
Ubuntu & You - Part 4: Breezy is Better
Ubuntu & You - Part 5: Be A Dapper Dude (or Dudette)
Ubuntu & You - Part 6: The Dapper Difference
Ubuntu & You - Part 7: An Ugly Upgrade

CMX Happy 4th of July Weekend!
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 07/04/2006

Have a Safe and Happy 4th of July!

Everyone at Community MX wishes to thank the brave men and women of the Armed Forces, and remember those who have lost their lives defending liberty.

To allow all of our partners to enjoy the long weekend with their families, CMX will not be releasing content on July 3rd and 4th. We will be back on Wednesday, July 5th, with two brand new pieces of content.

Enjoy your weekend!

CMX Happy 4th of July Weekend!
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 07/03/2006

Have a Safe and Happy 4th of July!

Everyone at Community MX wishes to thank the brave men and women of the Armed Forces, and remember those who have lost their lives defending liberty.

To allow all of our partners to enjoy the long weekend with their families, CMX will not be releasing content on July 3rd and 4th. We will be back on Wednesday, July 5th, with two brand new pieces of content.

Enjoy your weekend!

General Business What We Don't Account For
by: Ray West
Release Date: 06/29/2006
As web programmers we want the world to think of us as professionals and treat us accordingly. Unfortunately there are dynamics in our industry that often cause us to act in ways that make us less than deserving of that designation. Are we allowing the least common denominator to drive down quality? There are things we don't account for.

Flash Understanding the Movie Clip Architecture - Part 1: The Almighty Movie Clip
by: Joseph Balderson
Release Date: 06/26/2006
Ever get confused by all of the different ways that Flash organizes assets and information within your FLA and your SWF? Frames and timelines and levels and layers and depths oh my! This series will sort it all out, and give you some great tips. If you ever wanted the skinny on the Flash movie clip architecture, this be da place, mon. In Part 1 of this series we will distinguish the fundamentals of the Flash Movie Clip Architecture: movie clips, the timeline, layers and depths. This article will also reveal the secret of "magic frame rates".

The Understanding the Movie Clip Architecture Series:
Understanding the Movie Clip Architecture - Part 1: The Almighty Movie Clip
Understanding the Movie Clip Architecture - Part 2: Levels
Understanding the Movie Clip Architecture - Part 3: Scenes Coming Soon

Fireworks Introducing CMX Design Element Iodine
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 06/22/2006
Our CMX design sorcerer, Gordon Mackay, is back with another CMX Design Element in our series of fully developed Fireworks design comps that you can slice and code in any way that fits your page specs. This time we offer you element Iodine in our CMX Design Element Iodine.

Fireworks Batch Processing in Fireworks 8
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 06/16/2006
I've lately seen a few posts on the Adobe forums and here on CMX about batch processing in Fireworks. Considering the Fireworks 8 Batch Processing utility had some noteworthy revisions, I thought it would be a good idea to go over the wizard in detail.

Streamlined and enhanced file renaming, the ability to check file dimensions when scaling during a batch process and the addition of a status bar and log file are the most notable improvements to Batch Processing.

There are many articles here on CMX that touch on Batch Processing, but they are geared towards specific goals. In this article, we'll examine the utility itself piece by piece.

In a nutshell, you can do the following with Batch Processing:

  • Convert a selection of files to another format.
  • Convert a selection of files to the same format with different optimization settings.
  • Scale exported files.
  • Find and replace text, colors, URLs, fonts, and non-Web216 colors.
  • Rename groups of files by any combination of adding a prefix, adding a suffix, replacing a substring, and replacing blanks.
  • Perform commands on a selection of files.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX Jumpstart Orlando
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 06/15/2006

Orlando, Florida. It's every kid's dream vacation spot. It's warm and sunny, and makes the world of school seem galaxies away. It's got theme parks galore that take them to galaxies far away. When most people think of Orlando, they probably think of Disney, Epcot, MGM Studios, and Sea World. Now there is also CommunityMX JumpStart Orlando to add to the list of Orlando attractions.

Orlando was designed by Chris Flick and coded by Zoe Gillenwater. Orlando uses valid XHTML 1.0 and CSS 2.1 markup and follows WAI and Section 508 accessibility guidelines to provide you with a solid foundation for any design for which you may wish to use it. Orlando is a two-column elastic layout that also features a subhead area, a styled list as a navigation menu, and floated images.

Open Source Quick Guide to The GIMP - Part 2: Editing Basics & Web Tips
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 06/08/2006
The GIMP is the preeminent image editor of the open source world—it is free, cross-platform, and a worthy competitor to proprietary image-editing programs. In Part 2 of this series, you'll learn some basic GIMP image-editing tools and techniques, as well as some Web-specific tools and tips. You'll also create a basic animation.

Approximate download size: 362k

The Quick Guide to The GIMP Series:
Quick Guide to The GIMP - Part 1: Basic Tools & Program Layouts
Quick Guide to The GIMP - Part 2: Editing Basics & Web Tips
Quick Guide to The GIMP - Part 3: Filters, Plug-ins & Scripts

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX Jumpstart San Francisco
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 06/01/2006
We are pleased to introduce CMX JumpStart San Francisco, a great first CSS layout for students and experienced developers alike. Structured to be as hack free and straightforward as possible, this may be just the JumpStart for you if you have been holding back on CSS layouts so far. Like all JumpStarts, it uses valid XHTML and CSS as its foundation and is 508 and WAI compliant. This two-column, fixed-width layout, described rule by rule in the documentation article, makes a great learning tool.

General Business What I Learned at TODCon 8
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 05/31/2006
I've had a few days to reflect on the things that I took away from the latest rendition of The Other Dreamweaver Conference, aka TODCon, and it looks like we're heading into a period of new innovations, uncertainty, and great potential on the web. If you're an independent web developer new revenue streams are opening up for you, and more decisions than ever have to be made on where you might want to take your business. Even if you aren't working for yourself, there are enough trends and changes heading your way that now is a good time to sit up and take notice.

In this article, I've summarized what I see are the emerging trends, interesting developments, and other factoids gleaned from the sessions, hallway conversations, and late night conversations that define TODCon.

CMX Happy Memorial Day!
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 05/29/2006

Community MX wishes to thank the brave men and women of the Armed Forces, and remember those who have lost their lives defending liberty.

Have a safe and happy Memorial Day!

Dreamweaver A Dreamweaver 8.0.2 Updater
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 05/26/2006
Last week before heading off to TODCON I did my due diligence and installed the Dreamweaver 8.0.2 updater. Later that evening one of the partners for whom I had done a video tutorial asked me where I had put it. Turns out I thought she was finished with it and I had pulled it down. Being the great guy that I am, I opened Dreamweaver and used the Put feature of the Dreamweaver 8 Files panel to upload it. This is where things get interesting.

Design Introducing CMX Design Element Mercury
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/25/2006
Our CMX design sorcerer, Gordon Mackay, is back with another CMX Design Element in our series of fully developed Fireworks design comps that you can slice and code in any way that fits your page specs. We leave elements Carbon, Krypton, and Gold, and this time offer you element Mercury in our CMX Design Element Mercury.

Open Source Quick Guide to The GIMP - Part 1: Basic Tools & Program Layout
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 05/24/2006
The GIMP, or GNU Image Manipulation Program, is a very powerful image editor that is frequently compared to Photoshop. The GIMP is free, open source, and available on all major platforms. This introductory article will describe the basic, top-level tools offered by the program, and highlight the elements of its program interface which are different from Photoshop and other image editors.

The Quick Guide to The GIMP Series:
Quick Guide to The GIMP - Part 1: Basic Tools & Program Layouts
Quick Guide to The GIMP - Part 2: Editing Basics & Web Tips
Quick Guide to The GIMP - Part 3: Filters, Plug-ins & Scripts

Flash Tackling the ActionScript 2.0 Language Reference
by: David Stiller
Release Date: 05/22/2006
You've read Jen deHaan's excellent Flash ActionScript 2.0 Learning Guide and are eyeballing an empty Actions panel. Either that, or you've found a code sample online and have pasted it into the same. But you're stuck. You're itching to jump in, and yet ... something tugs at you, holds you back. For some reason, you still don't know where to begin.

Sure, you have a handle on the concepts, but the nitty-gritty still evades you. It's that pesky ActionScript 2.0 Language Reference, isn't it? It's supposed to be your first stop, yet stop is all you've done. In theory, it's got everything you need, but it seems so vast! How is anyone expected to plod through this seemingly endless reference? So you sit... Until now.

InDesign The Ins and Outs of InDesign
by: Kim Dudley
Release Date: 05/16/2006
If you ever create multi page layouts such as brochures, newsletters or booklets there is an application that is made for you. InDesign, which can be purchased as a stand alone product or as part of the Adobe Creative Suite, has many, many tools for streamlining the process of setting up and working on these types of projects.

It is possible and I have often seen people use programs such as Illustrator and especially Freehand to try and setup multi page documents. However, once you use an application that is built specifically for this type of project you will wonder why you didn't start using it sooner. In this article we will look at what InDesign is for and highlight some of the features that set it apart from other applications.

Fireworks Introducing CMX Design Element Gold
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 05/11/2006
I am sure you remember that the symbol for Gold, Au, comes from the Latin word "Aurum". No? You don't remember that? Well, then maybe you remember this: gold is one of the most valuable commodities in the world of commerce. And a good design is also one of the most valuable commodities on the Web. It catches your visitors' eyes and encourages them to stay and explore - and perhaps even to buy. There is almost no price tag for a great design, and fortunately you don't have to come up with one all by yourself. Gordon has done the creative work for you in our latest CMX Design Element Gold. Read all about it in this article.

Fireworks Introducing CMX Design Element Krypton
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 04/27/2006
It's a bird! It's a plane! No, it's super design CMX Design Element Krypton!

Join me as I unveil the latest Gordon MacKay Fireworks design element. We'll look at what the package includes, what articles come bundled with it, and at some possible ways you might implement it as a Dreamweaver CSS-based layout.

Fireworks Introducing CMX Design Elements
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 04/13/2006
No doubt it's happened to you. You stare at the blank canvas for hours, and not a thing ignites your imagination. Not one thing.

If only a sorcerer would throw a few elemental ingredients into a beaker and whip up something fantastic just for you. A little gold, a little silver, a pinch of oxygen, and poof! It emerges through an expanding mist - a mesmerizing design.

Well, the sorcerer is here at CMX, and his name is Gordon Mackay. Gordon is an artist who taps a nearly bottomless well of design wizardry. He has concocted the first of our CMX Design Elements - a fully developed Fireworks design comp that you can slice and code any way you please. We are proud to present element C, CMX Design Element Carbon, an ultra-modern design with clean lines and curves.

Dreamweaver Precisely Positioning div Tags in Your Page From Design View
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 04/12/2006
Not everybody likes working in code view, indeed I would guess that many folks purchase Dreamweaver just so they don't have to work in code view.

In this article we will look at how you can insert div tags into your code, precisely. We will do this from Dreamweaver's design view by making good use of the insert div tag function that can be found on the insert bar.

Javascript JavaScript 101 - Part 1: The Basics
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 04/12/2006
One of the primary aspects of effective web experiences is interactivity. Although most Flash developers will try to state otherwise, the reality of the fact is that the majority of non-standard interactivity, that is interactivity beyond what the broswer provides automatically, is driven by JavaScript.

Over the last few years the acceptance of both standards and some new JavaScript technologies such as XMLHttpRequest, or AJAX to the masses, has opened up a whole new realm of possibilites that have helped to bring JavaScript back into the mainstream focus as an important and leading-edge technology.

The purpose of this series of articles is to introduce newcomers to the concepts and fundamentals of JavaScript, so that you can begin to leverage the power of this technology in your own web projects.

The JavaScript 101 Series:
JavaScript 101 - Part 1: The Basics
JavaScript 101 - Part 2: Operators
JavaScript 101 - Part 3: Control Structures
JavaScript 101 - Part 4: Loops

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Modifications
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 03/30/2006
With our growing repertoire of JumpStarts, there are now layouts to fit a wide range of design requirements. Still, sometimes a particular JumpStart is just what you are looking for - if only you could fix one or two little details. If only the navigation had been on the right instead of left. Or what if that left DIV had been floated rather than set to position absolute? And what if instead of a fixed-width, centered layout, the JumpStart had been fluid?

We often see such sentiments on the forums, and thought it might be helpful to respond with articles that show how to modify some of our existing JumpStarts to give you a wider variety of options without having to go in and code the tweaks yourself. Towards that end, we give you CMX JumpStart Playacar, Mexico.

Reviews Low Cost Developer Tools: Part One - Firefox Extensions
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 03/06/2006
This article starts a new review series dedicated to low cost developer tools, both as extensions to browsers and as standalone applications. In Part One we'll discuss the details of the Firefox extension system, and start off with the Web Developer Toolbar. We'll be covering a large number of applications and extensions for you as the series progresses, so be sure to stay tuned. Let's go!

The Low Cost Developer Tools Series:
Low Cost Developer Tools: Part One - Firefox Extensions
Low Cost Developer Tools: Part Two - Toolbars
Low Cost Developer Tools: Part Three - Screen Rulers
Low Cost Developer Tools: Part Four - Grab Bag 1
Low Cost Developer Tools: Part Five - Grab Bag 2
Low Cost Developer Tools: Part Six - More Firefox Extensions
Low Cost Developer Tools: Part Seven - Choosing and Using Color

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX Jumpstart Minneapolis
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 03/03/2006
What city has the biggest shopping mall in America? What city has a full-sized theme park inside its mall? What city is one of the most popular destinations for shopping-based vacations in the United States? Why, Minneapolis, Minnesota, of course! Home to the Mall of America, tourists flock there to shop till they drop. But there is one bigger mall in America, and indeed the world, and that is the Mall of the World Wide Web. More and more people do their shopping there, and eCommerce is hotter than ever. When we were planning our next JumpStart, we decided to do something a little different, a little out of the ordinary. We decided to do an eCommerce template and call it CommunityMX JumpStart Minneapolis.

Designed and coded by Gordon Mackay, Minneapolis is a fluid, three-column design with hidden layers. The pages are constructed using valid XHTML 1.0 markup and formatted using valid CSS 2.1 styling. Minneapolis also follows the WAI and Section 508 accessibility guidelines to provide you with a solid foundation for any design.

Dreamweaver JumpStart Comparison Chart
by: Heidi Bautista
Release Date: 03/02/2006
CMX JumpStarts are a quick and sure way to get your new site up and running fast. But how do you decide when there are so many great choices?

The JumpStart Comparison Chart lists all the JumpStarts available at Community MX. The QuickPick Feature table provides a thumbnail of the main JumpStart page, a short list of features and techniques demonstrated in JumpStart, the cost (always free to members), the layout, including the number of columns, and a link to full JumpStart description.

The full descriptions include everything from the QuickPick Feature table plus thumbnails of all pages, links to download the JumpStart and to related articles, the publish date and author(s), and the list of tutorials included with each JumpStart.

Since each of us absorb information different ways, please also check out The Complete JumpStart Catalog. It also describes each of the JumpStarts but in a much more conversational manner. It's especially valuable if you need more information about the features listed in the Comparison Chart.

SQL HTTP 500: Getting to the Root of the Error
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 02/16/2006
Setting out on the path to dynamic web site development can be a daunting task — it really is a whole new ball game. We can make things a little easier on ourselves by making an adjustment within Internet Explorers default settings and do away with the dreaded, and utterly useless, HTTP 500 error.

Dreamweaver Using the Default Documents to Speed Up Your Work Flow
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 01/31/2006
Have you wished for ways to speed up your workflow? Do you want more ideas for removing repetitive coding tasks? In this article we will look at using the Edit Document Templates extension (by Danilo Celic) to customise the New Document Templates. Talk about a Dreamweaver time-saver!

Flash The Future of the Adobe Flash Player
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 01/24/2006
Web designers and developers alike have been speculating wildly about the fate of the Flash Player, now that Adobe's acquisition of Macromedia is history. The most popular rumor is that the Flash Player will become one with Adobe Reader. If you've been flying solo with Macromedia products and never touched Adobe's line, you've probably still used the Adobe Reader, formerly known as the Adobe Acrobat Reader. Adobe Reader can open, display, and print PDF files. PDF stands for Portable Document Format, and accomplished very similar feats for the printing industry as SWF did for the web industry.

CSS Introduction to CSS Table-Related Display Values
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 01/16/2006
One of the hardest things for web designers new to CSS layout to get their heads around is that divs don't act like table cells, the traditional building blocks of page layouts. Table cells automatically expand to hold their content, match each other in height, and stack horizontally, but divs don't do these things, making CSS layouts that emulate table layouts tricky. However, there's an easy way to get your divs to act like table-cells: tell them to using the display property. This article will introduce the table-related values of the display property of CSS 2.1 that allow you to make any non-table HTML element act like any table element. In the article following this one, you'll then learn how to use these display values to create a pure CSS layout that emulates the behavior of a table layout

CSS Managing HTML and CSS to Keep Clients Happy and Avoid 'Disaster' - Part One
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 01/11/2006
Web design is a complex craft, made even more complex by the need to deal with clients, co-workers from other fields, and the ongoing changes in software, hardware, and the business landscape. While a lot of these things can be understood only through experience, there are still plenty of simple problems that could easily be avoided if they were known about in advance.

In this series we intend to discuss some of the 'dumb mistakes' (caused by simple ignorance) that happen when advancing coders start to use their newly won skills in the real world, to earn actual money. These common errors can't all be covered, there's just too many ways to go wrong, but we'll make a serious attempt to address the major issues. So sit back and learn about the things we and others have goofed up, over and over and over...

The Managing HTML and CSS to Keep Clients Happy Series:
Managing HTML and CSS to Keep Clients Happy and Avoid 'Disaster' - Part One
Managing HTML and CSS to Keep Clients Happy and Avoid 'Disaster' - Part Two
Managing HTML and CSS to Keep Clients Happy and Avoid Disaster - Part Three

Open Source Running Your Own DNS Server: Understanding the Domain Name System
by: Arman Danesh
Release Date: 01/11/2006
This is the first in a series of articles showing you how to run your own Domain Name Server. We start by looking at the fundamental concepts of DNS.

The Running Your Own DNS Server Series:
Running Your Own DNS Server: Understanding the Domain Name System
Running Your Own DNS Server: Setting Up a Bind Name Server
Running Your Own DNS Server: Setting up a Zone File

Flash Introduction to Captionate 2.0
by: Bill Horvath
Release Date: 01/06/2006
Flash Video combined with simple ActionScript gives you, the developer, the ability to synchronize video content with additional data such as text, images and even links. This functionality has been enabled since Flash Video started with Flash 6, but is now easier to implement with tools like Captionate and the Flash 8 Video Encoder. This article focuses on the basics of Captionate 2.0 and its ability to synchronize video content with persistent data. I will not go in to detail of any feature; however I will try to cover Captionate from a broad spectrum. I will assume you have never used the application and will explain not only what's new, but also the existing features from Captionate 1.0.

Dreamweaver Alpha Video and HTML: How did they do that?
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 01/03/2006
Flash Video containing an Alpha channel can be used to intereact with your web pages. It is surprisingly easy to do.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX Jumpstart Inverness
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 12/21/2005
We are pleased to announce Community MX JumpStart Inverness, a design you can use to create your own Web blog. CMX JumpStart Inverness was designed and coded by new CMX partner Gordon Mackay. It is a centered, two-column, fixed-width design that makes use of background images to achieve its faux column appearance. The page is constructed using valid XHTML 1.0 Strict markup and formatted using valid CSS 2.1 styling. Inverness also follows the WAI and Section 508 accessibility guidelines to provide you with a solid foundation for any design. Read on to find out what the Inverness package includes and how you can make it your own.

Dreamweaver The Complete JumpStart Catalog
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 12/20/2005
We now have a healthy portfolio of JumpStarts, and sometimes so much choice can be overwhelming. This article outlines the features of all the JumpStarts, offers guidance in choosing the right JumpStart for your project, and provides a complete catalog of our first thirteen JumpStarts.

ASP.NET Writing an Online Compiler with ASP. NET 2.0
by: Joel Martinez
Release Date: 12/14/2005
Have you ever found yourself at your cousin's farm needing to recompile your .NET website over their Linux based 56k modem? Perhaps you don't have Visual Studio.NET? Or maybe, you simply want an easy way to give .NET a try.

Well, your problems are solved. The download accompanied by this article includes an ASP.NET page that will allow you to compile .net code in either C# or VB.NET. The resulting binary file will reside in the web application's root directory where you can download it to your local computer.

The online compiler is written in C# and ASP.NET.

PHP Captcha the Bastards: Part 1
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 12/13/2005
Plagued by comment spammers? Captcha the bastards - a well-designed captcha implementation is your best weapon in the battle against comment and link spam. Part 1 of this article provides an overview of Captcha and introduces you to Captcha PHP, an excellent solution. Part 2 will provide all the setup details.

The Captcha Series:
Captcha the Bastards: Part 1
Captcha the Bastards: Part 2

Open Source Zimbra: More Than Just Web Mail
by: Arman Danesh
Release Date: 12/09/2005
AJAX is growing in popularity as a powerful JavaScript-based mechanism for client-server communication and the creation of dynamic, interactive, browser-based Web applications. Zimbra is a new groupware platform that centers around a robust AJAX-based Web client that has features missing in some desktop groupware applications. This article provides a brief overview of Zimbra.

Flash Flash Video Cue Points: Part 1 - Overview of Cue Points
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 12/06/2005
Flash Professional 8 makes the process of adding cue points to your video content easier than ever before. In this introductory article for a new Flash Video series at Community MX, you learn the in's and out's of cue points for Flash Video.

The Flash Video Cue Points Series:
Flash Video Cue Points: Part 1 - Overview of Cue Points
Flash Video Cue Points: Part 2 - Embedded Navigation Cue Points with Flash Pro 8
Flash Video Cue Points: Part 3 - Building a List of Embedded Cue Points
Flash Video Cue Points: Part 4 - Adding Cue Points with Sorenson Squeeze 4.3 Coming Soon

CMX Happy Thanksgiving from Community MX!
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 11/24/2005


The partners of Community MX would like to wish all of our readers a safe and joyous Thanksgiving!

So that our partners can enjoy the holiday with their families and friends, we will not be releasing new content Thursday or Friday. However, we will be back Monday with two new articles.

Enjoy your holiday, and we'll see you on Monday!

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX JumpStart Cairo
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 11/17/2005
We are excited to announce CMX JumpStart Cairo, Egypt. It was designed and coded by Adrian Senior, and makes extensive use of lush gradients and glows. It is a centered, two-column, fixed-width design, and, like all CMX Jumpstarts, is constructed using valid XHTML 1.0 markup and CSS 2.1 styling. Cairo also follows the WAI and Section 508 accessibility guidelines to provide you with a solid foundation for any design. This article will introduce you to what Cairo includes in its bundle, as well as show you an example site created from its source PNG and CSS/XHTML files.

CSS Preparing For IE7 - Part One
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 11/10/2005
Internet Explorer 7 is coming, and there are going to be some interesting changes and improvements when it arrives. That's good news, but not if you have been using certain CSS hacks to make IE/Win correctly display your tableless designs! If that is the case, you may expect some or all of your pages to start breaking in IE7 when it begins to penetrate the market.

We want to help you avoid pain and anguish later. So please join us now as we begin a series that will discuss the problem, offer solutions, and get you up to speed on the latest IE version testing methods. We'll also 'clean up' a real live CMX Jumpstart, all in easy stages. It's a bit like Y2K all over again, but we got through that and we can get through this too, with just a little effort. Trust us!

The Preparing for IE7 Series:
Preparing for IE7 - Part One
Preparing for IE7 - Part Two
Preparing for IE7 - Part Three: Multiple IE Browsers on One Computer
Preparing for IE7 - Part Four: Updating a Real World Style Sheet
Preparing for IE7 - Part Five

General Business Five Problems That Arise During Design Jobs
by: Kim Dudley
Release Date: 11/09/2005
I have found when working on graphic design projects they can go very smoothly or things can go terribly wrong. When things go wrong it seems the whole project is jinxed from beginning to end. What can be done to avoid these situations and whose fault is it anyway?

In this article we will take a look at five common problems that pop up during design projects and look at some methods to prevent and deal with these situations.

Flash Migrating a Configuration Class to AS3
by: Danny Patterson
Release Date: 11/02/2005
With the release of ActionScript 3.0 (AS3) in the Flex 2 public alpha, many developers have already been speculating on the difficulty of migrating code written is ActionScript 2.0 (AS2). This article will migrate a class I wrote an article on a few weeks ago that is used to load XML configuration settings into your application at runtime. In this article we will examine the various changes related to this class and build this same class in AS3.

Breeze An Introduction to Breeze Presenter
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 11/01/2005
With so much going on in the world of Flash-based eLearning content, it's easy to overlook one of the little gems now available for those who need to deliver learning content online. If you think that delivering eLearning content is too hard, or too technically difficult for the people in your organization, then you haven't met Macromedia Breeze Presenter.

Breeze Presenter delivers Flash-based eLearning in the same method that its sibling Breeze Live does—via the ubiquitous Flash Player. But unlike Breeze Live, Breeze Presenter is a product firmly entertwined with the one tool that almost all trainers are familiar with--PowerPoint. This marriage between the familiar PowerPoint interface and the world of eLearning makes for a powerful combination.

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX Jumpstart Traverse City
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 10/27/2005
Traverse City, Michigan is one of those hidden gems that tourists sometimes stumble across by lucky chance. With over 180 miles of Lake Michigan shoreline as well as a host of lakes and bays, beach lovers can enjoy lots of sailing and sunbathing.

Traverse City was designed by Linda Rathgeber-Stewart and coded by Zoe Gillenwater. It is a centered, fixed-width design with both a two-column and three-column page from which to choose. The two-column layout also includes a styled data table. The pages are constructed using valid XHTML 1.0 markup and formatted using valid CSS 2.1 styling. Traverse City also follows the WAI and Section 508 accessibility guidelines to provide you with a solid foundation for any design.

Design Six Design Problems
by: Kim Dudley
Release Date: 10/14/2005
Design combines colors, shapes, photos, graphic elements and text to create a pleasing layout. It is a creative, intuitive process and can affect people in many different ways. Some people will like a design while others dislike it. So how can a design be judged good or bad? Is there such a thing as bad design?

This article will take a look at what bad design is and discuss six issues that may cause a bad design. Simple solutions are offered to improve existing designs and help avoid these pitfalls in future designs.

Dreamweaver Teaching Dreamweaver Part 2
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 10/11/2005
Part two of my Dreamweaver course series is devoted to how I teach students to create database-driven web pages and web applications. During the course of the semester we put together a form that is processed by a script, a login system based on access level that uses Dreamweaver's Authentication Server Behaviors, and a blog as introduced in a tutorial by Tom Muck. In the process, the students learn the basics of the various skills they'll use: form construction, SQL, database and web application design, and server model concepts.

HTML Making it Legal: Validating Your (X)HTML and CSS
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 10/06/2005
As a web designer, your goal is to create a page that works well and looks good across browsers and platforms. Validating your (X)HTML and CSS is one way to achieve this goal. Validation catches the silly mistakes and typos that everyone makes in their pages, so it's an important first step in creating a great web page — but remember, it's only a step. Validation is not the end goal itself. Learn why validation is important but not the holy grail of web design, then learn how to use and understand the W3C validators.

Education Teaching Dreamweaver the Web Standards Way
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 09/23/2005
I have been teaching Dreamweaver in various training venues since version 2. Each new upgrade adds more features and makes my job more complex. How does a teacher help beginners make sense of an increasingly overwhelming interface that includes seemingly endless choices? My syllabus has changed a lot over the years, and this is what I have learned: pare the syllabus to the absolute essentials. Subtract, do not add. Aim for elegant simplicity. Focus on Web Standards. This article gives teachers a syllabus they can use to help their beginning students learn Dreamweaver within the framework of Web Standards.

Flash Pushing Flash Player 8 Technology
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 09/16/2005
Whenever a new version of the Flash Player is released, Flash content creators need to decide how soon they'll start building content for the new player. In this article, you learn more about Flash Player adoption trends.

Design A CSS Web Design Case Study: Constructing a Personal Site - Design Comp Construction
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 09/15/2005
So far in the case study of building my personal site, you've seen how I planned my web site and came up with ideas for its design. In this article, you'll see how I turned that sketch into a design comp using Fireworks MX 2004 and a bit of Freehand MX. Because this article is meant to help you understand the design process rather than the specific design techniques I used, it will not go into the technical details of how I completed every task. So, I won't bore you with every click I made in Fireworks, but you will learn how to set up your comps in a web instead of print mentality, so that when it comes time to actually build the pages, you won't tear your hair out trying to create a design that isn't well suited to its medium.

The CSS Web Design Case Study Series:
A CSS Web Design Case Study: Constructing a Personal Site - Planning
A CSS Web Design Case Study: Constructing a Personal Site - Visualizing the Design
CSS Web Design Case Study: Constructing a Personal Site - Design Comp Construction
A CSS Web Design Case Study: Constructing a Personal Site - Slicing the Comp
A CSS Web Design Case Study: Constructing a Personal Site - XHTML/CSS Construction Part 1
A CSS Web Design Case Study: Constructing a Personal Site - XHTML/CSS Construction Part 2

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX Jumpstart Machu Picchu
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 09/12/2005

Machu Picchu, Peru: a rediscovered ruin, a sacred ceremonial city of the Incas, a place of ethereal beauty, and now also a Community MX JumpStart. CMX JumpStart Machu Picchu, designed and coded by Adrian Senior, was built specifically to take advantage of the new Style Rendering Toolbar in Dreamweaver 8. It includes style sheets for the screen, print and handheld media types.

Read on to learn more about this centered, two-columnm, fixed-width, Web Standards compliant CSS layout.

Fireworks Image Editing Panel - Fireworks 8 Sneak Peek
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 09/09/2005
There are many new goodies awaiting you in Fireworks 8. If you are new to Fireworks, Macromedia has added some features to help you get "up to speed" very quickly. One of these new features is the Image Editing Panel. Its purpose is to quickly expose new users to some (not all) of the most common image editing functions in Fireworks. This brief overview details will give you a basic grasp of what the Image Editing Panel can do

CMX Happy Labor Day!
by: CMX
Release Date: 09/05/2005
Community MX is taking the day off to spend with our families and will return with fresh content tomorrow.

Flash JavaScript Integration in Flash 8
by: Danny Patterson
Release Date: 08/22/2005
Flash's ability to integrate with JavaScript just took a huge leap forward with the release of Flash 8. Introducing the External Interface! This is a new feature in Flash 8 that allows for better communication between Flash and its host. Most of us will use this for integration with JavaScript. This article will show you how easy this new feature is to use. It will whet your appetite and get you thinking about how you want to use this in your applications.

Design A CSS Web Design Case Study: Constructing a Personal Site - Planning
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 08/19/2005
I recently redesigned and rebuilt my personal site from the ground up, featuring an all-CSS, web standards compliant layout. This article is the first in a series of articles describing the web development process that I followed for my site. Not all the steps will be applicable to corporate web design, of course, but you will gain insight into a design process that is centered around CSS, accessibility, and usability.

This first article covers the planning stage of the process. You'll learn how I came up with my site goals, developed a rough site structure, and created a design concept.

The CSS Web Design Case Study Series:
A CSS Web Design Case Study: Constructing a Personal Site - Planning
A CSS Web Design Case Study: Constructing a Personal Site - Visualizing the Design
CSS Web Design Case Study: Constructing a Personal Site - Design Comp Construction
A CSS Web Design Case Study: Constructing a Personal Site - Slicing the Comp
A CSS Web Design Case Study: Constructing a Personal Site - XHTML/CSS Construction Part 1
A CSS Web Design Case Study: Constructing a Personal Site - XHTML/CSS Construction Part 2

Dreamweaver The CSS Styles Panel in Dreamweaver 8: A Sneak Peek
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 08/12/2005
One of the great new CSS tools in Dreamweaver 8 is the new, unified CSS Styles panel. All style information for all the elements on your pages is stored in this one central location. As with previous versions of Dreamweaver, you can use the panel to create, view, edit and remove style rules, as well as attach style sheets. Now, however, properties are laid out in a grid for easy editing, and the cascade for all your rules is displayed for you, to help you understand how each rule is affecting your page. You can select any element on your page and instantly see what rules are affecting it and what properties have been set for it. The CSS Styles panel provides the ease of use for those new to CSS, with a depth of information that advanced CSS users will appreciate.

Fireworks Fireworks 8: We Have Convert Marquee to Path!
by: Linda Nicholls
Release Date: 08/12/2005
In five years of answering question on the Macromedia Fireworks forum, I can't begin to tell you how many times I've read the questions, "How do I convert a selection to a Path in Fireworks?" and "How do I convert a path to a selection in Fireworks?" The Fireworks engineers have been listening, folks. And I'm going to show and tell how they've responded.

Fireworks Only the Shadow Knows - New Shadow Features of Fireworks 8 - A Sneak Peek
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 08/11/2005
For a long time, faithful users of Fireworks have been pining for ways to add shadows to objects – other than the drop shadow effect. Fireworks 8 introduces two new shadow features: Add Shadow command and Solid Shadow Live Filter.

In Section 1 of this article, we will look at the new Add Shadow Command. Section 2 will delve into the Solid Shadow Live Filter. We'll then wrap things up with some ideas on using these two new features of Fireworks 8.

Flash Getting Expressive with Flash Professional 8
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 08/11/2005
Flash Professional 8, in many respects, not only invites the "Design Guys" back to the party, it seems as though the party is being held in their honor.

Dreamweaver Dreamweaver 8 Style Rendering Toolbar - A Sneak Peek
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 08/10/2005
Dreamweaver 8 has a very interesting and very cool new feature, the Style Rendering tool bar. The style rendering toolbar allows you to easily design for various media types, such as screen, handheld and print which we will look at in this preview. Other media types that are catered for are Projection, TTY - Television Type Devices, and TV media types. Dreamweaver 8 also provides the ability to toggle on and off all CSS rendering via the toggle CSS display button.

Fireworks Fireworks 8 - A Power Blender for Graphics
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 08/08/2005
Fireworks 8 is packed full of neat things, but in my opinion, one of the coolest is the addition of 26 different Blend Modes. Adding to the Blend Modes opens up a world of creative potential. I admit it; I’m a Fireworks junkie. I do a great deal of my image work in FW, but I also like to play around in it, experiment and create. The new Blend Modes make Fireworks a much bigger playground. Blend Modes can be applied to Layers or Objects in Fireworks. The impact of a blend mode is controlled primarily by the colors in the images being blended, but also by the Opacity of the Layer or Object. So come along with me and explore this truly enhanced feature set of Fireworks 8.

Flash A Programmer's Look at Flash 8
by: Danny Patterson
Release Date: 08/08/2005
Flash 8 was announced today (August 8, 2005) and that always means two things. There is not only a new version of the Flash authoring environment but also a new version of Flash Player. This article will examine many of the new features available to programmers in Flash Player 8.

PHP Introducing Recursive Functions in PHP
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 08/01/2005
One of the basic building blocks of any object-oriented programming language is the function. Functions allow you to reuse blocks of code and perform common tasks from other points within a script. In addition to straight calls though, functions can also be created to act recursively, adding a whole new dimension and power to this basic programming building block. In this article we'll take a look at what recursion is and why it's useful. We'll also create a recursive function to convert PHP arrays to JavaScript ones.

Flash Flash Developer Toolbox
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 07/14/2005
This article reviews tools and applications that make Flash development easier, from ActionScript editors to Flash video utilities, from compilers to debuggers, from document generators to version control systems. If you write ActionScript classes and components, these tools will save you a great deal of time and effort.

Dreamweaver Introducing JumpStart Vienna
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 07/06/2005
It wouldn't be much of a stretch to call Vienna the cultural capital of Europe. With its long history as the home to such cultural icons as Franz Schubert and Johann Strauss, as well as the numerous museums and its world-famous opera house, Vienna has long been known as a city where culture and sophistication are the norm. It's no wonder then that for our latest JumpStart design we turned to our own cultural maven—Sheri German—for the creation of a design that is as stylish as the city it is named after.

In addition to the use of valid XHTML 1.0 and CSS 2.1, and validating for 508 and WAI, we have a number of special features in Vienna. The three-column layout has two outer columns with fixed widths, a fluid center column for content, and a very cool fluid header and footer. The two-column layout has a fixed-width left column and fluid right column. There are also unordered lists for navigation: one for the main navigation, one for the sub navigation, and one for the footer navigation. We have also added a search field, and if your server provides PHP and MySQL, you can follow Sheri's bundled article Creating a Search Engine with iSearch to make a working search engine for your site. So far, reasonably cool, right? But hold on. We have something far more exciting to reveal with this JumpStart. We will introduce a new and revolutionary technique called Jello Mold. As with all our JumpStarts, Vienna was tested extensively in all major browsers. You can view the screenshots here

CMX Happy 4th of July!
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 07/04/2005

Have a safe and happy 4th of July!

Everyone at Community MX wishes to thank the brave men and women of the Armed Forces, and remember those who have lost their lives defending liberty.

Kick Off the Summer with a JumpStart Festival!

We love celebrations at CMX, and we have a really special one planned for this week, the official opening of the summer vacation season. The entire week will be JumpStart related, and of course we're going to release our next JumpStart.

Here is what we have planned:

Tuesday:

  • John Gallant and Holly Bergevin will have an article that explains an exciting new technique that is part of our new JumpStart.
  • Zoe Gillenwater will take you behind the scenes into the process of developing a new JumpStart.

Wednesday:

  • Kim Cavanaugh will introduce the next JumpStart to nonsubscribers and show his example of what can be done with it.
  • Sheri German will introduce and explain the next JumpStart to subscribers and purchasers.

Now where in the world do you suppose we'll go?

Thursday:

  • Jim Babbage will provide an alternative design png to help you skin the JumpStart.
  • Sheri German will help you reconstruct its markup.

Friday:

  • Linda Rathgeber-Stewart will provide an alternative design png to help you skin the JumpStart.
  • Sheri German will walk you through a reconstruction of its CSS.

You won't want to miss one day. If you're not yet a member, there is no better time to join.

General Business Organizing Data: Part 1
by: Joel Martinez
Release Date: 06/20/2005
Ever since I began my career as a programmer, I have been asked time and time again to create applications to organize data, provide workflows, execute business processes. Only through the magic of time have I come to realize that I implement the same code over and over. Approximately 99% of business applications written are variations on the same structure and navigation. Once you realize this, several things are accomplished.

  • Less time deciding "how the app is going to look". After collecting and analyzing the requirements, you already have a template of sorts you can use for the various screens.
  • The ability to more easily estimate how long a screen will take.
  • Usability ... once users have been trained on how a certain screen works, they will be able to intuitively figure out the next app if it looks and feels the same.

Now, I'm not talking about visual design here ... I'm referring to things such as navigation, workflow, instructions. Effectively organizing data and information is an important skill which will give you a lot of bang for your development buck. I will touch on a few of these topics in detail and give some examples of what you can do to build up a repertoire of "app design templates" in this, the first of a series on organizing data and information.

The Information Architecture Series:
Organizing Data: Part 1
Information Architecture: Part 2 Coming Soon

Accessibility Using Skip Nav Links
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 06/07/2005
Have you ever been to a web site and noticed a mysterious link at the very top that says "skip navigation" or "skip to main content"? Perhaps not — most web developers don't use skip nav links to improve the accessibility of their pages. Skip nav links, also known as skip navigation or jump to content links, allow many different types of users to get right to the content on your site that they are looking for. This article will explain why you ought to be in the minority of web developers who do include skip nav links in their web pages and how to do it. If you are already committed to creating accessible web pages, read this article to learn about one of your tools to do so.

Flash Announcing the Flash Platform
by: Joey Lott
Release Date: 06/06/2005
Read about the "State of Flash" in this discussion of Macromedia's announcement of the Flash Platform. Learn about where the Flash Player can be found, and how the Flash Player is supported by an entire platform of related technologies. Additionally, read a brief overview of some of the new features in the pending Flash Player, code named Maelstrom.

Dreamweaver Introducing Jumpstart Vegas
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 06/02/2005
We proudly introduce CMX JumpStart Vegas, designed by Fireworks expert Linda Rathgeber, and coded by CSS guru Stephanie Sullivan. Vegas includes a Flash slideshow, FlashObjects JavaScript for accessibility, sIFR for using custom fonts on your pages, a form with an often requested complex layout, and a golden design that does justice to the town that never sleeps. It's all there, ready for you to adapt it for your own sites.

CMX Happy Memorial Day!
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 05/30/2005
Happy Memorial Day from all of us here at CMX!

Breeze Breeze Gets an Update
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 05/09/2005
Macromedia shines up its brass knuckles and goes into "Street Fighter" mode with the release of Breeze 5. In this article, I review some of the major features of the Breeze Meeting 5 which, in many respects, is the "Crown Jewel" of the release.

SQL Understanding SQL - Part 1: The Select Statement
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 05/03/2005
In this, the first in the series on understanding SQL statements, we will look at the basics of the SELECT statement. The aim of this series is to bring a good understanding of various SQL statements to the beginner or novice database user. As the series progresses we will work through the Insert, Update and Delete statements.

This series will give you the ability to go beyond the default Dreamweaver server behaviours, and make you familar enough with the SQL syntax to fix errors in your Dreamweaver recordsets as they occur.

This series will also provide you with the ability to go beyond what Dreamweaver provides in its default server behaviours and build your own custom SQL statements.

The Understanding SQL Series
Understanding SQL - Part 1: The SELECT Statement
Understanding SQL - Part 2: The SELECT Statement - Comparison Operators
Understanding SQL - Part 3: The SELECT Statement - Logical Operators & Clauses
Understanding SQL - Part 4: The SELECT Statement - Evaluation Ordering
Understanding SQL - Part 5: The SELECT Statement - Utilizing the IN & BETWEEN Operators
Understanding SQL - Part 6: The SELECT Statement - The LIKE Operator and Wildcards

Dreamweaver Introducing CMX Jumpstart New Orleans
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 04/21/2005
The suspense has been building around the release of our next JumpStart, and now it's here: Jazzy JumpStart New Orleans, a hybrid CSS/Flash layout that should appeal to anyone needing to build a music site. Its inspiration is derived from two sources: the sites of Sony artists such as Vladimir Horowitz, Joshua Bell, Louis Armstrong, and The Isley Brothers where Flash and frames combine, and content scrolls in a fixed-area; and the recent acquisition of our own "CMX artist" the jazzy, bluesy Umoja String Quartet, whose site will be hosted on Community MX in the upcoming weeks.

Read on to find out more about this feature-rich JumpStart that includes an MP3 Player that uses wmode, FlashObject for accessibility, scrolling content, functional forms, and a fully editable source PNG.

PHP Learning PHP - Part 1: A Gentle Introduction
by: Thomas Pletcher
Release Date: 04/20/2005
A basic introduction to PHP, placing the language in context vis-a-vis its competitors, and providing syntax and usage examples — including connecting to, and displaying data from, a MySQL database.

The Learning PHP Series:
Learning PHP - Part 1: A Gentle Introduction
Learning PHP - Part 2: All About Arrays
Learning PHP - Part 3: Basic Content Management
Learning PHP - Part 4: Focus on Functions

Flash A Quest for Flash Communication Server Magic
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 04/11/2005
In this tale of deception, deceit and a quest for knowledge, you will follow me as I discover that using the Flash Communication Server isn't as easy at it appears and learn, at the end of my quest, "something I wish I would have known" before I started.

CSS CSS: Getting Into Good Coding Habits
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 04/07/2005
In this article we will look at what I would consider to be good coding practices when laying out a CSS design and building your style sheet.

We will look at how we can make our style sheets more manageable through the use of comments and see how we can use our style sheets to their greatest effect.

General Business Podcasting 101 - Part 1
by: Joel Martinez
Release Date: 03/16/2005
Podcasting is either the Next Big Thingtm, or the buzzword of the day ... destined to go the way of the dodo. But all signals are pointing to podcasting being huge. With the FCC breathing down the necks of traditional broadcasters, many are looking to alternate venues to transmit their content. While some big names are moving to satelite radio (a costly venture to be sure), the rest of us are left behind on this big ball of dirt, rocks, and water.

Enter the podcast -- the internet's media "broadcasting" format. While it is mostly being used for audio right now, there's nothing stopping the podcast from linking to other media such as video. This opens up tons of opportunities for media publishing that you have the opportunity to be a part of right now ... and the technical requirements for creating a podcast are tools that you, as web developers, already have/use (mostly).

This article goes through the basics of Podcasting, and what it takes to start your very own Podcast.

CSS CSS Negative Margins - Part One
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 03/16/2005
Of all the pieces of the CSS box model, margins are probably the easiest to grasp. But did you know that margin is one of the few CSS properties that can have negative values? This article explains how negative margins work, as well as why you would even want to use negative margins in the first place! You'll see some of the cool visual effects that negative margining can help you add to your web pages. This article will also prepare you for an upcoming piece describing how to use negative margins to create cross-browser, CSS columnar layouts.

The CSS Negative Margins Series
CSS Negative Margins - Part One
CSS Negative Margins - Part Two: Two-Column Liquid Layouts
CSS Negative Margins - Part Three: Improving the Two-Column Layout
CSS Negative Margins - Part Four: Three-Column Liquid Layouts

Open Source Community MX Sidebar for Firefox / Mozilla / Netscape
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 02/22/2005
Install the Community MX sidebar for Firefox, Mozilla, and Netscape and get instant access to the latest CMX articles. The sidebar comes with a number of default searches - such as CMX, DevNet, Google, Newsgroups, LiveDocs - and you can add your own custom searches.

Dreamweaver JumpStart Venice: An Introduction
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 02/14/2005

Valentine's Day is one of my favorite holidays of the year. It's fanciful and lighthearted, and I don't feel the pressure of the big holidays like Christmas or Easter. I can daydream about a romantic rendezvous, such as a gondola journey through the canals of Venice on a moonlit night. Though I can't make that a reality, I can pretend while exploring the latest CMX JumpStart.

CMX is proud to announce its sixth JumpStart, Venice, which includes both two and three column, fixed-width, rounded corner layouts in its home and form pages. Like all CMX JumpStarts, it is based on Web standards with valid CSS2 and XHTML 1.0 Transitional markup, and it passes WAI and 508 accessibility checkpoints. We've created a video to give you an overview of the design and functionality of Venice.

ColdFusion ColdFusion MX 7: The Newest Version of ColdFusion
by: Arman Danesh
Release Date: 02/07/2005
Macromedia has released ColdFusion MX 7. This is a major upgrade to ColdFusion with lots of new features bound to enhance most developer's applications. This article provides an introduction to the new ColdFusion and its many exciting features.

Dreamweaver Announcing CMX JumpStart: Liverpool
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 01/20/2005
It was the early sixties, and all the world was in a frenzy over a new group from Liverpool, England called The Beatles. They revolutionized rock 'n' roll music, and the world has never been the same. Maybe the Web Standards movement doesn't stir quite that much excitement, but it is changing the Web world all the same. And because we "love you, yeah, yeah, yeah" we're here to help you join the revolution.

Community MX is pleased to announce the release of its fifth CMX JumpStart: Liverpool. This time we're giving you more than a CSS layout, however. We're also giving you a dynamic ColdFusion login application built with Dreamweaver's User Authentication server behaviors that will allow you to quickly and easily edit the login.

This article will tell you all about what this fantastic package includes--bundled tutorials, an authentication system, a two-column, fixed width layout (with a little bit of a twist), original PNG files, and more.

Flash Flash Logging - A Better Trace
by: Joey Lott
Release Date: 01/05/2005
Using the ASCBLibrary Logging library you can more readily accomplish both simple and complex logging. Rather than using trace() - which only allows you to write simple output in the test player - the Logging library enables you to write log output to a variety of locations even when not using the test player. You can apply custom formatting and message level prioritization. Read more in this article.

Captivate Creating eLearning Applications in Captivate - Part 1
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 12/27/2004
To consider Captivate nothing more than an "industrial strength" screen capture utility would be, to use a computing term, a "fatal Error". The simple fact that you can add interactivity through the use of click boxes and add Question slides that integrate with a Learning Management System (LMS) moves Captivate into a software category of its own.

The Preparing Captivate for eLearning Series:
Part 1: Creating eLearning Applications in Captivate
Part 2: Preparing Captivate For eLearning
Part 3: Captivate and eLearning: Providing Feedback
Part 4: Captivate and eLearning: Creating Question Slides
Part 5: Captivate and eLearning: Branching and Reporting

CMX Happy Holidays From Community MX!
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 12/24/2004
From all the partners at Community MX - Happy Holidays!!

Dreamweaver Announcing CMX JumpStart: Aspen
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 12/23/2004
Aspen Mountain, packed powder, light snow falling and you've just ascended by lift to the top. If you're a beginner, forget it. You shouldn't have. How will you make it down alive to sit by that fire to sip a hot toddy?

But wait. CMX, your expert guide, has negotiated all the slick turns and steep curves. We know you have been waiting for a three column liquid layout, and for our CMX holiday celebration, here it is: JumpStart Aspen.

With a three column liquid-width layout, a base page, and a form page, Aspen employs valid CSS2 and XHTML 1.0 Transitional markup and passes WAI and 508 accessibility checkpoints. Aspen has been tested in numerous browsers. Read on to find out what the bundled package includes.

General Business Validate that Grammar
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 12/03/2004

You carefully construct your code, direct your attention to the details of accessibility, and applaud when your pages validate for XHTML, WAI, and 508. But are you paying as much attention to writing style, valid grammar, and proper spelling? Chances are that you've let a few common errors creep into your Web prose. This series will examine the nuts and bolts of good writing, which is, after all, the heart of the content of our pages.

In this first article, we'll look at the proofing process, the development of an effective Web writing style, forumlas for measuring reading levels, and a list of standard style manuals.

HTML Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Using Tables Appropriately
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 11/16/2004
In this article, you'll learn how to use perhaps the most misused semantic element: the table element. Like all the other (X)HTML elements you've learned about in the Semantic (X)HTML Markup series, there's a right and wrong way to use tables. This article explains when it is appropriate to use tables (yes, there are such times!) and how to structure tables when you do need to use them. Beyond just rows and cells, (X)HTML provides you with additional elements and attributes that can add structure and accessibility to your tables and make them easier to style down the road.

The Semantic (X)HTML Markup Series:
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: An Introduction
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Headings and Paragraphs
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Creating Emphasis
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Blockquote, Q, and Cite
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Structuring Lists
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Styling Lists
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Using Tables Appropriately
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Styling Tables
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Phrase Elements
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Other Elements

Captivate Creating a Captivate Movie - Part 3
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 11/15/2004
Creating Captivate movies is much more than simply doing a screen capture and "adding stuff here and there". Whether it is demonstrating a software technique, a product demonstration, executing a quiz, or developing a tutorial, the key to success is that old business adage: "Plan your work. Work your plan".

This 3-part series is an exerpt from Tom Green's "Captivate Visual QuickStart Guide". Published by PeachPit Press, it will be available in mid November.

In Part 1, we looked at the movie creation process. The process starts with planning — which, in many respects, is the most time time-consuming aspect of creating a Captivate movie.

In Part 2, we looked at using Captivate templates, how to change the movie properties and resize your Captivate movie.

In Part 3, the final installment, we will cover adding some "jazz" to your Captivate movie. I will show you how to add audio to a movie, change the pointers used by the mouse and how to change mouse movement. I will also show you how to add a playback controller to a Captivate movie and create your own custom controller. Captivate can also be used to create slide shows and I'll show you how to do that as well as explain the importance of a movie contaning no content.

Captivate Creating a Captivate Movie - Part 2
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 11/12/2004
Creating Captivate movies is much more than simply doing a screen capture and "adding stuff here and there". Whether it is demonstrating a software technique, a product demonstration, executing a quiz, or developing a tutorial, the key to success is that old business adage: "Plan your work. Work your plan".

This 3-part series, is an exerpt from Tom Green's "Captivate Visual QuickStart Guide". Published by PeachPit Press, it will be available in mid November.

In Part 1, we looked at the movie creation process. The process starts with planning — which, in many respects, is the most time time-consuming aspect of creating a Captivate movie.

In this article, Part 2, we will focus on using Captivate templates, how to change the movie properties and resize your Captivate movie.

In Part 3 will cover adding some "jazz" to you Captivate movie. We will look at how to add audio to a movie, change the pointers used by the mouse and how to change mouse movement. We will also show you how to add a playback controller to a Captivate movie and create your own custom controller. Captivate can also be used to create slide shows and we'll show you how to do that as well as explain the importance of a movie containing no content.

Dreamweaver Announcing a New CMX JumpStart: Seattle
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 11/11/2004
Put down that coffee, and get your Grunge thing going on. That's right, we're off to the "Emerald City", once called Duwamps, but now known as Seattle!

Community MX is pleased to announce the release of the latest CMX JumpStart: Seattle. Based on Web standards, this versatile layout employs valid CSS2 and XHTML 1.0 Transitional markup and passes WAI and 508 accessibility checkpoints. This makes it easy for you to quickly create new sites that work on a variety of browsers and platforms. You are only a few simple edits away from your own look and feel.

This article covers the following:

  • A list of what is included with the CMX Seattle JumpStart package and bundled tutorials and extensions
  • An explanation of the benefits of Web standards
  • A demonstration of the ease with which the layout is customized
  • The presentation of pages that were created from the Seattle JumpStart
  • Information about how this exciting design can belong to you for use in as many projects as you please.
  • Screenshots of the page in multiple browsers

Who's ready for a spin on the Space Needle?

Captivate Creating a Captivate Movie - Part 1
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 11/10/2004
Creating Captivate movies is much more than simply doing a screen capture and "adding stuff here and there". Whether it is demonstrating a software technique, a product demonstration, executing a quiz, or developing a tutorial, the key to success is that old business adage: Plan your work. Work your plan. ”

This article is an exerpt from Tom Green's "Captivate Visual QuickStart Guide". Published by peachPit Press it will be available in mid November. In Part 1, the first of three parts, we will focus on the movie creation process. The process starts with planning — which, in many respects, is the most time time-consuming aspect of creating a Captivate movie.

Part 2 will focus on using Captivate templates, how to change the movie properties and resize your Captivate movie.

Part 3 will cover adding some "jazz" to you Captivate movie. I will show you how to add audio to a movie, change the pointers used by the mouse and how to change mouse movement. I will also show you how to add a playback controller to a Captivate movie and create your own custom controller. Captivate can also be used to create slide shows and I'll show you how to do that as well as explain the importance of a movie containing no content.

This 3-part series is an excerpt from Tom Green's Captivate Visual QuickStart Guide. Published by peachPit Press it will be available in mid November.

Flash A Critique of FCS 2.0 Sneak Peek at MAX
by: Robert Reinhardt
Release Date: 11/10/2004
During the Macromedia MAX 2004 conference in New Orleans, members of the Flash Communication Server product team hosted a group discussion about possible features for the next major release of the product. In this article, I'll be describing Comm Server's current role in the Macromedia product line and outline a list of features that I'd like to see implemented in the next release.

Contribute Macromedia Contribute + eBay = Easy Storefront Solutions
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 11/01/2004
Macromedia today announced a customized version of Macromedia Contribute 3 that simplifies online store creation and customization for eBay Store sellers. This special version of Contribute provides eBay Store sellers with a powerful way to create and customize their eBay Store without requiring technical knowledge. The results are impressive, and Macromedia appears to have pulled off a major marketing coup in finding a way to tap into the huge market that eBay represents.

Dreamweaver Announcing CMX JumpStarts
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 10/28/2004

Community MX is pleased to announce the release of an exciting new line of products called CMX JumpStarts. Based on Web standards, these versatile layouts employ valid CSS2 and XHTML 1.0 Transitional markup and pass WAI and 508 accessibility checkpoints. This makes it easy for you to quickly create new sites that work on a variety of browsers and platforms. You are only a few simple edits away from your own look and feel.

Inspired by famous world cities, each JumpStart will have an individual ambience and offer different table-less layouts and features. We travel first to Paris, a city of romance and style, with a design that features the Iris, the national flower of France. This two-column, fixed-width layout, complete with banner and footer, will serve as an elegant underpinning for almost any design.

This article covers the following:

  • A list of what is included with the CMX Paris JumpStart package and bundled tutorials
  • An explanation of the benefits of Web standards
  • A demonstration of the ease with which the layout is customized
  • The presentation of a page that was created from the Paris JumpStart
  • Information about how this exciting design can belong to you for use in as many projects as you please.
  • Screen shots of the page in multiple browsers

Dreamweaver Living in a Dream House: Or How to Bring Web Standards to Your Web Sites
by: Sheri German
Release Date: 10/26/2004
We hear the phrase "Web Standards" frequently these days, but what does it mean, and why should we care? There are many advantages to using XHTML, CSS, and 508 accessibility, and we'll look at some of them in this article. We'll look at how structuring and designing web pages has evolved to its current "best practice" of separating content and presentation. Finally, after looking at a few of the problems involved in using CSS for layout, we'll wander through the CSS Zen Garden to look at a few inspiring examples of what can nonetheless be achieved when designers code for standards compliant browsers.

Flash What's New in Flex 1.5
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 10/18/2004
Today, October 18, 2004, Macromedia announced the upcoming release of Flex version 1.5, the presentation server and application framework that enables enterprise developers to easily create Rich Internet Applications.

Programming Using Source Code Management Software: Part 1
by: Arman Danesh
Release Date: 10/12/2004
This article is the first in a series about source code management systems, how they can be used even by individual developers, and how to use them in your Macromedia MX workflow. This first article provides an overview of source code management systems and how they work.

The Using Source Code Management Series:
Using Source Code Management Software: Part 1
Using Source Code Management Software: Part 2
Using Source Code Management Software: Part 3
Using Source Code Management Software: Part 4
Using Source Code Management Software: Part 5

General Business Macromedia Introduces Captivate
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 10/05/2004
Macromedia has a put a fresh face on the latest version of RoboDemo. Now called Macromedia Captivate, this training tool makes it incredibly easy to record software demos and make interactive software simulations. It's easy, fast and fun to create training material. How easy? Put it this way. I've never used RoboDemo, and I was able to create my first Captivate project without opening a single help file. Notice I didn't say "perfect Captivate project," but that's ok; editing a project is dead-easy, too. So take a few moments and get a heads up on this new iteration of a favorite training tool. Please note, currently, Captivate is only available for the Windows Platform.

CSS Do You Want To Do That With CSS? — Centering a Wrapper
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 09/24/2004
This article will deal with one of the most basic problems encountered when developing a tableless design, namely getting a fixed width "page wrapper" element to center at all window resolutions and in all modern browsers. We'll review what a wrapper is, explain how to center it, and then discuss how to get IE5.x/Win browsers to cooperate. Finally, we'll touch on a little Gecko-based problem with the method, and ways to overcome that, as well. Join us.

Central Community MXtra for Central 1.5
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 09/22/2004
Last Friday, September 17, 2004, Macromedia released Central 1.5. This update to Macromedia's Flash application and distribution platform adds many significant enhancements, including support for Flash Player 7/ActionScript 2.0, local file access, and AOL Instant Messenger and ICQ network integration. Best of all, Central 1.5 introduces a new licensing model that promises to open Central to developers all over the world.

The first section of this article covers some of the new features of Central 1.5. The second section explains how to use the features of our own Central application, Community MXtra.

Director An Introduction to Director MX 2004 - Part 1
by: Rob Williams
Release Date: 09/16/2004
Director, despite its gradual fade from the spotlight in recent years, is far from becoming an obsolete development tool. In the first part of this series, we take a look at the history of the product, why it's still important to the modern developer, and begin to explore the main interface of Director MX 2004.

Flash Creating Custom Component Cell Renderers
by: Joey Lott
Release Date: 09/09/2004
Custom cell renderers provide a way to enhance and change the functionality of List-based UI components in Flash. In this article, you'll learn the basics of how to implement a custom cell renderer using two sample Flash documents. This will enable you to implement custom cell renderers in other projects.

CMX Happy Labor Day!
by: Laurie Casolino
Release Date: 09/06/2004
Happy Labor Day. Community MX is taking the day off with our families and will return with fresh content tomorrow.

Fireworks Fireworks Is Better Than Photoshop! Challenge #1
by: Brian Edgin
Release Date: 09/03/2004
A few weeks ago Brian Edgin set forth a challenge: Send him any Web design created in Photoshop and he will show you how to do it more efficiently in Fireworks. Craig Hartel was the first to respond to the challenge and provides a good first example for us to look at.

HTML Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Headings and Paragraphs
by: Zoe Gillenwater
Release Date: 09/02/2004
Using headings on your (X)HTML pages is a great way to easily improve their accessibility and search engine rankings. However, the way headings appear in your browser often leaves much to be desired: large gaps above and below each heading, and huge font sizes. To avoid these problems, it may seem easier just to leave the heading tags out, instead using font and bold tags to simulate the look of headings. Many web developers do just this, thereby losing out on the great benefits of semantic markup.

Luckily, its easy to change the way your headings display using CSS, so you can use semantic markup and still achieve the look you want. The second article in the Semantic (X)HTML Markup series describes how to use headings and paragraphs appropriately to create a hierarchy of page content and how to style them visually.

The Semantic (X)HTML Markup Series:
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: An Introduction
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Headings and Paragraphs
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Creating Emphasis
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Blockquote, Q, and Cite
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Structuring Lists
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Styling Lists
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Using Tables Appropriately
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Styling Tables
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Phrase Elements
Semantic (X)HTML Markup: Other Elements

Dreamweaver Macromedia Announces: The Flash Video Kit for Dreamweaver
by: Adrian Senior
Release Date: 08/17/2004
Macromedia announces the Flash Video Kit. A new Dreamweaver extension that provides you with a hassle free way to implement video into your web pages. See how you can get this extension and bring your clients products to life with streaming video content.

Contribute What's New in Contribute 3 for Content Providers
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 08/16/2004
It's safe to say that with their latest release of Contribute, the software has moved from its awkward early adolescent stage and joins its bigger siblings in the Macromedia Suite as a full-fledged partner in the creation of content for the Web. Macromedia has gone so far as to package Contribute with its other web content products in what is now being called the "Web Publishing System". Indeed, the changes made in the newest version of Contribute vastly improve its ability to work within almost any kind of web production environment. In this article I'll be taking a look at the enhancements that are included in the latest version of Contribute as they affect the Contribute user.

General Business Interview with a Usability Engineer
by: Joel Martinez
Release Date: 08/05/2004

Usability is one of those issues (much like security) that everyone says is so important, and how it needs to be a focus in their next project. Unfortunately, more often than not, it falls by the wayside to be replaced by aggressive deadlines, poor site/application designs, and angry users. Usability should be given more than a passing thought before, during, and after your project plan. With the proper plan, you can ensure that your end users will have a pleasant experience using your product.

I've had the pleasure of working with someone who's entire job is to do nothing but ensure that usability is at the forefront of a project. Her name is Lani Hathaway, and she is a usability engineer.

Flash What's New in Flash MX 2004 7.2
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 07/27/2004
Today, Macromedia released the Flash MX 2004 7.2 updater. This updater includes over 120 fixes and changes, making Flash the Lee Majors of software: better, faster, stronger.

In addition, the Flash team added over 400 new code examples to the documentation, increasing the percentage of entries with examples from 43% to 98%. Read on to learn more about what's new in Flash 7.2, and how to obtain and install the updater.

General Business Macromedia Introduces New Web Publishing System
by: Ray West
Release Date: 07/20/2004
Macromedia has just announced the upcoming release of Contribute 3 and Flash Paper 2. In addition, they have unveiled their new "Web Publishing System", which in Macromedia's own words is "...a complete, scalable solution that empowers businesses to build, manage, and publish to enterprise websites within a centrally controlled, standards-based environment." With over 300 feature updates in Contribute 3 alone, this latest offering has the potential to have a major impact on the way that large organizations manage their web content efforts.

General Business All You Ever Wanted To Know About Macromedia Certification
by: Justin Kozuch
Release Date: 07/16/2004
So you want to be certified huh? Well, some of us here at Community MX are certified. And yes, I am talking about that kind of certified! ;) Today, I am going to talk about Macromedia’s Certified Professional Program, and how you can benefit from being a Macromedia Certified Professional (MCP). This article comes out of my month-long experience studying for the Macromedia Dreamweaver MX 2004 Certified Developer Exam. So grab a beer (or 3), sit back, scroll your mouse a few times, and let's get smash... uh, certified, CMX-style!

CMX Happy 4th of July!
by: Jack Poe
Release Date: 07/05/2004
From all of us at Community MX -- Happy 4th of July!

Fireworks Resources for Extending Fireworks--Part 2--Extensions
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 06/18/2004
In this article we'll be looking at some of the ways that you can enhance your experience with Fireworks through the use of extensions. In the other articles in this series we'll look at methods for extending Fireworks with filters and plug-ins, commands and styles. Each of these methods for adding additional capabilities performs in its own way, and each allows you to make Fireworks an even more powerful program than it already is.

Flash Using Flash Resource Manager
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 06/17/2004
How to install and customize Mike Chambers' Flash Resource Manager to view and search Macromedia documentation, web sites, and more.

Fireworks Resources for Extending Fireworks--Part 1--Filters
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 06/04/2004
In the first of a four part series on extending Fireworks we'll be looking at filters--small scripts that perform specialized operations within a graphics application. If you're a PhotoShop user you're quite familiar with the concept of filters as these scripts, also known as plug-ins, are a common way to create special effects such as cracked glass, watercolor effects, and even stained glass. So, where are the cool tools that allow you to do those things in Fireworks?

JSP Why Act When You Can Direct?
by: Val Tobin
Release Date: 06/01/2004
If you find yourself repeating certain blocks of code over and over again in different pages of your Java Server Pages (JSP) site, you should consider removing that code from the pages, dropping it into one file, and then referencing that file from within those pages. This makes maintenance of the site much simpler, as only one file will need to be modified when updating the code. JSP Includes are perfect for allowing you to do this. There are two types of includes available for JSPs: the include directive and the include action. This article will discuss both types of includes and provide examples of their use.

CMX Happy Memorial Day!
by: Susan West
Release Date: 05/31/2004
Happy Memorial Day from Community MX!

ASP.NET Design Time Support for ASP.NET Custom Controls
by: Heidi Bautista
Release Date: 05/17/2004
Recognize the benefits of using custom controls, but bummed because they don't show up in Dreamweaver's design view? Well, start celebrating. It's actually pretty simple to enable design-time support for custom controls.

CSS How To Attack An Internet Explorer (Win) Display Bug
by: Holly Bergevin
Release Date: 05/06/2004
Many authors who desire to make the switch to tableless design begin with high hopes, only to be brought up short by what is sometimes known as the "Explorer bug suite." Although a full understanding of how IE "gets it wrong" may not be within reach for everyone, it is possible to get by with a few key bug fixing tools, which is what this article is going to teach you.

This article has been updated on 4/11/07. You may view the updated article here.

Flash Understanding Try/Catch in ActionScript
by: Joey Lott
Release Date: 05/03/2004
Learn how to use error handling with ActionScript. In this article, you'll get a chance to learn about using try/catch/finally statements in your ActionScript code in order to best deal with errors that may arise.

Flash Creating a Comical Music Video in Flash and Fireworks
by: Kim Cavanaugh
Release Date: 04/23/2004
Learning about software doesn't always have to be a grind. Sometimes, in fact, doing something frivolous and fun can be just as instructive as doing more "serious" work. In this case, my desire to make a silly music video in Flash featuring some of the partners at Community MX led me to learn some valuable new skills in Fireworks and Flash, and also resulted in a fun video to share with the world.

Design Digital Photography Tips and Tricks
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 04/21/2004
I've become a big fan of digital cameras over the past few years; they are quickly increasing in quality, and decreasing in price. But a digital camera - like a computer or software - is just a tool. It's what YOU do with the tool, that make the end result successful. To that end, this article gives you some helpful tips to improve your digital photography, and avoid some common errors

General Business What I Learned On My Spring Break (For Geeks)
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 04/12/2004
I had the pleasure of attending TODCON this year, and the privilege of speaking at the conference, as well. Attending this conference is something I look forward to each year. It was great to meet new people and catch up with old friends. Those important elements aside, the other thing I enjoy about TODCON is that it helps me take the "pulse" of the industry. Attendees - and speakers - come from a variety of business backgrounds - corporate, freelance, small business, educational, and even more, no doubt.

General Business Stress Testing 101
by: Joel Martinez
Release Date: 04/08/2004
Everyone is always complaining about website performance. Always wanting to optimize the HTML, the code, the CSS, the images. But how much of a difference does it really make? We are going to go over a very simple way to quantify the performance of your site for free!

Fireworks You Say You Want a Resolution?
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 03/25/2004
Despite the fact that Fireworks was built from the ground up to be a WEB graphics application, many web graphic designers are finding themselves in the postion of producing images suitable for print and are relying on Fireworks to do it. This article will explain the different types of resolution that are bandied about in both the print and web worlds, and explain why you should not be using Fireworks as your sole print graphics application.

Dreamweaver Dreamweaver MX 2004 7.0.1 Updater
by: Danilo Celic
Release Date: 03/12/2004
Once the word got around that Dreamweaver MX 2004 was released there was plenty of buzz about the new look and of the user interface. However, as the CDs and the trials started flying out the door, buzz turned to buzzing with reports of degraded performance, in particular on Macs, and complaints about removed features, especially Timelines. Macromedia even set up an Emerging Issues page to acknowledge the common issues being reported. Soon, an announcement of an updater made its way onto the Emerging Issues page. Since then many people have been eagerly awaiting the updater so that they could get the most out of the software that they were using, or hoped to acquire. Several months later, the wait is over, the eagerly awaited updater is finally here.

Dreamweaver DW MX 2004 Updater - Expect Better Performance!
by: Heidi Bautista
Release Date: 03/12/2004
To counter criticism over last September's poorly received release of Dreamweaver MX 2004, Macromedia decided to pour resources into performance improvements for this updater. Read on for a behind-the-scenes look at what the engineers have to say about the effort.

Fireworks Hidden Gems - Fireworks Fade Image Command
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 03/10/2004
Ever wanted to quickly fade an image from one side to the other? There's a well-hidden little gem in the Fireworks Command Menu that does just that. Let's take a look.

This command has been remaned to the Auto Vector Mask command in Fireworks CS4.

Director A Tour of Director MX 2004
by: Tom Green
Release Date: 03/08/2004
The new release of Director MX 2004 is a full upgrade of the application that defined the multimedia gold standard for several years. Faced with the coincidental tanking of the CD market and the rise of Flash, Director was in serious need of attention, or at least to be put out of its misery. Macromedia chose the first route and the results are impressive.

General Business What We Lost In The Bust…
by: Ray West
Release Date: 03/04/2004
Can you make a great income in the IT profession today? High salaries are not the only thing we lost in the dotcom bust. We also lost a lot of what made those salaries possible in the first place. But we can get it back.

Central Anatomy of a Central Application - Part 2
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 03/02/2004
In part 2 of this article, we share some tips and tricks to make your Central development a little easier. Topics include creating multiple pods, customizing data grids, and using the AccordianTab component.

Central Anatomy of a Central Application - Part 1
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 02/17/2004
Download the complete source code for Community MX's Central application, CMXtra. Learn about implementing agents, pods, interfaces, tooltips, Flash Remoting, the WebService object, LCService, LCDataProvider, Shared Objects, custom data grids, and much more.

General Business Managing Project Creep and Client Changes
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 02/12/2004
In a web developer's vocabulary, there are two words that shrivel the heart and strike fear into the mind: project creep. These words are scary because they are also - in many a designer's brain - inevitable by-products of any web site project. While to some degree, a certain amount of scope creep is expected, there are ways to manage and minimize the problem. This article talks about some of the things you can do to help you in this area.

ASP.NET Utilizing Different Condition Structures in .NET
by: Mustafa Basgun
Release Date: 02/11/2004
This article explains how to utilize different condition structures in .NET, such as "If Then Else", "Try Catch" and "Select Case" statements, while developing a simple application named "Temperature Converter".

Flash Coding for Flash with PrimalScript
by: Paul Newman
Release Date: 02/03/2004
With the introduction of ActionScript 2.0, Flash MX 2004 makes creating and extending classes easier than ever. However, the Flash IDE is not ideal for working with ActionScript 2.0 classes. In these three video tutorials, you'll learn how to use Sapien PrimalScript to code for Flash. The first video explains how to set up workspaces and projects in PrimalScript. The second video shows you how to use PrimalSense and the class browser. The final video explains how to integrate a command-line compiler with PrimalScript, so you can publish your SWFs with the touch of a button.

General Business The Ins and Outs of Free Images On the Web
by: Jim Babbage
Release Date: 01/30/2004
When it comes to finding or using images from the web, it's a good idea to check the fine print, and learn what *free* really means. Never assume that because it is online, that you have permission to borrow, alter or even use an image. This article explains the difference between original photography and stock photography, and clarifies the meanings of royalty-free and free images. The conclusion of the article has several links to some very good photo web sites.

ASP Viewing Folder Content with ASP
by: Mustafa Basgun